Skip to main content

Full text of "Worlds of IF (May 1962)"

See other formats


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


worlds  of 


Vi'Vtl'VC 


iction 


't 


DON’T  CLIP 
THE  COUPON- 

— if  you  want  to  keep  your  copy  of  Galaxy  intact  for  permanent  possession!* 
Why  mutilate  a good  thing?  But,  by  the  same  token ...  if  you’re  devotee 
enough  to  want  to  keep  your  copies  in  mint  condition,  you  ought  to  subscribe. 
You  really  ought  to.  For  one  thing,  you  get  your  copies  earlier.  For  another,  you're 
sure  you’ll  get  them!  Sometimes  newsstands  run  out  — the  mall  never  does. 

(And  you  can  just  put  your  name  and  address  on  a plain  sheet  of  paper 
and  mail  it  to  us,  at  the  address  below.  We’ll  know  what  you  mean... 
provided  you  enclose  your  check!) 

In  the  past  few  years  Galaxy  has  published  the  finest  stories 
by  the  finest  writers  in  the  field  - Bester,  Heinlein,  Pohl, 

Asimov,  Sturgeon,  Leiber  and  nearly  everyone  else. 

In  the  next  few  years  it  will  go  right  on,  with  stories  that  are 
just  as  good  ...  or  better. 

Don’t  miss  any  issue  of  Galaxy.  You  can  make  sure  you  won't.  Just  subcribe 
today. 

*(lf,  on  the  other  hand,  your  habit  Is  to  read  them  once  and 
go  on  to  something  new  — please  - feel  free  to  use  the 
coupon!  It’s  for  your  convenience,  not  ours.) 


GALAXY  Publishing  Corp.,  421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14,  N.  Y.  additional 

Enter  my  subscription  for  the  New  Giant  196-page  Galaxy  . ^ . 

foreign  postage) 

(U.  S.  Edition  only)  for; 

6 Issues  @ $2.50 12  Issues  @ $4.50 24  Issues  @ $8.50 


Name City... 

Address Zone., 


.State.. 


(jolb 

COM/ (uhCIm 

fctfe! 

Only  one  power  controls  your 
destiny— a strange  force  sleeping 
in  your  mind.  Awaken  it ! Com- 
mand it  to  obey  you ! PusK 
obstacles  aside  and  attain  your 
fondest  hopes  and  ideals.  Let 
the  Rosicrucians  show  you  how 
this  can  be  done. 

Learn  why  many  of  history’s 
great  masters  were  Rosicrucians 
such  as  Leonardo  de  Vinci,  Ben- 
jamin Franklin,  Isaac  Newton, 
Sir  Francis  Bacon,  etc.  Each  of 
these  men  learned  how  to  con- 
trol their  fate,  to  develop  mind 
power,  to  attain  success  and 
tiappiness.  The  knowledge  that 
helped  these  men  of  history  is 
now  helping  thousands  of  think- 
ing men  and  women  throughout 
the  world  climb  to  new  heights 
they,  at  one  time,  thought  im- 
possible. And  they  are  no  dif- 
rermt  than  you ! 


SEND  FOR  FREE  BOO^ 

Why  not  discover  for  yourself  how 
you  can  take  advantage  of  this  price- 
less knowledge  The  Rosicrucians 
have  preserved  through  the  ages. 
If  you  are  sincere  in  wanting  greater 
success,  security  and  happiness  send 
TODAY  for  the  fascinating  FREE 
book,  "The  Mastery  of  Life.”  There 
is  no  obligation  and  it  may  mean 
the  turning  point  in  your  life,  to- 
ward achievements  you’ve  never  be- 
lieved possible.  Why  not  do  it 
NOW?  Just  address  your  request  to: 
Scribe  W.Z.E. 


The  ROSICRUCIANS  (AMORC) 

SAN  JOSE,  CALIFORNIA 
(NOT  o religious  orgonization) 

o 


worlds 

of 


MAY  1962 
All  Stories  New 
and  Complete 


VoL  12,  Number  2 


Robert  M,  Guinn,  Publisher 
Sam  Ruvidichj  Arf  Director 
Frederik  Pohl,  Managing  Editor 
Theodore  Sturgeon,  Feature  Editor 


NOVELLA 

The  64-Square  Madhouse  by  Fritz  Leiber  64 
NOVELETTES 

Retief  of  the  Red-Tape  Mountain  by  Keith  Laumer  7 
Death  and  Taxes  by  H.  A.  Hartzell  26 

SHORT  STORIES 
The  Spy  by  Theodore  L,  Thomas  22 
Misrule  by  Robert  Scott  39 
Deadly  Game  by  Edward  Wellen  51 
The  Hoplite  by  Richard  Sheridan  55 
Gramp  by  Charles  V.  De  Vet  101 
The  Expendables  by  Jim  Harmon  113 

SPECIAL  FEATURES 
Jots  and  Tittles  Editorial  5 

...And  Besides  Those  Bombs...  Science  Feature  48 
The  Other  IF  by  Theodore  Sturgeon  107 
Hue  and  Cry  126 

Next  issue  (July)  on  sale  May  10th 


IF  published  bi-monthly  by  Digest  Productions  Corporation,  Vol.  12,  No.  2 
Main  Office:  421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14,  New  York  35c  per  copy. 
Subscriptions  12  Issues  ?3.00  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  'Mexico,  South 
and  Central  America  and  U.  S.  possessions,  elsewhere  |4.00.  Second-class 
postag'e  paid  at  New  York,  New  York,  and  at  additional  mailing  offices. 
Copyright  by  Digest  Productions  Corporation,  1962.  All  rights  including 
translations  reserved.  All  material  submitted  must  be  accompanied  by 
self-addressed  stamped  envelopes.  The  publisher  assumes  no  responsibility 
for  unsolicited  material.  All  stories  printed  in  this  magazine  are  fic- 
tion, and  any  similarity  between  characters  and  actual  persons  is  coinciden- 
tal. Printed  in  the  U.  S.  A.  by  the  Guinn  Company,  Inc.,  New  York 
14,  N.  y. 


JOTS 

AND 

TiniES 


IF  • Editorial 


WE  don’t  know  what  a tit- 
tle is  and  (please!)  we 
don't  want  to  know.  It  just 
seems  to  go  along  pretty  well 
with  Jots. 

Beating  the  breeze  with  our 
bearded  Feature  Editor  the 
other  day,  and  he  came  up 
with  an  interesting  thought 
about  your  letters.  He  was 
mulling  over  the  fact — if  it  is 
a fact — that  there  hasn’t  been 
a really  brilliant  new  s-f  au- 
thor in  a dozen  years.  He  says 
he  doesn’t  agree  with  this 
completely,  but  somebody  said 
it  at  a Conference.  Back  in 
what  Sam  Moskowitz  calls  the 
Golden  Age  of  S-F— 1939-’42, 
good  authors  appeared  out  of 
nowhere  in  gross  lots : d’fcl 

Key,  Heinlein,  Simak,'  Lein- 


ster, Don  A.  Stuart,  Ray  Brad- 
bury, Jerome  Bixby  and 
plenty  more,  all  in  a matter  of 
months.  Our  bearded  F.  E. 
wondered  if  the  letter  col- 
umns of  the  day  had  anything 
to  do  with  it. 

You’d  be  surprised  how 
many  of  that  bumper  crop 
used  to  write  to  the  magazines 
months  and  years  before  they 
sold  stories  to  them.  Did  the 
writing  of  those  letters  turn 
them  into  good  authors,  or  at 
least  toward  authorship?  Or 
did  they  write  just  because 
they  were  writers?  Our  B.F.E. 
had  no  opinion  on  that;  but 
one  thing  he  did  point  out  was 
that  the  letters  they  wrote 
were,  more  often  than  not, 
crackling  with  humor  and 


5 


loaded  with  information. 
There  was  many  a good- 
natured  fist-fight  in  those  col- 
umns, and  a lot  of  highly  mis- 
cellaneous  matters  got 
thrashed  out. 

We  wagged  our  editorial 
head  and  told  the  B.F.E.  that 
some  readers  nowadays  com- 
plain that  letter  columns  are 
just  plain  dull.  And  we  added 
that  when  Galaxy  put  it  to  a 
vote,  the  majority  said — no 
letters.  Well,  said  the  B.F.E. 
scratching  his  head  (with  his 
beard ; he  has  talent,  you 
know)  maybe  they  say  that  be- 
cause it’s  true.  And  if  it’s  true, 
all  anyone  has  to  do  is  to  write 
bright,  sparkling  letters.  Then 
the  column  won’t  be  dull,  peo- 
ple will  read  it,  more  will 
write  to  it.  And  maybe,  the 
B.F.E.  added  thoughtfully, 
maybe  after  a few  months  of 
sharpening  their  wits  against 
one  another,  there’ll  be  a 
whole  explosion  of  good  new 
writers  who  can  bounce  from 
the  letter  pages  in  . the  back  to 
the  bill-of-fare  up  front. 

Just  a thought,  he  said. 

WE  don’t  know  quite  what 
to  do  with  the  thought, 
so  we  pass  it  on  to  you. 

Speaking  of  the  B.F.E.,  by 
the  way,  who  says  his  name 
(this  week  anyway)  is  Theo- 
dore Sturgeon,  be  it  known,  if 
you  don’t  know  it  already,  that 
he  is  to  be  the  Guest  of  Honor 
at  the  Chicon  II,  which  is  the 
World  Science  Fiction  Con- 
vention to  be  held  at  the  Pick- 
Congress  Hotel  in  Chicago, 


next  Labor  Day  weekend. 
Memberships  ($2)  and  infor- 
mation can  be  had  from 
George  W.  Price,  Treasurer, 
P.O.  Box  4864,  Chicago  80, 
which  is  still  in  Illinois.  The 
B.F.E.  is  honored,  IF  is  hon- 
ored, and  you  ought  to  try  to 
make  it  because  it’s  going  to 
be  one  big  beautiful  bash. 

A writer  friend  of  ours  re- 
ports that  he  was  faced  recent- 
ly with  a writer’s  dream:  the 
sight  of  a total  stranger  in  a 
diner  eating  slowly  and  raptly 
reading  one  of  this  writer’s 
books.  Our  hero  pinched  him- 
self to  see  if  he  was  awake, 
and  he  was ; he  sat  quiet 
awhile  and  pondered  which  of 
many  delectable  ways  and 
means  he  might  use  to  start 
the  conversation  which  would 
have  to  reach  the  wonderful, 
‘‘You  mean  you  wrote  this?” 
and  the  quite-casual,  ‘‘Why, 
yes,  it  happens  I did.” 

Deciding  at  last  on  the  dou- 
ble-reverse, or  hyperbolic  ap- 
proach, the  writer  leaned  over 
to  the  diner  and  said,  ‘‘Hey, 
Mac,  what  you  want  to  read 
that  kind  of  junk  for?” 

The  diner  slowly  closed  the 
book  and  gazed  at  it  as  if  he’d 
never  really  seen  it  before. 
Then  he  nodded  and  said,  “I 
think  you  got  something 
there,”  tipped  the  book  off  the 
counter  onto  the  floor,  ate  the 
rest  of  his  French  apple  pie 
and  left  without  looking  back. 

We  don’t  quite  know  what 
to  do  with  this  story  either,  so 
you  can  have  it  too. 

THE  EDITOR 


6 


IF  • Novelette 


Retief  knew  the  importance  of  sealed  orders 

and  the  need  to  keep  them  that  way! 


by  KEITH  LAUMER  ILLUSTRATED  BY  GAUGHAN 

RETIEF 

OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


44TT*S  true,”  Consul  Pass- 
Awyn  said,  requested  as- 
signment as  principal  officer 
at  a small  post.  But  I had  in 
mind  one  of  those  charming 
resort  worlds,  with  only  an 
occasional  visa  problem,  or 
perhaps  a distressed  space- 
man or  two  a year.  Instead, 
I'm  zoo-keeper  to  these  con- 
founded settlers.  And  not  for 
one  world,  mind  you,  but 
eight!”  He  stared  glumly  at 
Vice-Consul  Retief. 

“Still,”  Retief  said,  “it  gives 
an  opportunity  to  travel — ” 
“Travel !”  the  consul  barked. 
“I  hate  travel.  Here  in  this 
backwater  system  particular- 
ly— ” He  paused,  blinked  at 
Retief  and  cleared  his  throat. 
“Not  that  a bit  of  travel  isn^t 
an  excellent  thing  for  a junior 


officer.  Marvelous  experi- 
ence.” 

He  turned  to  the  wall-screen 
and  pressed  a button.  A sys- 
tem triagram  appeared : eight 
luminous  green  dots  arranged 
around  a larger  disk  repre- 
senting the  primary.  He 
picked  up  a pointer,  indicat- 
ing the  innermost  planet. 

“The  situation  on  Adobe  is 
nearing  crisis.  The  confound- 
ed settlers — a mere  handful  of 
them — have  managed,  as  usual, 
to  stir  up  trouble  with  an  in- 
telligent indigenous  life  form, 
the  Jaq.  I can't  think  why 
they  bother,  merely  for  a few 
oases  among  the  endless  des- 
erts. However  I have,  at  last, 
received  authorization  from 
Sector  Headquarters  to  take 
certain  action.”  He  swixng 


7 


back  to  face  Retief.  ‘‘I’m  send- 
ing you  in  to  handle  the  situa- 
tion, Retief — under  sealed  or- 
ders.” He  picked  up  a fat  buff 
envelope.  “A  pity  they  didn’t 
see  fit  to  order  the  Terrestrial 
settlers  out  weeks  ago,  as  I 
suggested.  Now  it  is  too  late. 
I’m  expected  to  produce  a mir- 
acle— a rapprochement  be- 
tween Terrestrial  and  Adoban 
and  a division  of  territory. 
It’s  idiotic.  However,  failure 
would  look  very  bad  in  my 
record,  so  I shall  expect  re- 
sults.” 

He  passed  the  buff  envelope 
across  to  Retief. 

“I  understood  that  Adobe 
was  uninhabited,”  Retief  said, 
“until  the  Terrestrial  settlers 
arrived.” 

“Apparently,  that  was  an 
erroneous  impression.”  Pass- 
wyn  fixed  Retief  with  a 
watery  eye.  “You’ll  follow 
your  instructions  to  the  letter. 
In  a delicate  situation  such  as 
this,  there  must  be  no  impul- 
sive, impromptu  element  intro- 
duced. This  approach  has  been 
worked  out^in  detail  at  Sec- 
tor. You  need  merely  imple- 
ment it.  Is  that  entirely 
clear?” 

“Has  anyone  at  Headquar- 
ters ever  visited  Adobe?” 

“Of  course  not.  They  all 
hate  travel.  If  there  are  no 
other  questions,  you’d  best  be 
on  your  way.  The  mail  run  de- 
parts the  dome  in  less  than  an 
hour.” 

“What’s  this  native  life 
form  like?”  Retief  asked,  get- 
ting to  his  feet. 


“When  you  get  back,”  said 
Passwyn,  “you  tell  me.” 

The  mail  pilot,  a leathery 
veteran  with  quarter-inch 
whiskers,  spat  toward  a 
stained  corner  of  the  compart- 
ment, leaned  close  to  the 
screen. 

“They’s  shootin’  goin’  on 
down  there,”  he  said.  “See 
them  white  puffs  over  the 
edge  of  the  desert?” 

“I’m  supposed  to  be  pre- 
venting the  war,”  said  Retief. 
“It  looks  like  I’m  a little 
late.” 

The  pilot’s  head  snapped 
around.  “War?”  he  yelped. 
“Nobody  told  me  they  was  a 
war  goin’  on  on  ’Dobe.  If 
that’s  what  that  is,  I’m  gettin’ 
out  of  here.” 

“Hold  on,”  said  Retief.  “I’ve 
got  to  get  down.  They  won’t 
shoot  at  you.” 

“They  shore  won’t,  sonny. 
I ain’t  givin’  ’em  the  chance.” 
He  started  punching  keys  on 
the  console.  Retief  reached 
out,  caught  his  wrist. 

“Maybe  you  didn’t  hear  me. 
I said  I’ve  got  to  get  down.” 
The  pilot  plunged  against 
the  restraint,  swung  a punch 
that  Retief  blocked  casually. 
“Are  you  nuts?”  the  pilot 
screeched.  “They’s  plenty 
shootin’  goin’  on  fer  me  to  see 
it  fifty  miles  out.” 

“The  mail  must  go  through, 
you  know.” 

“Okay!  You’re  so  dead  set 
on  gettin’  killed,  you  take  the 
skiff.  I’ll  tell  ’em  to  pick  up 
the  remains  next  trip.’* 


8 


by  KEITH  LAUMER 


“You’re  a pal.  I’ll  take  your 
offer.’' 

The  pilot  jumped  to  the 
lifeboat  hatch  and  cycled  it 
open.  “Get  in.  We’re  closin’ 
fast.  Them  birds  might  take 
it  into  their  heads  to  lob  one 
this  way.  . .” 

Retief  crawled  into  the  nar- 
row cockpit  of  the  skiff, 
glanced  over  the  controls.  The 
pilot  ducked  out  of  sight, 
came  back,  handed  Retief  a 
heavy  old-fashioned  power 
pistol.  “Long  as  you’re  goin’ 
in,  might  as  well  take  this.” 

“Thanks.”  Retief  shoved  the 
pistol  in  his  belt.  “I  hope 
you’re  wrong.” 

“I’ll  see  they  pick  you  up 
when  the  shootin’s  over — one 
way  or  another.” 

The  hatch  clanked  shut.  A 
moment  later  there  was  a jar 
as  the  skiff  dropped  away, 
followed  by  heavy  buffeting 
in  the  backwash  from  the  de- 
parting mail  boat.  Retief 
watched  the  tiny  screen,  hands 
on  the  manual  controls.  He 
was  dropping  rapidly:  forty 
miles,  thirty-nine.  . . 

A crimson  blip  showed  on 
the  screen,  moving  out. 

Retief  felt  sweat  pop  out  on 
his  forehead.  The  red  blip 
meant  heavy  radiation  from  a 
warhead.  Somebody  was  play- 
ing around  with  an  outlawed 
but  by  no  means  unheard  of 
fission  weapon.  But  maybe  it 
was  just  on  a high  trajectory 
and  had  no  connection  with 
the  skiff. . . 

Retief  altered  course  to  the 
south.  The  blip  followed. 


He  checked  instrument 
readings,  gripped  the  controls, 
watching.  This  was  going  to 
be  tricky.  The  missile  bored 
closer.  At  five  miles  Retief 
threw  the  light  skiff  into  max- 
imum acceleration,  straight  to- 
ward the  oncoming  bomb. 
Crushed  back  in  the  padded 
seat,  he  watched  the  screen, 
correcting  course  minutely. 
The  proximity  fuse  should  be 
set  for  no  more  than  1000 
yards. 

At  a combined  speed  of  two 
miles  per  second,  the  skiff 
flashed  past  the  missile,  and 
Retief  was  slammed  violently 
against  the  restraining  har- 
ness in  the  concussion  of  the 
explosion.  . .a  mile  astern,  and 
harmless. 

Then  the  planetary  surface 
was  rushing  up  with  frighten- 
ing speed.  Retief  shook  his 
head,  kicked  in  the  emergency 
retro-drive.  Points  of  light 
arced  up  from  the  planet  face 
below.  If  they  were  ordinary 
chemical  warheads  the  skiff’s 
meteor  screens  should  handle 
them.  The  screen  flashed  bril- 
liant white,  then  went  dark. 
The  skiff  flipped  on  its  back. 
Smoke  filled  the  tiny  com- 
partment. There  was  a series 
of  shocks,  a final  bone-shak- 
ing concussion,  then  stillness, 
broken  by  the  ping  of  hot 
metal  contracting. 

COUGHING,  Retief  disen- 
gaged himself  from  the 
shock-webbing.  He  beat  out 
sparks  in  his  lap,  groped  un- 
derfoot for  the  hatch  and 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


S 


wrenched  it  open.  A wave  of 
hot  jungle  air  struck  him.  He 
lowered  himself  to  a bed  of 
shattered  foliage,  got  to  his 
feet.  . .and  dropped  flat  as  a 
bullet  whined  past  his  ear. 

He  lay  listening.  Stealthy 
movements  were  audible  from 
the  left. 

He  inched  his  way  to  the 
shelter  of  a broad-boled  dwarf 
tree.  Somewhere  a song  lizard 
burbled.  Whining  insects  cir- 
cled, scented  alien  life,  buzzed 
off.  There  was  another  rustle 
of  foliage  from  the  under- 
brush five  yards  away.  A bush 
quivered,  then  a low  bough 
dipped. 

Retief  edged  back  around 
the  trunk,  eased  down  behind 
a fallen  log.  A stocky  man  in 
grimy  leather  shirt  and  shorts 
appeared,  moving  cautiously,  a 
pistol  in  his  hand. 

As  he  passed,  Retief  rose, 
leaped  the  log  and  tackled 
him. 

They  went  down  together. 
The  stranger  gave  one  short 
yell,  then  struggled  in  silence. 
Retief  flipped  him  onto  his 
back,  raised  a fist — 

“Hey!”  the  settler  yelled. 
“You’re  as  human  as  I am!” 
“Maybe  I’ll  look  better  after 
a shave,”  said  Retief.  “What’s 
the  idea  of  shooting  at  me?” 
“Lemme  up.  My  name’s  Pot- 
ter. Sorry  ’bout  that.  I figured 
it  was  a Flap-jack  boat ; looks 
just  like  ’em.  I took  a shot 
when  I saw  something  move. 
Didn’t  know  it  was  a Terres- 
trial. Who  are  you  ? What  you 
doin’  here?  We’re  pretty  close 


to  the  edge  of  the  oasis.  That’s 
Flap- jack  country  over  there.” 
He  waved  a hand  toward  the 
north,  where  the  desert  lay. 

“I’m  glad  you’re  a poor  shot. 
That  missile  was  too  close  for 
comfort.” 

“Missile,  eh?  Must  be  Flap- 
jack  artillery.  We  got  nothing 
like  that.” 

“I  heard  there  was  a full- 
fledged  war  brewing,”  said 
Retief.  “I  didn’t  expect — ” 
“Good!”  Potter  said.  “We 
figured  a few  of  you  boys 
from  Ivory  would  be  joining 
up  when  you  heard.  You  are 
from  Ivory?” 

“Yes.  I’m—” 

“Hey,  you  must  be  Lemuel’s 
cousin.  Good  night ! I pretty 
near  made  a bad  mistake. 
Lemuel’s  a tough  man  to  ex- 
plain something  to.” 

1 m — 

“Keep  your  head  down. 
These  damn  Flap-jacks  have 
got  some  wicked  hand  weap- 
ons. Come  on...”  He  moved 
off  silently  on  all  fours.  Re- 
tief followed.  They  crossed 
two  hundred  yards  of  rough 
country  before  Potter  got  to 
his  feet,  took  out  a soggy  ban- 
dana and  mopped  his  face. 

“You  move  good  for  a city 
man.  I thought  you  folks  on 
Ivory  just  sat  under  those 
domes  and  read  dials.  But  I 
guess  bein’  Lemuel’s  cousin 
you  was  raised  different.” 

“As  a matter  of  fact — ” 
“Have  to  get  you  some  real 
clothes,  though.  Those  city 
duds  don’t  stand  up  on  ’Dobe.” 
Retief  looked  down  at  the 


10 


by  KEITH  LAUMER 


charred,  torn  and  sweat- . 
soaked  powder-blue  blazer  and 
slacks. 

‘‘This  outfit  seemed  pretty 
rough-and-ready  back  home/’ 
he  said.  “But  I guess  leather 
has  its  points.” 

“Let’s  get  on  back  to  camp. 
We’ll  just  about  make  it  by 
sundown.  And,*  look.  Don’t  say 
anything  to  Lemuel  about  me 
thinking  you  were  a Flap- 
jack.” 

“I  won’t,  but — ” 

Potter  was  on  his  way,  lop- 
ing off  up  a gentle  slope.  Re- 
tief  pulled  off  the  sodden 
blazer,  dropped  it  over  a bush, 
added  his  string  tie  and  fol- 
lowed Potter. 

II 

4^TJj^E’RE  damn  glad  you’re 
here,  mister,”  said  a fat 
man  with  two  revolvers  belted 
across  his  paunch.  “We  can 
use  every  hand.  We’re  in  bad 
shape.  We  ran  into  the  Flap- 
jacks  three  months  ago  and  we 
haven’t  made  a smart  move 
since.  First,  we  thought  they 
were  a native  form  we  hadn’t 
run  into  before.  Fact  is,  one  of 
the  boys  shot  one,  thinkin’  it 
was  fair  game.  I guess  that 
was  the  start  of  it.”  He  stirred 
the  fire,  added  a stick. 

“And  then  a bunch  of  ’em 
hit  Swazey’s  farm  here,”  Pot- 
ter said.  “Killed  two  of  his 
cattle,  and  pulled  back.” 

“I  figure  they  thought  the 
cows  were  people,”  said  Swaz- 
ey.  “They  were  out  for  re- 
venge.” 


“How  could  anybody  think  a 
cow  was  folks?”  another  man 
put  in.  “They  don’t  look  noth- 
in’ like — ” 

“Don’t  be  so  dumb,  Bert,” 
said  Swazey.  “They’d  never 
seen  Terries  before.  They 
know  better  now.” 

Bert  chuckled.  “Sure  do. 
We  showed  ’em  the  next  time, 
didn’t  we.  Potter?  Got  four.” 

“They  walked  right  up  to 
my  place  a couple  days  after 
the  first  time,”  Swazey  said, 
“We  were  ready  for  ’em.  Pep- 
pered ’em  good.  They  cut  and 
run.” 

“Flopped,  you  mean.  Ugliest 
lookin’  critters  you  ever  saw. 
Look  just  like  a old  piece 
of  dirty  blanket  humpin’ 
around.” 

“It’s  been  goin’  on  this  way 
ever  since.  They  raid  and  then 
we  raid.  But  lately  they’ve 
been  bringing  some  big  stuff 
into  it.  They’ve  got  some  kind 
of  pint-sized  airships  and 
automatic  rifles.  We’ve  lost 
four  men  now  and  a dozen 
more  in  the  freezer,  waiting 
for  the  med  ship.  We  can’t  af- 
ford it.  The  colony’s  got  less 
than  three  hundred  able-bod- 
ied men.” 

“But  we’re  hanging  onto  our 
farms,”  said  Potter.  “All  these 
oases  are  old  sea-beds — a mile 
deep,  solid  topsoil.  And 
there’s  a couple  of  hundred 
others  we  haven’t  touched  yet. 
The  Flap-jacks  won’t  get  ’em 
while  there’s  a man  alive.” 

“The  whole  system  needs 
the  food  we  can  raise,”  Bert 
said.  “These  farms  we’re  try- 

1 1 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


ing  to  start  won’t  be  enough 
but  they’ll  help.” 

“We  been  yellin’  for  help 
to  the  CDT,  over  on  Ivory,” 
said  Potter.  “But  you  know 
these  Embassy  stooges.” 

“We  heard  they  were  send- 
ing some  kind  of  bureaucrat 
in  here  to  tell  us  to  get  out 
and  give  the  oases  to  the  Flap- 
jacks,”  said  Swazey.  He  tight- 
ened his  mouth.  “We’re  wait- 
in’ for  him. . 

“Meanwhile  we  got  rein- 
forcements cornin’  up,  eh, 
boys?”  Bert  winked  at  Re- 
tief.  “We  put  out  the  word 
back.  home.  We  all  got  rela- 
tives on  Ivory  and  Verde.” 
“Shut  up,  you  damn  fool!” 
a deep  voice  grated. 

“Lemuel !”  Potter  said.  “No- 
body else  could  sneak  up  on 
us  like  that.” 

“If  I’d  a been  a Flap-jack; 
I’d  of  et  you  alive,”  the  new- 
comer said,  moving  into  the 
ring  of  fire,  a tall,  broad-faced 
man  in  grimy  leather.  He  eyed 
Retief. 

“Who’s  that?” 

“What  do  ya  mean?”  Potter 
spoke  in  the  silence.  “He’s 
your  cousin.  . .” 

“He  ain’t  no  cousin  of 
mine,”  Lemuel  said  slowly.  He 
stepped  to  Retief. 

. “Who  you  s p y i n’  for, 
stranger?”  he  rasped. 

Retief  got  to  his  feet.  “i 
think  I should  explain — ” 
A short-nosed  automatic  ap- 
peared in  Lemuel’s  hand,  a 
clashing  note  against  his 
fringed  buckskins.. 


“Skip  the  talk.  I know  a 
fink  when  I see  one.” 

“Just  for  a change,  I’d  like 
to  finish  a sentence,”  said  Re- 
tief. “And  I suggest  you  put 
your  courage  tock  in  your 
pocket  before  it  bites  you.” 
“You  talk  too  damned  fancy 
to  suit  me.” 

“Maybe.  But  I’m  talking  to 
suit  me.  Now,  for  the  last  time, 
put  it  away.” 

Lemuel  stared  at  Retief. 
“You  givin’  me  orders.  . . ?” 
Retief’s  left  fist  shot  out, 
smacked  Lemuel’s  face  dead 
center.  He  stumbled  back, 
blood  starting  from  his  nose; 
the  pistol  fired  into  the  dirt 
as  he  dropped  it.  He  caught 
himself,  jumped  for  Retief. . . 
and  met  a straight  right  that 
snapped  him  onto  his  back: 
out  cold. 

“Wow!”  said  Potter.  “The 
stranger  took  Lem... in  two 
punches !” 

“One,”  said  Swazey.  “That 
first  one  was  just  a love  tap.” 
Bert  froze.  “Hark,  boys,”  he 
whispered.  In  the  sudden  si- 
lence a night  lizard  called. 
Retief  strained,  heard  noth- 
ing. He  narrowed  his  eyes, 
peered  past  the  fire — 

With  a swift  lunge  he 
seized  up  the  bucket  of  drink- 
ing water,  dashed  it  over  the 
fire,  threw  himself  flat.  He 
heard  the  others  hit  the  dirt  a 
split  second  behind  him. 

“You  move  fast  for  a city 
man,”  breathed  Swazey  beside 
him.  “You  see  pretty  good  too. 
We’ll  split  and  take  ’em  from 
two  sides.  You  and  Bert  from 


12 


by  KEITH  LAUMER 


the  left,  me  and  Potter  from 
the  right/' 

'^No,"  said  Retief.  ‘^You 
wait  here.  I'm  going  out 
alone." 

"What's  the  idea!  . . 

"Later.  Sit  tight  and  keep 
your  eyes  open/'  Retief  took 
a bearing  on  a treetop  faintly 
visible  against  the  sky  and 
started  forward. 

Five  minutes'  stealthy  prog- 
ress brought  him  to  a slight 
rise  of  ground.  With  infinite 
caution  he  raised  himself, 
risking  a glance  over  an  out- 
cropping of  rock. 

The  stunted  trees  ended 
just  ahead.  Beyond,  he  could 
make  out  the  dim  contour  of 
rolling  desert.  Flap-jack  coun- 
try. He  got  to  his  feet,  clam- 
bered over  the  stone — still  hot 
after  a day  of  tropical  heat — 
and  moved  forward  twenty 
yards.  Around  him  he  saw 
nothing  but  drifted  sand,  pale- 
ly visible  in  the  starlight,  and 
the  occasional  shadow  of  jut- 
ting shale  slabs.  Behind  him 
the  jungle  was  still. 

He  sat  down  on  the  ground 
to  wait. 

It  was  ten  minutes  before  a 
movement  caught  his  eye. 
Something  had  separated  it- 
self from  a dark  mass  of  stone, 
glided  across  a few  yards  of 
open  ground  to  another  shel- 
ter. Retief  watched.  Minutes 
passed.  The  shape  moved 
again,  slipped  into  a shadow 
ten  feet  distant.  Retief  felt 
the  butt  of  the  power  pistol 
with  his  elbow.  His  guess  had 


better  be  right  this  time . . . 

There  was  a sudden  rasp, 
like  leather  against  concrete, 
and  a flurry  of  sand  as  the 
Flap-jack  charged. 

Retief  rolled  aside,  then 
lunged,  threw  his  weight  on 
the  flopping  Flap-jack — a 
yard  square,  three  inches 
thick  at  the  center  and  all 
muscle.  The  ray-like  creature 
heaved  up,  curled  backward, 
its  edge  rippling,  to  stand  on 
the  flattened  rim  of  its  encir- 
cling sphincter.  It  scrabbled 
with  prehensile  fringe-tenta- 
cles for  a grip  on  Retief's 
shoulders.  He  wrapped  his 
arms  around  the  alien  and 
struggled  to  his  feet.  The 
thing  was  heavy.  A hundred 
pounds  at  least.  Fighting  as 
it  was,  it  seemed  more  like 
five  hundred. 

The  Flap-jack  reversed  its 
tactics,  went  limp.  Retief 
grabbed,  felt  a thumb  slip  into 
an  orifice — 

The  alien  went  wild.  Retief 
hung  on,  dug  the  thumb  in 
deeper. 

"Sorry,  fellow,"  he  muttered 
between  clenched  teeth.  "Eye- 
gouging isn't  gentlemanly,  but 
it's  effective.  . . " 

The  Flap-jack  fell  still,  only 
its  fringes  rippling  slowly. 
Retief  relaxed  the  pressure  of 
his  thumb;  the  alien  gave  a 
tentative  jerk;  the  thumb  dug 
in. 

The  alien  went  limp  again, 
waiting. 

*‘Now  we  understand  each 
other,"  said  Retief.  "Take  me 
to  your  leader.*' 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


13 


Twenty  minutes’  walk 
into  the  desert  brought  Re- 
tief  to  a low  rampart  of  thorn 
branches:  the  Flap-jacks’  out- 
er defensive  line  against  Ter- 
ry forays.  It  would  be  as  good 
a place  as  any  to  wait  for  the 
move  by  the  Flap-jacks.  He 
sat  down  and  eased  the  weight 
of  his  captive  off  his  back,  but 
kept  a firm  thumb  in  place.  If 
his  analysis  of  the  situation 
was  correct,  a Flap-jack  picket 
should  be  along  before  too 
long.  . . 

A penetrating  beam  of  red 
light  struck  Retief  in  the  face, 
blinked  off.  He  got  to  his  feet. 
The  captive  Flap-jack  rippled 
its  fringe  in  an  agitated  way. 
Retief  tensed  his  thumb  in  the 
eye-socket. 

‘‘Sit  tight,”  he  said.  “Don’t 
try  to  do  anything  hasty...’* 
His  remarks  were  falling  on 
deaf  ears— or  no  ears  at  all — 
but  the  thumb  spoke  as  loudly 
as  words. 

There  was  a slither  of  sand. 
Another.  He  became  aware  of 
a ring  of  presences  drawing 
closer. 

Retief  tightened  his  grip  on 
the  alien.  He  could  see  a dark 
shape  now,  looming  up  almost 
to  his  own  six-three.  It  looked 
like  the  Flap-jacks  came  in  all 
sizes. 

A low  rumble  sounded,  like 
a deep-throated  growl.  It 
strummed  on,  faded  out.  Re- 
tief cocked  his  head,  frown- 
ing. 

“Try  it  two  octaves  higher,” 
he  said. 

••Awwrrp ! Sorry,  Is  that 


better?”  a clear  voice  came 
from  the  darkness. 

“That’s  fine,”  Retief  said. 
“I’m  here  to  arrange  a prisoner 
exchange.” 

“Prisoners?  But  we  have  no 
prisoners.” 

“Sure  you  have.  Me.  Is  it 
a deal?” 

“Ah,  yes,  of  course.  Quite 
equitable.  What  guarantees  do 
you  require?” 

“The  word  of  a gentleman  is 
sufficient.”  Retief  released 
the  alien.  It  flopped  once,  dis- 
appeared into  the  darkness. 

“If  you’d  care  to  accompany 
me  to  our  headquarters,”  the 
voice  said,  “we  can  discuss  our 
mutual  concerns  in  comfort.” 

“Delighted.” 

Red  lights  blinked  briefly. 
Retief  glimpsed  a gap  in  the 
thorny  barrier,  stepped 
through  it.  He  followed  dim 
shapes  across  warm  sand  to  a 
low  cave-like  entry,  faintly  lit 
with  a reddish  glow. 

“I  must  apologize  for  the 
awkward  design  of  our  com- 
fort-dome,” said  the  voice. 
“Had  we  known  we  would  be 
honored  by  a visit — ” 

“Think  nothing  of  it,”  Re- 
tief said.  “We  diplomats  are 
trained  to  crawl.” 

Inside,  with  knees  bent  and 
head  ducked  under  the  five- 
foot  ceiling,  Retief  looked 
around  at  the  walls  of  pink- 
toned  nacre,  a floor  like  bur- 
gundy-colored glass  spread 
with  silken  rugs  and  a low 
table  of  polished  red  granite 
that  stretched  down  the  center 
of  the  spacious  room,  set  out 


14 


by  KEITH  LAUMER 


with  silver  dishes  and  rose- 
crystal  drinking-tubes. 

Ill 

CCT  ET  me  congratulate  you/' 

-L^the  voice  said. 

Retief  turned.  An  immense 
Flap-jack,  hung  with  crimson 
trappings,  rippled  at  his  side. 
The  voice  issued  from  a disk 
strapped  to  its  back.  '*You 
fight  well.  I think  we  will  find 
in  each  other  worthy  adver- 
saries." 

“Thanks.  I'm  sure  the  test 
would  be  interesting,  but  I'm 
hoping  we  can  avoid  it." 

“Avoid  it?"  Retief  heard  a 
low  humming  coming  from  the 
speaker  ill  the  silence.  “Well, 
let  us  dine,"  the  mighty  Flap- 
jack  said  at  last.  “We  can  re- 
solve these  matters  later.  I am 
called  Hoshick  of  the  Mosaic 
of  the  Two  Dawns." 

“I'm  Retief."  Hoshick  wait- 
ed expectantly,  “...of  the 
Mountain  of  Red  Tape,"  Re- 
tief added. 

“Take  place,  Retief,"  said 
Hoshick.  “I  hope  you  won’t 
find  our  rude  couches  uncom- 
fortable." Two  other  large 
Flap-jacks  came  into  the  room, 
communed  silently  with  Ho- 
shick. “Pray  forgive  our  lack 
of  translating  devices,"  he 
said  to  Retief.  “Permit  me  to 
introduce  my  colleagues..." 

A small  Flap-jack  rippled 
the  chamber  bearing  on  its 
back  a silver  tray  laden  with 
aromatic  food.  The  waiter 
served  the  four  diners,  filled 
the  drinking  tubes  with  yel- 


low wine.  It  smelled  good. 

“I  trust  you’ll  find  these 
dishes  palatable,”  said  Ho- 
shick. “Our  metabolisms  are 
much  alike,  I believe."  Retief 
tried  the  food.  It  had  a deli- 
cious nut-like  flavor.  The 
wine  was  indistinguishable 
from  Chateau  d'Yquem. 

“It  was  an  u n e x p e c t e d 
pleasure  to  encounter  your 
party  here,”  said  Hoshick.  “I 
confess  at  first  we  took  you 
for  an  indigenous  earth-grub- 
bing form,  but  we  were  soon 
disabused  of  that  notion."  He 
raised  a tube,  manipulating  it 
deftly  with  his  fringe  tenta- 
cles. Retief  returned  the  sa- 
lute and  drank. 

“Of  course,"  Hoshick  con- 
tinued, “as  soon  as  we  realized 
that  you  were  sportsmen  like 
ourselves,  we  attempted  to 
make  amends  by  providing  a 
bit  of  activity  for  you.  We’ve 
ordered  out  our  heavier  equip- 
ment and  a few  trained  skir- 
mishers and  soon  we’ll  be  able 
to  give  you  an  adequate  show. 
Or  so  I hope.” 

“Additional  skirmishers?" 
said  Retief.  “How  many,  if 
you  don't  mind  my  asking?" 

“For  the  moment,  perhaps 
only  a few  hundred.  There- 
after. . .well,  I'm  sure  we  can 
arrange  that  between  us.  Per- 
sonally T would  prefer  a con- 
test of  limited  scope.  No  nu- 
clear or  radiation-effect  weap- 
ons. Such  a bore,  screening  the 
spawn  for  deviations.  Though 
I confess  we've  come  upon 
some  remarkably  useful 
sports.  The  rangerform  such 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


15 


as  you  made  captive,  for  ex- 
ample. Simple-minded,  of 
course,  but  a fantastically 
keen  tracker.” 

“Oh,  by  all  means,”  Retief 
said.  “No  atomics.  As  you 
pointed  out,  spawn-sorting  is 
a nuisance,  and  then  too,  it’s 
wasteful  of  troops.” 

“Ah,  well,  they  are  after  all 
expendable.  But  we  agree : no 
atomics.  -Have  you  tried  the 
ground-gwack  eggs?  Rather 
a specialty  of  my  Mosaic.  , .” 
“Delicious,”  said  Retief.  “I 
wonder.  Have  you  considered 
eliminating  weapons  altogeth- 
er?” 

A scratchy  sound  issued 
from  the  disk.  “Pardon 
my  laughter,”  Hoshick  said, 
“but  surely  you  jest?” 

“As  a matter  of  fact,”  said 
Retief,  “we  ourselves  seldom 
use  weapons.” 

“I  seem  to  recall  that  our 
first  contact  of  skirmishforms 
involved  the  use  of  a weapon 
by  one  of  your  units.” 

“My  apologies,”  said  Retief. 
“The — ah — the  skirmishform 
failed  to  recognize  that  he  was 
dealing  with  a sportsman.” 
“Still,  now  that  we  have 
commenced  so  merrily  with 
weapons.  . ” Hoshick  sig- 
nalled and  the  servant  refilled 
tubes. 

“There  is  an  aspect  I haven’t 
yet  mentioned,”  Retief  went 
on.  “I  hope  you  won’t  take  this 
personally,  but  the  fact  is,  our 
skirmishforms  think  of  weap- 
ons as  son^ething  one  em- 
ploys only  in  dealing  with 


certain  specific  life-forms.” 
“Oh?  Curious.  What  forms 
are  those?” 

“Vermin.  Or  Varmints’  as 
some  call  them.  Deadly  antag- 
onists, but  lacking  in  caste.  I 
don’t  want  our  skirmishforms 
thinking  of  such  worthy  ad- 
versaries as  yourself  as  var- 
mints.” 

“Dear  me ! I hadn’t  realized, 
of  course.  Most  considerate  of 
you  to  point  it  out.”  Hoshick 
clucked  in  dismay.  “I  see  that 
skirmishforms  are  much  the 
same  among  you  as  with  us: 
lacking  in  perception.”  He 
laughed  scratchily.  “Imagine 
considering  us  as — what  was 
the  word? — varmints.” 

“Which  brings  us  to  the 
crux  of  the  matter.  You  see, 
we’re  up  against  a serious 
problem  with  regard  to  skirm- 
ishforms. A low  birth  rate. 
Therefore  we’ve  reluctantly 
taken  to  substitutes  for  the 
mass  actions  so  dear  to  the 
heart  of  the  sportsman.  We’ve 
attempted  to  put  an  end  to 
these  contests  altogether...” 
Hoshick  coughed  explosive- 
ly, sending  a spray  of  wine 
into  the  air.  “What  are  you 
saying?”  he  gasped.  “Are  you 
proposing  that  Hoshick  of  the 
Mosaic  of  the  Two  Dawns 
abandon  honor.  . . ?” 

“Sir!”  said  Retief  sternly. 
“You  forget  yourself.  I,  Re- 
tief of  the  Red  Tape  Moun- 
tain, make  an  alternate  pro- 
posal more  in  keeping  with 
the  newest  sporting  princi- 
ples.” 

“New?”  cried  Hoshick.  “My 

by  KEITH  LAUMER 


16 


dear  Retief,  what  a pleasant 
surprise!  I*m  enthralled  with 
novel  modes.  One  gets  so  out 
of  touch.  Do  elaborate.” 

‘^It’s  quite  simple,  really. 
Each  side  selects  a representa- 
tive and  the  two  individuals 
settle  the  issue  between  them.” 
”1.  . .um.  . . fear  I don’t  un- 
derstand. What  possible  sig- 
nificance could  one  attach  to 
the  activities  of  a couple  of 
random  skirmishforms?” 

haven’t  made  myself 
clear,”  said  Retief.  He  took  a 
sip  of  wine.  ”We  don’t  in- 
volve the  skirmishforms  at  all. 
That’s  quite  passe.” 

“You  don’t  mean. . . ?” 
“That’s  right.  You  and  me.” 

OUTSIDE  on  the  starlit 
sand  Retief  tossed  aside 
the  power  pistol,  followed  it 
with  the  leather  shirt  Swazey 
had  lent  him.  By  the  faint 
light  he  could  just  make  out 
the  towering  figure  of  the 
Flap-jack  rearing  up  before 
him,  his  trappings  gone.  A si- 
lent rank  of  Flap-jack  retain- 
ers were  grouped  behind  him. 

“I  fear  I must  lay  aside  the 
translator  now,  Retief,”  said 
Hoshick.  He  sighed  and  rip- 
pled his  fringe  tentacles,  “My 
spawn-fellows  will  never  cred- 
it this.  Such  a curious  turn 
fashion  has  taken.  How  much 
more  pleasant  it  is  to  observe 
the  action  of  the  skirmish- 
forms from  a distance.” 

“I  suggest  we  use  Tennessee 
rules,”  said  Retief.  “They’re 
very  liberal.  Biting,  gouging, 
stomping,  kneeing  and  of 


course  choking,  as  well  as  the 
usual  punching,  shoving  and 
kicking.” 

“Hmmm.  These  gambits 
seem  geared  to  forms  employ- 
ing rigid  endo-skeletons ; I 
fear  I shall  be  at  a disadvan- 
tage.” 

“Of  course,”  Retief  said,  “if 
you’d  prefer  a more  plebeian 
type  of  contest.  . .” 

“By  no  means.  But  perhaps 
we  could  rule  out  tentacle- 
twisting, just  to  even  it.” 

“Very  well.  Shall  we  be- 
gin?” 

With  a rush  Roshick  threw 
himself  at  Retief,  who  ducked, 
whirled,  and  leaped  on  the 
Flap-jack’s  back.  . .and  felt 
himself  flipped  clear  by  a 
mighty  ripple  of  the  alien’s 
slab-like  body.  Retief  rolled 
aside  as  Hoshick  turned  on 
him;  he  jumped  to  his  feet  and 
threw  a right  hay-maker  to 
Hoshick’s  mid-section.  The 
alien  whipped  his  left  fringe 
around  in  an  arc  that  connect- 
ed with  Relief’s  jaw,  sent  him 
spinning  onto  his  back... and 
Hoshick’s  weight  struck  him. 

Retief  twisted,  tried  to  roll. 
The  flat  body  of  the  alien 
blanketed  him.  He  worked  an 
arm  free,  drumming  blows  on 
the  leathery  back.  Hoshick 
nestled  closer. 

Retief’s  air  was  running  out. 
He  heaved  up  against  the 
smothering  weight.  Nothing 
budged. 

It  was  like  burial  under  a 
dump-truck-load  of  concrete. 

He  remembered  the  ranger- 
form  lit  had  captured.  The 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


17 


sensitive  orifice  had  been 
placed  ventrally,  in  what 
would  be  the  thoracic  area. . . 

He  groped,  felt  tough  hide 
set  with  horny  granules.  He 
would  be  missing  skin  tomor- 
row... if  there  was  a tomor- 
row. His  thumb  found  the  ori- 
fice and  probed. 

The  Flap-jack  recoiled.  Re- 
tief  held  fast,  probed  deeper, 
groping  with  the  other  hand. 
If  the  alien  were  bilaterally 
symmetrical  there  would  be  a 
set  of  ready  made  hand- 
holds. . . 

HERE  were. 

Retief  dug  in  and  the 
Flap-jack  writhed,  pulled 
away.  Retief  held  on,  scram- 
bled to  his  feet,  threw  his 
weight  against  the  alien  and 
fell  on  top  of  him,  still  goug- 
ing. Hoshick  rippled  his 
fringe  wildly,  flopped  in  ter- 
ror, then  went  limp. 

Retief  relaxed,  released  his 
hold  and  got  to  his  feet, 
breathing  hard.  Hoshick 
humped  himself  over  onto  his 
ventral  side,  lifted  and  moved 
gingerly  over  to  the  sidelines. 
His  retainers  came  forward, 
assisted  him  into  his  trap- 
pings, strapped  on  the  trans- 
lator. He  sighed  heavily,  ad- 
justed the  volume. 

‘‘There  is  much  to  be  said 
for  the  old  system,’'  he  said. 
“What  a burden  one’s  sports- 
manship places  on  one  at 
times.” 

“Great  sport,  wasn’t  it?” 
said  Retief.  “Now,  I know 
you'll  be  eager  to  continue.  If 

IS 


you’ll  just  wait  while  I run 
back  and  fetch  some  of  our 
gougerforms — ” 

“May  hide-ticks  devour  the 
gougerforms!”  Hoshick  bel- 
lowed. “You’ve  given  me  such 
a sprong-ache  as  I’ll  remember 
each  spawning-time  for  a 
year.” 

“Speaking  of  hide-ticks,” 
said  Retief,  “we’ve  developed 
a biterform — ” 

“Enough!”  Hoshick  roared, 
so  loudly  that  the  translator 
bounced  on  his  hide.  “Sudden- 
ly I yearn  for  the  crowded 
yellow  sands  of  Jaq.  I had 
hoped.  . .”  He  broke  off,  drew 
a rasping  breath.  “I  had 
hoped,  Retief,”  he  said,  speak- 
ing sadly  now,  “to  find  a new 
land  here  where  I might  plan 
my  own  Mosaic,  till  these 
alien  sands  and  bring  forth 
such  a crop  of  paradise-lichen 
as  should  glut  the  markets  of 
a hundred  worlds.  But  my 
spirit  is  not  equal  to  the  pros- 
pect of  biterforms  and  gouger- 
forms without  end.  I am 
shamed  before  you.  . .” 

“To  tell  you  the  truth,  I’m 
old-fashioned  myself.  I’d  rath- 
er watch  the  action  from  a 
distance  too.” 

“But  surely  your  spawn-fel- 
lows would  never  condone 
such  an  attitude.” 

“My  spawn-fellows  aren’t 
here.  And  besides,  didn’t  I 
mention  it?  No  one  who’s  real- 
ly in  the  know  would  think  of 
engaging  in  competition  by 
mere  combat  if  there  were  any 
other  way.  Now,  you  men- 
tioned tilling  the  sand,  raising 

by  KEITH  LAUMER 


^ '•%.^'iiri v^i  ft  y 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


ID 


lichens — things  like  that — ” 
*^That  on  which  we  dined 
but  now/'  said  Hoshick,  ‘‘and 
front  which  the  wine  is  made," 
*‘The  big  news  in  fashion- 
able diploniacy  today  is  farm- 
ing competition.  Now,  if  you'd 
like  to  take  these  deserts  and 
raise  lichen,  we'll  promise  to 
stick  to  the  oases  and  ^ 
vegetables." 

Hoshick  curled  his  back  in 
attention.  “Retief,  you’re 
quite  serious?  You  would 
leave  all  the  fair  sand  hills  to 
us?" 

"The  whole  works,  Hoshick. 
I'll  take  the  oases.” 

Hoshick  rippled  his  fringes 
ecstatically.  “Once  again  you 
have  outdone  me,  Retief,"  he 
cried.  “This  time,  in  generos- 
ity.” 

“We’ll  talk  over  the  details 
later.  I'm  sure  we  can  establish 
a set  of  rules  that  will  satisfy 
all  parties.  Now  I’ve  got  to  get 
back.  I think  some  of  the  gou- 
gerforms  are  waiting  to  see 
me." 

IV 

IT  was  nearly  dawn  when  Re- 
tief gave  the  whistled  sig- 
nal he  had  agreed  on  with 
Potter,  then  rose  and  walked 
into  the  camp  circle.  Swazey 
stood  up. 

“There  you  are,"  he  said. 
“We  been  wonderin’  whether 
to  go  out  after  you." 

Lemuel  came  forward,  one 
eye  black  to  the  cheekbone. 
He  held  out  a raw-boned  hand. 
“Sorry  I jumped  you,  stranger. 


Tell  you  the  truth,  I thought 
you  w^  some  kind  of  stool- 
pigeon  from  the  CDT." 

Bert  came  up  behind  Lem- 
uel. “How  do  you  know  he 
ain’t,  Lemuel?"  hex  said.  “May- 
be he—" 

Lemuel  floored  Bert  with  a 
backward  sweep  of  his  arm. 
“Next  cotton-picker  says  some 
embassy  Johnny  can  cool  me 
gets  worse’n  that." 

“Tell  me,"  said  Retief. 
“How  are  you  boys  fixed  for 
wine?" 

“Wine?  Mister,  we  been 
livin’  on  stump  water  for  a 
year  now.  ’Dobe’s  fatal  to  the 
kind  of  bacteria  it  takes  to 
ferment  likker." 

“Try  this."  Retief  handed 
over  a sqat  jug.  Swazey  drew 
the  cork,  sniffed,  drank  and 
passed  it  to  Lemuel. 

“Mister,  where’d  you  get 
that?" 

“The  Flap-jacks  make  it. 
Here’s  another  question  for 
you:  Would  you  concede  a 
share  in  this  planet  to  the 
Flap-jacks  in  return  for  a 
peace  guarantee?" 

At  the  end  of  a half  hour  of 
heated  debate  Lemuel  turned 
to  Retief.  “We’ll  make  any 
reasonable  deal,"  he  said.  “I 
guess  they  got  as  much  right 
here  as  we  have.  I think  we’d 
agree  to  a fifty-fifty  split. 
That’d  give  about  a hundred 
and  fifty  oases  to  each  side.” 

“What  would  you  say  to 
keeping  all  the  oases  and  giv- 
ing them  the  desert?" 

Lemuel  reached  for  the 
wine  jug,  eyes  on  Retief. 


20 


by  KEITH  LAUMER 


“Keep  talkin’,  mister,”  he  said. 
“I  think  you  got  yourself  a 
deal.” 

CONSUL  Passwyn  glanced 
up  at  Retief,  went  on  per- 
using a paper. 

‘‘Sit  down,  Retief,”  he  said 
absently.  “I  thought  you  were 
over  on  Pueblo,  or  Mud-flat, 
or  whatever  they  call  that  des- 
ert.” 

‘‘Fm  back.” 

Passwyn  eyed  him  sharply. 
‘‘Well,  well,  what  is  it  you 
need,  man?  Speak  up.  Don’t 
expect  me  to  request  any  mili- 
tary assistance,  no  matter  how 
things  are.  . 

Retief  passed  a bundle  of 
documents  across  the  desk. 
‘‘Here’s  the  Treaty.  And  a 
Mutual  Assistance  Pact  dec- 
laration and  a trade  agree- 
ment.” 

“Eh?”  Passwyn  picked  up 
the  papers,  riffled  through 


them.  He  leaned  back  in  his 
chair,  beamed. 

“Well,  Retief.  Expeditious- 
ly handled.”  He  stopped, 
blinked  at  Retief.  “You  seem 
to  have  a bruise  on  your  jaw. 
I hope  you’ve  been  conducting 
yourself  as  befits  a member 
of  the  Embassy  staff.” 

“I  attended  a sporting 
event,”  Retief  said.  “One  of 
the  players  got  a little  excit- 
ed.” 

“Well.  . .it’s  one  of  the  haz- 
ards of  the  profession.  One 
must  pretend  an  interest  in 
such  matters.”  Passwyn  rose, 
extended  a hand.  “You’ve 
done  well,  my  boy.  Let  this 
teach  you  the  value  of  follow- 
ing instructions  to  the  letter.” 

Outside,  by  the  hall  inciner- 
ator drop,  Retief  paused  long 
enough  to  take  from  his  brief- 
case a large  buff  envelope, 
still  sealed,  and  drop  it  in  the 
slot.  end 


★ ★★★★★★★  ★★★★★★★★ 


Coming  in  the  July  issue  of  If  — 

THE  CHEMICALLY  PURE  WARRIORS 

A Complete  Short  Interplanetary  Novel 
by  Allen  Kim  Lang 

Plus  novelettes  and  short  stories  by  Keith  Laumer,  Cordwainer 
Smith,  Bryce  Walton,  C.  C.  MacApp  and  many  others.  July  is- 
sue of  IF  on  sale  May  10th — ask  your  newsdealer  to  reserve 
your  copy  now. 


RETIEF  OF  THE  RED-TAPE  MOUNTAIN 


21 


IF  • Short  Story 


JEHN  Dofan  was  a very  hu- 
man-looking and  highly  in- 
telligent young  man,  but  some- 
times he  did  not  show  good 
sense.  Any  young  man  might 
meet  a girl  night  after  night 
in  an  apple  orchard,  but  Dofan 
had  to  do  it  in  time  of  war, 
behind  enemy  lines,  with  the 
daughter  of  the  mayor.  On 
top  of  that  he  had  to  try  to 
pry  information  out  of  her. 

Even  this  might  have  been 
all  right  if  Dofan  had  used  a 
little  more  sense.  After  four 
consecutive  nights  of  press- 
ings and  squeezings  and  heavy 
breathings,  one  does  not 
maintain  a stony  silence  when 
a girl  like  Betty  Fuller  nes- 
tles up  closer  and  says,  ‘"We 
will  be  so  happy  together."’ 
The  situation  swiftly  deterio- 


by THEODORE  L.  THOMAS 


rated  after  that.  He  wound  up 
under  arrest. 

Flung  into  a root  cellar, 
Jehn  Dofan  underwent  a short 
but  intense  period  of  ques- 
tioning by  three  burly  sol- 
diers, aided  by  the  butt  end  of 
their  flintlock  rifles  and  di- 
rected by  a second  lieutenant 
bent  on  promotion.  Dofan  told 
them  nothing.  But  it  did  not 
matter.  As  the  soldiers  left, 
the  second  lieutenant  said, 
drawing  himself  to  attention, 
“You  hang  at  dawn,  scum.  We 
know  how  to  treat  spies.” 

For  the  first  time  Dofan 
saw  that  he  was  in  trouble. 

Betty  Fuller  rushed  in  as 
the  soldiers  went  out.  She 
flung  herself  on  Dofan  and 
covered  his  bloodied  face  with 
kisses  and  wept  into  the  hoi- 


THE  SPY 


He  knew  how  to  serve  his  people 
and  make  his  name  immortal. 

It  was  easy.  He  just  had  to  die! 


22 


low  of  his  neck.  “My  darling/' 
she  wailed,  “what  have  I done 
to  you?" 

With  this  to  work  on,  Do- 
fan  might  have  extricated  him- 
self even  then,  for  Betty  Full- 
er’s father  was  the  mayor, 
and  a friendly  mayor  wields 
much  influence  even  with  the 
military  if  he  puts  his  mind 
to  it.  But  Dofan,  although 
very  human-looking  and  high- 
ly intelligent,  did  not  show 
good  sense  for  the  second 
time  in  the  same  night. 

He  looked  at  Betty  Fuller 
coldly  and  said,  “You’ve  done 
enough.  Why  don’t  you  let  me 
alone?" 

Her  eyes  widened  in  disbe- 
lief and  then  flashed  in  hatred. 
She  turned  and  tapped  calmly 
on  the  door,  and  the  soldiers 
let  her  out. 

Dawn  was  dose,  and  Do- 
fan had  no  time  to  lose. 
He  went  to  a corner  of  the 
root  cellar  and  listened  to 
make  certain  no  one  was  com- 
ing. With  his  right  thumb  he 
probed  deep  up  under  his 
right  jaw.  He  found  the  tiny 
button  imbedded  there,  and  he 
pushed  it  and  held  it. 

He  said  softly,  “Jehn  Do- 
fan calling  Base.  Jehn  Dofan 
calling. . .’’ 

“We  have  you,  Dofan. 
Talk." 

“I'm  captured,  heavily 
guarded.  They  plan  to  hang 
me  at  dawn,  less  than  an  hour. 
Condition  appears  desperate. 
I need  help." 

“Will  this  rescue  constitute 


a major  interference  with  the 
natives?  And,  if  so,  are  you 
willing  to  stand  court-mar- 
tial?" 

“Yes,"  said  Dofan.  “I  be- 
lieve it  will  require  major  in- 
terference, and  I am  willing  to 
stand  court-martial." 

“Stand  by  for  instructions." 

Dofan  removed  his  thumb 
and  paced  back  and  forth  in 
the  root  cellar  in  the  candle- 
light. 

Now  that  he  had  committed 
himself,  he  was  a little  sorry. 
But  there  seemed  no  other 
way  out.  This  would  spoil  a 
perfect  . record  here  on  the 
planet  Earth.  Betty  Fuller 
had  succeeded  in  ruining  him. 
He  would  be  drummed  out  of 
the  Controllers,  and  she  and 
the  other  Earth  people  did  not 
even  know  such  an  organiza- 
tion existed.  There  would 
come  a time  when  he  could. . . 

A series  of  sharp  buzzes 
echoed  inside  his  head.  It 
startled  him;  he  had  not  ex- 
pected his  instructions  so 
soon.  He  went  to  the  corner 
and  pressed  the  switch  under 
his  jaw  and  said,  “Jehn  Do- 
fan." 

“This  is  Charn  Dofan.  How 
are  you,  brother?" 

Dofan  felt  his  breath  catch 
in  his  throat,  and  for  a mo- 
ment he  could  not  speak.  A 
great  feeling  of  relief  swept 
over  him.  Charn  Dofan  was 
here,  his  older  brother,  come 
to  him  in  a time  of  trouble  as 
always. 

He  said,  “Cham,  it  is  good 
to  hear  your  voice.  Where 

23 


THE  SPY 


arc  you  calling  from,  broth- 
er?’’ 

‘‘About  a mile  away.  I com- 
mand a troop  of  cavalry  sta- 
tioned in  Brooklyn.  I heard 
your  call  to  Base  and  came 
out.  Are  you  well?” 

‘‘Very  well,  brother.  And 
you?” 

“Very  well.” 

A silence  fell.  The  silence 
rested  uncomfortably  and 
strangely  with  Jehn  Dofan. 
There  had  never  been  any 
strained  silences  between  him 
and  his  brother.  Something 
was  wrong.  He  asked,  “Is  all 
well  at  home?” 

There  was  a perceptible 
pause  before  the  answer  came. 
“Our  parents  and  our  family 
are  all  in  good  health.”  Again 
the  silence. 

Jehn  Dofan  said,  “Tell  me 
what  is  wrong,  Charn.  Base 
will  call  soon  to  tell  me  of 
the  rescue  procedure.  What 
is  it?” 

A pause,  then  Charn  Dofan 
began  to  speak.  “Our  Islands 
at  home  are  ready  to  demand 
full  statehood.  The  Main- 
landers  are  trying  to  find 
some  way  to  keep  us  out.  A 
vote  will  be  taken  next  week. 
As  things  stand  now,  we  can 
just  about  muster  the  neces- 
sary strength,  but  it  won’t 
take  much  to  change  things. 
We  won’t  get  another  chance 
for  a long  while.  We’ll  have 
to  keep  paying  the  taxes,  let- 
ting them  bleed  us  white,  con- 
trolling our  production.” 

Jehn  Dofan  nodded  in  un- 
derstanding. “Yes,  our  people 


have  worked  toward  state- 
hood for  a long  time.  I hope 
we  make  it.” 

Again  the  silence.  Jehn 
Dofan  was  puzzled. 

He  said,  “What  is  wrong? 
What  can  we  do  about  it  from 
here?” 

This  time  his  brother’s 
words  poured  out, 
wrenched  from  the  heart. 
“Base  commander  is  a Main- 
lander!  He  will  have  to  inter- 
fere openly  with  the  natives  to 
rescue  you,  and  this  will  re- 
flect on  all  the  Islanders.  No 
question  about  it,  Jehn.  It 
will  tip  the  vote  the  wrong 
way.  Your  rescue  will  be  an 
international  incident  back 
home.” 

Jehn  Dofan  shook  his  head 
regretfully  and  said,  “I  sup- 
pose you  are  right.  But  I 
don’t  know  how  we  can  stop 
him  from  here.  We  are...” 
And  then  he  understood. 

He  felt  sick  to  his  stomach, 
and  he  began  to  perspire.  His 
breath  caught  in  his  throat. 
His  heart  pounded.  He  re- 
fused to  accept  the  full  reali- 
zation— kept  thrusting  it  out 
of  his  mind — but  it  kept  in- 
truding. 

His  brother  continued, 
“Base  will  be  calling  in  a few 
moments.  I will  be  nearby,  no 
- matter  what  happens.  Call  on 
me  for  anything.  I will  abide 
by  your  decision.  Good-by.” 
The  radio  fell  silent  before 
Jehn  Dofan  could  speak. 

He  was  alone  in  the  cellar. 
He  slumped  to  the  dirt,  too 
weak  to  pace. 


24 


by  THEODORE  L.  THOMAS 


He  was  frightened.  He  had 
not  seriously  considered  the 
possibility  of  dying  on  this 
planet.  Yet  here  he  was,  in  a 
position  where  his  own  broth- 
er had  to  point  out  the  de- 
sirability of  letting  himself  be 
executed  instead  of  rescued. 
The  Islands  needed  a hero 
now,  not  a goat.  He  needed 
time  to  think  this  out. 

But  there  was  no  time.  The 
buzzer  sounded  inside  his 
head.  He  jumped.  He  went  to 
the  corner  and  pushed  the 
switch  and  spoke. 

‘^Base  commander,”  was  the 
response,  and  without  further 
preamble  the  commander 
launched  into  a description 
of  the  rescue  plans.  In  spite 
of  the  turmoil  that  raged  in 
his  mind,  Dofan  recognized 
that  the  plans  were  more  vio- 
lent and  complex  than  they 
needed  to  be.  It  was  apparent 
that  the  commander  was  seiz- 
ing the  opportunity  to  make 
trouble.  The  recognition 
steeled  his  mind. 

‘‘There  will  be  no  rescue. 
Commander.,  I have  decided 
that  I do  not  want  to  be  the 
cause  of  such  open  interfer- 
ence.” 

The  commander  started  to 
speak,  but  then  fell  silent,  rec- 
ognizing the  impropriety  of 
arguing  with  Dofan  about 
such  a matter.  But  his  fury 
was  apparent.  Feeling  it.  Do- 
fan  said,  “There  is  no  need 
to  talk  further.  Commander.  I 
sign  off  now.  Do  not  risk  open 
interference  by  contacting  me 
again.  Good-by,  sir.” 

THE  SPY 


They  came  for  him  short- 
ly. They  marched  him  be- 
tween two  colunms  of  red- 
coated  soldiers  to  the  slow 
beat  of  muffled  drums.  He 
climbed  the  gallows  steps  in 
the  bright  morning  sunshine 
and  looked  out  over  the  Long 
Island  countryside.  As  they 
adjusted  the  noose  around  his 
neck,  his  eyes  swept  the  as- 
sembled crowd.  There  to  the 
left,  among  the  others,  stood 
a tall,  black-haired  figure  in 
a red  coat.  The  eyes  and  nose 
were  the  same  as  his  eyes  and 
nose,  and  he  looked  at  his 
brother  and  smiled. 

A few  feet  from  his  brother, 
all  unknowing,  stood  Betty 
Fuller,  and  for  a wild  moment 
he  considered  calling  out  to 
her  for  help.  He  saw  the  sneer 
on  her  face,  and  he  was  im- 
mediately ashamed  of  his  mo- 
mentary weakness.  He  gritted 
his  teeth  and  tried  to  think  of 
a way  to  die  well. 

He  looked  up  to  the  sky, 
in  a westerly  direction.  He 
could  not  see  it,  for  it  was 
light-years  away,  but  he  knew 
it  was  there.  A lovely  island 
on  another  planet,  bathed  in 
warm  breezes,  the  place  where 
his  people  were. 

His  executioners  asked  him, 
“Do  you  have  anything  to  say, 
schoolmaster?” 

Then  he  knew  what  to  do 
to  swing  the  vote;  it  came  to 
him  all  of  a sudden.  With  his 
face  raised  toward  home,  he 
said,  “I  only  regret  that  I have 
but  one  life  to  lose  for  my 
-country.”  END 


25 


IF  • Novelette 


Remorseless?  Not  a bit  of 
it,  no  matter  what  they  say! 
Here’s  the  genuine,  inside, 
light-hearted  story  of 


DEATH  AND  TAXES 


by  H.  A.  HARTZELL  illustrated  by  dyas 


44TT’S  a crime,  Your  Honor,” 

-I  said  the  young  man  with 
the  dreamy  eyes  and  paint- 
smeared  sport-shirt.  ”The 
Council  not  only  proposes 
tearing  down  this  picturesque 
landmark,  but  would  thereby 
destroy  the  home  of  our  only 
local  ghost.” 

“Really,  Mr.  Masterson!” 
The  mayor  smiled  to  show  he 
knew  Jerry  Masterson  was 
only  kidding,  then  brandished 
a State  Highway  Commission 
report  recommending  that  the 
antiquated  Waukeena  Light- 
house be  demolished.  “Mr. 
Masterson,  we  respect  your 
feelings  as  an  artist,  and  are 
well  aware  of  the  local  super- 
stition regarding  the  ghost  of 
Captain  MacGreggor,  but  this 
building  is  over  seventy  years 
old  and  needs  expensive  re- 
pairs. The  financial  burden  is 
too  great  for  our  metropolis  of 


less  than  fifteen  hundred 
souls.  The  State  has  dis- 
avowed responsibility,  and — ” 
“Your  Honor!” 

“The  chair  recognizes  Mr. 
Higgins.” 

“As  president  of  the  Histor- 
ical Soci  I wish  to  state  we 
vigorously  oppose  the  wreck- 
ing of  this  building.  One  by 
one,  our  landmarks  have  fall- 
en. Are  we  to  hand  down  to 
our  children  a community 
without  pride  of  ancestry? 
Are  we — ?” 

“Your  Honor,”  bellowed  an- 
other voice.  “As  a member  of 
the  Taxpayers  League.  . .” 

For  two  hours,  sentiment 
battled  hotly  with  double-en- 
try bookkeeping.  Then  the 
City  Council  expressed  its 
deep  regrets  to  the  Historical 
Society — and  unanimously  ac- 
cepted the  bid  of  Sam  Schultz 
Salvage  Company.  Mr.  Schultz 


26 


handed  the  Council  his  check 
for  five  hundred  dollars  and 
was  authorized  to  begin 
wrecking  immediately. 

‘‘First  thing  tomorrow 
morning,”  Mr.  Schultz  prom- 
ised. 

Tomorrow  morning!  As 
he  walked  into  the  spring 
night,  toward  the  old,  decay- 
ing house  where  he  lived 
alone,  Jerry  Masterson  felt 
sadness.  His  own  difficulties 
had  prepared  him  to  admit 
life  was  geared  to  financial 
considerations.  But  things  had 
come  to  a pretty  pass  when 
even  a ghost  was  not  safe 
from  dollars  and  cents.  “Poor 
Captain  Wully,”  he  said  with^ 
out  realizing  he  spoke  aloud. 

“Aye,  aye,’’  said  a voice. 
“Poor  Wully  MacGreggor.  As 
a ghost  in  good  standing,  a 
dues-paying  member  of  As- 
modeus  Local  of  the  United 
Lighthouse  Haunters  of 
America,  Wully  never  done 
nothin’  to  deserve  this.  Evict- 
ed I Got  a smoke,  matey?” 
Jerry  Masterson  did  a dou- 
ble-take. Out  of  reflex  cour- 
tesy, he  proffered  a cigarette 
and  was  about  to  strike  a 
match  when  his  companion 
reached  slightly  to  the  left, 
where  several  coals  glowed  in 
mid-air.  Selecting  one,  the 
stranger  said,  “Thank  you. 
Junior.  You  can  go  now.”  He 
turned,  lit  Jerry’s  cigarette 
and  his  own. 

“All  right,  joker,”  said  Jer- 
ry. “Show  me  how  you  did  it 
and  I’ll  show  you  a couple  of 

DEATH  AND  TAXES 


card  tricks  and  a disappearing 
penny  routine.^ 

“Later,”  said  the  stranger. 
“Right  now,  matey,  my  sails  is 
draggin’  and  I need  spiritual 
reinforcement— 1 i q u i d.  And 
you're  buying.^ 

“There’s  a fifth  of  Scotch  in 
my  studio,  but  I’m  not  pouring 
for  any  phony  tricksters.  I’ve 
been  saving  it  till  I sold  a 
canvas.” 

“Scotch,”  sighed  the  strang- 
er ecstatically.  “Shades  of 
the  Loch  Ness  Monster!  Quit 
scratching,  Gertrude.” 

“Gertrude?” 

“My  cat — she’s  black.  A 
handsome  beastie  if  you  over- 
look a hole  in  her  head.  A 
twenty-two  caliber  hole.  Ger- 
trude, materialize  for  the  nice 
man.” 

Nothing  happened,  and  Jer- 
ry diplomatically  sought  to 
ease  a situation  that  was 
rapidly  becoming  embarrass- 
ing. “Maybe  she’s  bashful.” 

“Not  Gertrude.  Just  temper- 
amental. She  could  materialize 
if  she  wanted  to.  She  doesn’t 
want  to.  Now  take  Junior.  . .” 

“Junior?” 

“He’s  the  conscientious 
type.  Tries  too  hard,  poor 
boy.” 

“About  that  Scotch,”  said 
Jerry.  “You  don’t  think  may- 
be a couple  of  cups  of  black 
coffee. . 

The  stranger’s  face  regis- 
tered horror — and  trust  be- 
trayed. “For  shame,  laddie.  To 
be  insulted  in  my  darkest 
hour!  Me,  Captain  Wully 
MacGreggor !” 


27 


“Sure.  You’re  Wully  Mac- 
Greggor — and  I’m  Napoleon.” 
“Watch.” 

There  was  nothing  to  watch. 
The  stranger  had  disappeared. 
A disem^died  voice  said, 
“Now  about  that  Scotch?  If 
Waukeena  light  is  being  torn 
down  tomorrow,  I’ll  be  home- 
less. I’ve  got  a lot  of  haunting 
to  do  in  the  little  time  that’s 
left.  And  here  we  stand,  wag- 
gin’  our  jaws.” 

Jerry’s  first  impulse  was  to 
run  like  hell.  “But  I don’t  be- 
lieve in  ghosts!”  His  voice 
sounded. 

“Of  course  you  do.  If  you 

didn’t,  you  couldn’t  have  seen 
>* 

me. 

He’d  heard  of  self-hypnosis 
—apparently  the  session  with 
the  Mayor  had  upset  him.  “All 
right,  so  you’re  Wully  Mac- 
Greggor.  Why  pick  on  me?” 
“Because  I like  you,”  said 
the  ghost.  “You  said  a kind 
word  for  me  to  the  City  Coun- 
cil and  I’d  like  to  do  some- 
thing nice  for  you.” 

“If  you  can’t  help  yourself, 
I don’t  see  how  you’re  going 
to  be  much  help  to  me,  but 
what’ve  I got  to  lose?”  He 
was  too  numb  to  worry  fur- 
ther. Ghosts,  yet. . . ! 

Next  morning,  Jerry  Mas- 
terson  awoke  with  a hang- 
over. He  dimly  remembered 
floating  lights,  red,  yellow, 
blue  and  green.  He  remem- 
bered Captain  Wully  scaring 
a couple  of  lovers  with  noises 
the  young  lady  described  as 
“something  like  bagpipes  in 

23 


an  echo  chamber.”  And  he 
seemed  to  remember  that,  to- 
ward the  end  of  the  evening, 
Gertrude  had  deigned  to  ma- 
terialize— along  with  a head- 
less black  ox  and  a white  stag. 

He  shook  his  head  and 
reached  for  the  aspirin.  “As 
of  now,”  he  promised  himself, 
“I’m  on  the  wagon.”  He 
seemed  to  recall  a snake  too,  a 
seven-headed  snake  with  a 
gleaming  carbuncle  in  the 
middle  head.  Permanently  on 
the  wagon!  A scraping  noise 
came  from  above.  He  listened. 
The  noise  occurred  again.  It 
seemed  to  emanate  from  the 
tower  room  on  the  third  floor. 
He  raced  up  the  winding  Vic- 
torian staircase,  on  up  the  nar- 
row stairs  to  the  attic,  and 
stopped. 

From  behind  the  tower 
room  door,  came  thin,  eerie 
skirling  of  bagpipes. 

“Hey,  you  in  there,”  he 
called. 

“Matey!”  boomed  Captain 
Wully’s  voice.  “Come  on  in.” 

Captain  Wully  was  seated 
on  an  old  sea-chest,  the  bag- 
pipes still  tucked  under  his 
arm.  “Hope  my  practicing 
didn’t  disturb  you.  I play  sec- 
ond bagpipe  in  the  banshee 
band.” 

“But  the  scraping  noise. . 

“My  sea-chest.  I had  a lit- 
tle trouble  getting  you  home 
by  cockcrow,  and  I had  to 
move  the  sea-chest  on  over- 
time. I want  to  say  right  now 
it  was  right  decent  of  you  to 
offer  me  a home  on  such  short 
acquaintance.  I appreciate  it, 

by  H.  a:  HAFITZCilL 


and  I promise  to  show  my — ** 
-‘Look/^  said  Jerry.  ‘‘All 
this  time  I was  being  so  big- 
hearted,  did  I also  say  I was 
going  to  have  to  sell  the  house 
for  non-payment  of  taxes?” 
“You  didn’t.  If  I’d  a-known 
that,  I’d  put  you  wise  to  grab- 
bing Celeste’s  carbuncle.  It’s 
goc^  luck.” 

“It  didn’t  bring  you  any 
luck.” 

“I’m  not  eligible.  Employ- 
ees, relatives  etc.” 

“Why  can’t  I get  it  now?” 
“Too  late.  Celeste  only  ma- 
terializes once  every  seven 
years.  Those  canvases  you 
mentioned.  For  sale?” 

“No  bidders,  and  the  critics 
all  agree.  Competent  drafts- 
manship, highly  finished  tech- 
nique— ^but  carefully  uni- 
maginative, middle-class.” 
“The  pictures — where  are 
they  now?” 

“Downstairs.  I was  going  to 
crate  them  today,  and  send 
them  to  the  Art  Festival  at 
Northport,  but  I’ve  got  the 
shakes  too  bad.” 

Captain  Wully  pushed  back 
the  tarn  on  his  head,  scratched 
his  balding  dome.  “I’ve  got  it. 
You  catch  yourself  a nap, 
matey.  I’ll  crate  the  pictures 
for  you  and  batten  down  the 
hatches  all  nice  an’  ship- 
shape.” 

JERRY  Masterson,  when  he 
draped  himself  over  the 
bumpy  carvings  on  the  studio 
love  seat,  intended  to  take 
only  a quick  forty  winks.  But 
the  morning  was  well  spent 

DEATH  AND  TAXES 


when  he  awakened,  stiff  and 
cramped.  Two  sturdy  crates 
stood  near  the  door  and,  from 
the  skylight  end  of  the  studio, 
wafted  a rich  fragrance  of 
latakia.  Captain  Wully  drew 
deeply  on  a Scotch  briar  filled 
with  Jerry’s  private  blend  of 
tobacco,  waved  his  pipe  to- 
ward the  easel  and  said,  “A 
right  bonnie  lass,  matey.  Your 
betrothed?” 

Jerry  shook  his  head  dole- 
fully. “Her  family  are  Cov- 
ered Wagon.  You’ve  no  idea 
what  that  means  in  a small 
town  like  this.  My  uncle  lived 
here  fifteen  years  and  was 
still  a ‘newcomer’  when  he 
died  and  left  me  the  house. 
I’ve  been  here  two  years,  but 
that’s  a Johnny-come-lately  to 
the  Higginses.  Her  name’s 
Heather,  and  I doubt  if  she 
knows  I’m  alive.” 

Captain  Wully  twirled  his 
mustache,  which  curled  lux- 
uriantly at  either  end  and  was 
of  an  improbable  shade  Jerry 
classified  as  Hunter’s  Pink.  So 
was  his  beard.  “What  did  you 
say  her  name  was?” 

“Heather  Higgins.” 

“You  sighed  the  second  time 
* you  said  it,  too.  I just  wanted 
to  be  sure.” 

Jerry  crossed  to  the  unfin- 
ished canvas.  “Hair  like  sun- 
shine on  slightly  oxidized 
copper.  Eyes  blue  like  the  sea 
where  it  meets  the  horizon  on 
a summer  day.” 

Gertrude!**  yelled  Captain 
Wully. 

From  the  turbulence  of  the 
air  current  which  marked  Ger- 

29 


trade’s  passing,  Jerry  decided 
the  invisible  cat  had  been  in  a 
hurry. 

‘‘And  who  are  you,  and 
what  are  you  doing  here?” 
Captain  Wully  yelled  at  a 
second  slipstream. 

Distinctly  audible  was  a 
high  pitched  caterwauling.  In 
addition,  there  was  a sound 
that  made  Jerry’s  curly  hair 
crawl — the  baying  of  a wolf? 

“I  better  look  into  this,” 
Captain  Wully  muttered  and 
dashed  outside.  As  he  reached 
the  doorway,  his  figure  melt- 
ed into  transparency,  then  into 
air. 

Jerry  loaded  the  crated 
paintings  into  his  car  and 
took  them  to  the  express  of- 
fice. They  wouldn’t  sell — they 
never  did.  But  he  couldn’t  af- 
ford to  pass  up  the  chance 
that  they  might. 

When  he  returned  home, 
there  was  no  sign  of  Captain 
Wully,  only  a few  paper  can- 
dy wrappers  on  the  floor.  He 
started  to  pick  them  up,  but 
remembered  he  wanted  to  im- 
prison a highlight  on  Heather 
Higgins’s  nose  and  forgot  the 
papers. 

Someone  had  been  into  his 
paints.  A tube  of  Payne’s  gray 
had  been  pressed  dry.  The  cap 
was  off  the  gamboge,  and  a 
new  tube  of  bice  green  had 
been  squeezed  in  fhe  middle. 
Nor  had  the  intruder  bothered 
to  scrape  the  palette,  which 
gleamed  with  puddles  of  col- 
or. 

A dab  of  ivory,  the  hint  of 
rose  madder  and  a suspicion 


of  cadmium  yellow  fused  un- 
der his  brush  tip.  Creative 
fury  struck  him,  and  he  failed 
to  notice  a figure  that  paused 
at  the  outside  front  gate.  The 
figure  stooped,  picked  up 
something,  then  carefully 
scanned  the  inside  walkway. 
Here,  too,  she  picked  up  some- 
thing. She  stooped  momentari- 
ly on  the  front  porch,  and 
again  in  the  hallway. 

Then  Heather  Higgins 
stood  in  the  studio.  Her 
gaze  swept  the  floor,  and  she 
bent  over  to  pick  up  a candy 
wrapper. 

“You  don’t  have  to  do  that,” 
Jerry  said.  “I  was  getting 
around  to  it — eventually.” 

She  whirled  to  face  him. 
Her  eyes  turned  from  azure  to 
ultramarine.  “You  might  tell 
me  what’s  going  on  around 
here !” 

“Suppose  you  tell  me,  I’m 
still  trying  to  catch  up  with 
it  myself.” 

‘^Thiefr 

“Thief?” 

“Stealing  Scotch  whiskey 
and  my  new  plaid  skirt!  But 
you  made  a mistake  on  the 
rum  butter  toffee.  I trailed 
the  wrappers.” 

The  Scotch  whiskey  and 
rum  toffee  Jerry  could  see  a 
reason  for — but  not  the  plaid 
skirt.  “So  help  me,  I’m  inno- 
cent.” 

“So  you’re  innocent!”  She 
dashed  to  a comer  behind  the 
easel  and  snatched  a plaid 
skirt  from  the  floor. 

“You'll  just  have  to  believe 


30 


by  H.  A.  HARTZELL 


me.  I had  nothing  to  do  with 
it.’’ 

‘‘Oh  no?” 

‘‘Look  at  me.  Do  I look  like 
a criminal?” 

As  she  looked  her  expres- 
sion softened  slightly,  but  she 
said,  “I  always  picked  the 
wrong  picture  in  psychology 
tests.  It’s  you  innocent  look- 
ing fellows  that  always  turn 
out  to  be  the  crooks.” 

Jerry  tried  his  best  to  look 
desperate.  The  result  was  too 
much  for  Heather  Higgins, 
who  laughed. 

‘‘Hold  it,”  Jerry  said.  ‘‘I 
want  to  catch  your  eyes.” 

He  grabbed  his  brush  and 
made  several  quick  strokes  on 
the  canvas. 

“Why,”  she  said,  “it  looks 
like  me — a.  little.  But  I’m  not 
that  pretty.” 

“You  are.  And  it’d  look 
more  like  you  if  I didn’t  have 
to  do  it  from  memory.” 

And  that  was  how  Heather 
Higgins  reluctantly  happened 
to  promise  Jerry  Masterson 
she’d  return  next  morning  for 
a sitting.  She  left,  and  Jerry 
was  eating  dinner  when  Cap- 
tain Wully  walked  in  to  the 
whistled  measures  of  Comin* 
Through  the  Rye, 

**Ryer  said  Jerry.  “You? 
Rye?” 

“I  borrowed  her  old  man’s 
Scotch,  if  that’s  what  you’re 
gettin’  at.  And  if  you  think  I 
enjoyed  eatin’  all  that  candy 
just  to  leave  a trail — I hope  I 
don’t  see  another  piece  of  can- 
dy for  three  hundred  years.” 

“Just  to  satisfy  my  curi- 

DEATH  AND  TAXES 


osity,”  Jerry  pleaded,  “where 
does  the  plaid  skirt  come  in?” 
“The  MacGreggor  tartan?  I 
needed  a kilt.” 

“All  of  a sudden  you  need 
a kilt.  Why?” 

“It’s  a long  story.  But 
first — ” he  reached  into  a cup- 
board and  produced  Jerry’s 
safety  razor — “do  you  mind  if 
I borrow  this?  And  where  do 
you  keep  the  scissors?” 

It  took  fifteen  minutes  to 
locate  the  scissors. 

“We  were  discussing  a 
kilt,”  Jerry  prompted. 

“If  a body  kiss  a body,  need 
a body  cry,”  sang  Captain 
Wully’s  baritone. 

But,  eventually.  Captain 
Wully  and  the  scissors  were 
seated  at  the  table  behind  a 
round  magnifying  mirror.  “It 
begins  with  Gertrude.  You  re- 
member how  she  scooted 
through  the  studio  this  after- 
noon with  a werewolf  after 
her?” 

“How  stupid  of  me  not  to 
realize.” 

“I  felt  Gertrude  needed 
help.  I caught  up  with  the 
werewolf  and  gave  him  a piece 
of  my  mind.  ‘Pretty  small  po- 
tatoes,’ I says,  ‘when  a were- 
wolf chases  cats.  You  must  be 
pretty  second-rate  to  have 
fallen  so  low.  A regular  lamb 
in  wolf’s  clothing.’  T’ll  have 
you  know,’  he  says,  T’m  pretty 
hot  stuff.  Related  to  Dracula 
on  my  mammy’s  side,  and  to 
Frankenstein  on  my  pap- 
py’s.’  ” 

The  scissors  snipped  rapid- 
ly, and  bits  of  pink  mustache 

31 


littered  the  unswept  floor. 

“ ‘A  renegade/  I says.  ‘Your 
family  must  be  awfully  proud 
of  you.  Chasing  cats!’ 
Ouch — ” as  the  scissors 
slipped.  “I  says,  ‘Where  do 
you  live?’  And  he  says,  ‘Down 
the  road  a piece.  I’m  lapdog 
for  an  Indian  princess.’  ‘I 
think,’  I says,  usin’  my  head 
real  quick  like,  ‘I  better  see 
you  home  and  see  what  your 
mistress  has  to  say  about 
this.’  ” 

The  mustache  having  been 
whittled  to  a tailored  tooth- 
brush, Captain  Wully  started 
on  his  beard.  “You  should  see 
her,  laddie.  A real  Indian 
princess,  left  over  from  a Lov- 
ers Leap.  Bein’  four  hundred 
years  old,  she’s  real  aristoc- 
racy and  doesn’t  mingle  with 
younger  ghosts,  which  is  why 
I never  seen  her  before.  My- 
self, I’m  three  score  and  hard- 
ly in  her  class.  Although  I 
must  say  she  took  a shine  to 
me.  But  Indian  braves  don’t 
wear  beards.’’ 

Captain  Wully  put  down  the 
razor  and  revealed  that  he 
too  was  beardless.  “Sporran, 
silver  buckles  and  all  the  fix- 
in’s  I got  in  my  sea-chest — but 
my  kilt  went  down  wi’  my 
ship.” 

When  Captain  Wully  real- 
ized Heather  Higgins  had  tak- 
en the  plaid  skirt  home,  he 
was  inconsolable. 

Heather  Higgins  kept 

her  appointment  to  sit 
next  morning.  She  was  greet- 
ed at  the  mailbox  by  a sub- 


dued young  man,  who  hastily 
shoved  in  his  pocket  a letter 
promising  drastic  action  in 
the  matter  of  “tax  liens 
against  property  situate,  to 
wit,  etc.” 

“The  oddest  thing  has  hap- 
pened,” she  said. 

And  Jerry  knew.  “The  plaid 
skirt  is  gone  again.” 

She  gave  him  a chilly  look. 
“See  here!  For  a young  man 
who  claims  to  know  nothing 
about — 

“It’s  my  handyman,”  he  bab- 
bled. “My  handyman’s  a klep- 
tomaniac.” 

“Lem  Butler’s  the  only 
handyman  in  town.  Don’t  try 
to  tell  me  Lem — ” 

“Since  the  person  concerned 
is  progressing  toward  a cure, 
I can’t  mention  names. 
Couldn’t  you  let  me  pay  for 
the  skirt?”  It  took  a lot  of 
fast  talking,  and  it  took  time 
— but  he  finally  diverted  her 
attention. 

She  was  a patient  model.  He 
quickly  blocked  in  the  flowing 
waves  of  her  hair.  But  a lis- 
tening look  had  come  over  her. 
Jerry  listened  too. 

Down  the  stairwell  drifted 
muted  notes  of  a bagpipe, 
striving  to  adapt  its  chromatic 
limitations  to  ^Indian  Love 
Call.*  Another  instrument  was 
audible  also. 

“Funny  thing  about  this 
house,”  he  said.  “When  I first 
moved  in,  I used  to  think  I 
heard  bagpipes.” 

“Accompanied  by  a glock- 
enspiel ?” 

“Is  that  what  it  is?” 


32 


by  H.  A.  HARTZELL 


The  upper  half  of  a very  el- 
derly gentleman  bobbed  in. 

Junior  r bawled  Captain 
Wully  from  the  stairs. 

‘'Leave  me  alone/*  pleaded 
the  elderly  gentleman.  “Lem- 
me  concentrate.** 

Captain  Wully  dashed  in. 
“For  shame,  Junior.  Steal- 

ingr 

Junior*s  eyes  filled  with 
tears.  “Just  one  more  nip,  and 
I know  I could  have  relaxed 
enough  to  finish  materializ- 
ing. 

Heather’s  fascinated  gaze 
wavered  between  the  bottom- 
less Junior  and  Captain  Wul- 
ly’s  kilt.  The  kilt  had  a zipper 
placket  exactly  like  a lady’s 
skirt.  “I  think  I’m  losing  my 
mind,”  she  said. 

Jerry  Masterson  attempted 
to  explain  the  inexplicable. 
He  recounted  events  of  the 
preceding  several  days  and 
concluded,  “No  matter  what 
you  think,  you  couldn’t  see 
him  if  you  didn’t  believe.” 
“What  about  the  glocken- 
spiel?” she  asked  weakly. 

“That’s  Red  Skeleton,”  said 
Captain  Wully.  “He  uses  a 
couple  of  ball-peen  hammers 
on  his  ribs.  We  was  tunin’  up 
to  serenade  Pocahauntus.” 
“The  cat,”  said  Heather. 
“She’s  left  out.” 

“Oh,  no,  she  ain’t.  Gertrude 
sings  coloratura.” 

**That  even  I don’t  believe,” 
said  Jerry. 

JUNIOR’S  upper  half  poised 
before  the  easel,  and  he 
flourished  a brush.  “Just  a 

DEATH  AND  TAXES 


touch  about  the  eyes.  And  an- 
other here.”  He  flicked  at  the 
mouth. 

“Get  away  from  there  T 
yelled  Jerry. 

Junior  burst  into  tears 
again.  “I  was  only  trying  to 
help.  Besides,  it  did  need — ” 

“Well,  I’ll  be...”  Jerry 
looked  at  the  canvas.  “Junior 
was  right.” 

“About  Gertrude,”  insisted 
Captain  Wully.  “If  you  don’t 
believe  it,  why  don’t  you  come' 
serenadin’  with  us,  you  and 
Miss  Heather?” 

Jerry  looked  inquiringly  at 
Hfeather. 

“I’ll  hate  myself  if  I do,” 
she  said. 

“Then  we  won’t  go.” 

“But  I’ll  hate  myself  worse 
if  I don’t.” 

He  called  that  evening  to 
take  her  to  the  serenade,  and 
met  her  family.  Mr.  Higgins 
was  very  pleasant.  Mrs.  Hig- 
gins was  very  pleasant.  But 
Jerry  was  uncomfortably 
aware  of  a large  photograph 
on  the  mantle.  The  photograph 
was  of  a young  man,  and  it 
was  not  pleasant.  Its  eyes  fol- 
lowed Heather  Higgins  pos- 
sessively. The  photograph’s 
tailored  suit  intimated  its 
pockets  were  not  lined  with 
tax  liens. 

Mrs.  Higgins  noticed  Jer- 
ry’s interest.  “That’s  Wesley 
Tatom.” 

“Of  the  First  National  Bank 
Tatoms,”  said  Mrs.  Higgins. 

“His  great  grandfather  was 
Ephraim  Tatom,”  said  Mrs. 
Higgins. 


33 


34 


by  H.  A.  HARTZELL 


Ephraim  Tatom,  so  Jerry 
gathered  in  the  next  half  hour, 
had  practically  blazed  the 
Oregon  Trail  single-handed. 

''Wesley  is  attending  the 
State  Bankers  Convention 
right  now,”  said  Mr.  Higgins. 

Mrs.  Higgins  gave  Jerry  a 
meaningful  look.  "We’re  very 
fond  of  dear,  sweet  Wesley,” 
she  said. 

Jerry  was  understandably 
relieved  when  it  came  time  to 
depart. 

As  for  the  serenade,  Ger- 
trude was  in  fine  voice.  Her 
words  were  incomprehensible, 
but  no  more  so  than  foreign 
opera.  Captain  Wully  puffed 
through  Indian  Love  Call  and 
a pibroch  or  two  on  the  pipes, 
ably  assisted  by  Red  Skeleton 
on  the  glockenspiel  and  Jun- 
ior on  the  mouth-harp. 

Princess  Pocahauntus  was 
impressed  by  Captain  Wully’s 
full  dress.  She  fingered  the 
flowing  shoulder  plaid,  tsk- 
tsking  over  the  fineness  of 
such  a blanket.  And  the  silver 
buckle  s— only  a big  chief 
would  possess  such  wealth. 

Gertrude  bristled,  and  ^s- 
car,  the  werewolf,  dashed  up 
with  a limp  and  furry  trophy, 
which  he  laid  at  the  princess’ 
feet. 

“What’s  that?”  Heather 
gasped. 

“A  sidehill  gouger,”  ex- 
plained Pocahauntus.  “Sec?” 

SHE  put  the  little  animal  up- 
right, or  as  nearly  upright 
as  circumstances  permitted, 
for  the  gouger's  left  legs  were 

DEATH  AND  TAXES 


three  inches  shorter  than  his 
right  ones.  Reaching  into  her 
reticule,  she  produced  a cou- 
ple of  artistically  carved  bone 
pegs,  which  she  fastened  to 
the  abbreviated  left  legs. 
“Prosthetics.  Relics  of  our 
last  gouger,  who  migrated  to 
Switzerland.” 

“Somebody  ought  to  write  a 
book,”  mused  Heather. 

“Lots  of  books  have  been 
written,”  said  Pocahauntus, 
“but  not  one  from  the  'inside.' 
What  we  spirits  need  is  a 
John  Gunther.  Now  take  the 
subject  of  Lovers  Leaps.  More 
twaddle  has  been  written 
about — ” 

“I’ve  done  a couple  of  re- 
gional articles  for  the  Covered 
Wagon  Quarterly,  but  nobody 
wants  to  print  my  historical 
fiction,”  said  Heather.  “What 
about  Lovers  Leaps?” 

“Now  take  my  own.  I was 
really  running  away  from  a 
greasy  warrior.  He  chased  me 
to  the  cliff  edge  and,  in  my 
girlish  innocence,  I jumped. 
What  price  virtue!” 

“Too  bad  I wasn’t  around,” 
mourned  Captain  Wully.  “I’d 
a-caught  you.” 

“If  I had  it  to  do  over 
again,  I wouldn’t  jump.”  Her 
black  eyes  flashed,  and  she 
drew  herself  up  regally.  “I’d 
push  that  feather-headed  Cas- 
anova off  instead.” 

Then,  graciously,  she  sug- 
gested barbecuing  a salmon 
over  the  open  fire,  but  Heath- 
er was  afraid  it  would  take 
too  long  and  her  parents 
might  worry.  So  she  and  Jer- 


35 


ry  excused  themselves  and  left 
^ptain  Wully  to  his  court- 
ing. As  Jerry  walked  Heather 
up  the  front  steps,  the  scent  of 
lilacs  was  an  invitation  to  ro- 
mance, the  moon  a lover’s 
promise. 

“Good  night,**  said  Heather. 
“It’s  been  such  fun.“ 

Her  handclasp  carried  a hint 
of  finality  that  went  be- 
yond words,  and  Jerry  said, 
^Beenr^ 

“Wesley  gets  back  tomor- 
row.” 

Without  being  told,  Jerry 
knew  that  Heather’s  portrait 
would  have  to  be  finished 
from  memory.  Any  man 
worthy  of  the  name,  Jerry 
told  himself,  would  have  ar- 
gued the  point — unless  he  was 
broke  and  jobless  and  had  a 
tax  lien  in  his  pocket. 

He  tried  to  work  on  her  pic- 
ture next  morning,  sought  to 
imprison  the  laughter  of  her 
eyes,  the  song  of  her  lips.  But 
then  he  realized  that  the 
laughter  was  for  somebody 
else.  The  song  too. 

From  above  came  a few  ex- 
perimental notes  on  the  glock- 
enspiel. Presently  Junior’s 
mouth  harp  joined  in.  The 
melody  -staggered  uncertainly, 
finally  emerged  as  Mendels- 
sohn’s Wedding  March, 

Jerry  threw  down  his  brush 
and  left  the  house.  He  walked 
toward  the  lighthouse.  That 
once  stately  saltbox  had  al- 
ready lost  its  lensed  cupola 
and  most  of  its  siding.  He 
watched  for  a long  time  as  the 
Sam  Schultz  Salvage  Compa- 


ny pried  board  from  board  and 
piled  all  in  a stack  of  jack- 
straws. Maybe  he  could  go  to 
work  for  Sam  Schultz  and 
make  enough  to  pay  off  the 
taxes.  And,  if  he  observed  all 
the  Horatio  Alger  niceties, 
maybe  some  day  he’d  own  the 
company  and  could  seek 
Heather  Higgins’  hand  in  mar- 
riage— only  to  discover  she 
had  long  since  married  Wes- 
ley. 

He  walked  along  the  beach. 
Climbing  to  a jutting  promon- 
tory, he  watched  waves  break 
against  the  rocks  below.  Why 
not  throw  himself  into  the 
sea?  He  could  become  a ghost, 
and  maybe  find  a lady  ghost, 
and. . . 

He  went  home  and  forced 
himself  to  work  on 
Heather  Higgins’  portrait.  He 
filled  an  entire  sketch  pad 
with  brief  line  drawings  of 
her  until,  late  at  night,  he 
finally  fell  asleep  in  his  chair. 
He  awakened  to  broad  day- 
light— and  the  whistling  of 
the.  postman. 

The  letter  was  from  Eloise 
Wright,  Chairman  of  the 
Northport  Art  Festival,  and 
concerned  his  canvases. 

Ellis  is  positively  dithy- 
nmbicl  Claims  you*ve 
caught  a hauntingly  spirit- 
ual quality,  and  wants  to 
buy  the  storm  canvas  for  his 
San  Francisco  galleries. 
Barret,  the  Chicago  Barret, 
is  lyrical  about  the  spectral 
lights  and  shadows,  and  is 


hy  »C  A.  HARTZELL 


writing  his  New  York  deal- 
er about  a showing.  Have 
sold  four  canvases.  Enclose 
certified  check — 

Jerry  reached  for  a chair. 
Four  canvases?  His  asking 
price  for  four  canvases  had 
never  come  to  any  such  figure 
as  the  check  represented.  The 
letter  contained  a postscript. 

Barret  is  out  of  his  head 
over  ^'Gertrude.*'  Impres- , 
sionism  at  its  finest,  with 
an  eerie,  imaginative  qual- 
ity unsurpassed  by  any 
American  artist.  Soul  of  the 
eternally  feminine,  as  typi- 
fied by  a cat  with  a hole  in 
the  head.  Social  satire  in 
oil.  Picture  not  priced.  He 
asks  what  will  you  take 
within  reason?  One  thou- 
sand? 

Jerry  was  sure  of  only  one 
thing.  He’d  never  painted  any 
picture  of  Gertrude.  There 
was,  however,  the  matter  of 
that  tube  of  bice  green 
squeezed  in  the  middle,  and 
the  gamboge  left  capless.  He 
ran  to  the  stairwell  and  yelled 
for  Captain  Wully,  who  pres- 
ently appeared. 

‘T  have  here  a letter — ” 

‘T  didn’t  do  it,”  Captain 
Wully  protested.  **  ’Twas 
Junior  touched  up  the  paint- 
ings. And  ’twas  Junior  paint- 
ed Gertrude.  Me?  All  I did 
was  help  Junior  dry  the  paint 
and  boost  your  prices  a wee 
muckle.” 

“How  much?” 


“By  nothing  at  all,  you 
might  say.  A zero  on  the 
end?” 

Jerry  looked  at  the  check. 
‘T  feel  like  I’ve  been  obtaining 
money  under  false  pretenses. 
Junior  doesn’t  even  get  any 
credit.” 

“But  he  does.  Every  one  of 
those  paintings  was  signed  ‘J. 
Masterson-Junior.’  ” 

“I  feel  more  honest  about 
banking  the  check,”  said  Jer- 
ry. 

When  he  made  out  his  de- 
posit slip  and  totaled  his  bank 
balance,  Jerry  reflected  how 
quickly  an  inferiority  com- 
plex can  melt  in  financial  sun- 
shine. He  made  a brief  stop  at 
the  post  office,  where  'he 
mailed  a check  to  the  county 
assessor.  He  then  headed 
straight  for  Heather  Higgins’ 
front  door. 

She  had  company. 

“Glad  to  know  you.”  Jerry 
acknowledged  introduction  to 
Wesley  Tatom  and  stared 
with  helpless  fascination  at 
the  latter’s  necktie — of  Mac- 
Greggor  plaid. 

“You  arrived  just  in  time  to 
give  me  a little  moral  sup- 
port,” said  Heather  breathless- 

ly- 

“Now,  Heather,  we  mustn’t 
bore  Masterson  with  our  per- 
sonal difficulties.” 

“I’ve  started  a story  about 
Oscar  the  werewolf,  but  Wes- 
ley thinks — ” 

Wesley  intei;-rupted.  “I’m 
looking  at  it  from  a business 
standpoint.  Some  day  I’ll  step 
into  my  father’s  shoes  at  the 


DEATH  AND  TAXES 


37 


bank.  And  what  would  the 
Board  of  Directors  think  of  a 
bank  president's  wife  who 
wrote  claptrap  about  were- 
wolves and  spare-rib  glocken- 
spiels?" 

doubt  if  they’d  think  any- 
thing at  all — particularly  if  it 
paid  well,"  said  Jerry,  and 
stared  at  Wesley  Tatom’s  tie. 
The  knot  had  begun  to  ease 
gently. 

‘Tf  she  thinks  she  wants  to 
write,  why  can’t  she  stick  to 
covered  wagons,  and — " 

“How  stuffy  of  you!’’  said 
Heather. 

Wesley  Tatom  felt  uncer- 
tainly of  his  tie,  tightened  the 
knot. 

“As  a matter  of  curiosity," 
Jerry  addressed  his  rival, 
“what  makes  you  so  sure 
Heather  is  going  to  marry 
you?" 

“It’s  one  of  those  taken-for- 
granted  matters.  We’ve  gone 
together  since — say ! What 
business  is  it  of  yours,  any- 
way !” 

Now  Heather,  too,  was 
watching  Wesley’s  necktie. 

“I  don’t  think  women  like  to 
be  taken  for  granted,"  Jerry 
said. 

One  end  of  the  necktie  be- 
came longer  and  longer  as  its 
opposite  end  shortened.  With 
a final  but  quiet  jerk,  the 
necktie  came  free,  hesitated 
for  a moment  opposite  Wes- 
ley’s belt  buckle,  then  folded 
itself  neatly  and  floated  away. 

Heather  giggled.  “Were  you 
laughing  at  me?”  Wesley  de- 
manded. ■ 


“Heather,"  said  Jerry,  “will 
you  marry  me?” 

In  the  free-for-all  that  fol- 
lowed, nobody  settled  any- 
thing. 

All  that  occurred  some 
time  ago,  of  course.  Mean- 
while, what  collector  hasn’t 
heard  of  J.  Masterson- Junior, 
whose  canvases  are  lauded  for 
their  “other  world"  quality? 
And,  if  you  have  children,  you 
probably  know  by  heart  the 
little  book  chronicling  the 
fortunes  and  misfortunes  of 
Oscar,  the  werewolf  who 
fainted  at  the  sight  of  blood. 
And  there’s  Harriet,  the 
hodag.  And  Gary,  the  stone- 
eating gyascutus.  And  Robert, 
the  sidehill  gouger. 

Recently  in  print  is  a story 
of  Oscar’s  love  for  Vi,  the 
Vitiated  Vampire. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jerry  Master- 
son  are  widely  respected.  She 
writes  the  books.  He  illus- 
trates them  in  his  spare  time. 
Such  a delightfully  zany  cou- 
ple ! Always  joking  about  a 
Scottish  sea  captain  who  lives 
in  the  attic  and  is  married  to 
an  Indian  princess. 

No  wonder  the  Masterson 
children  are  overly  imagina- 
tive— warning  their  playmates 
not  to  sit  on  Gertrude,  not  to 
step  on  Oscar’s  tail.  But  all 
kids  go  through  a phase  like 
that.  Only  a few  of  them  are 
lucky  enough  to  grow  up  and 
make  money  out  of  it — lots  of 
highly  respectable  money — 
like  the  Mastersons.  END 


38 


by  H.  A HARTZELL 


IF  • Short  Story 


MISRULE 


Glen  Wheatley  thanked  his  lucky  stars  for  bis  good  fortune 
every  day  of  his  life  . . . every  day,  that  is,  but  one! 


by  ROBERT  SCOTT 


The  brick  smashed  through 
the  window  and  skittered 
across  the  top  of  Glen  Wheat- 
ley’s  desk.  He  had  already 
removed  most  of  the  break- 
ables, but  it  caught  a large 
plastic  ash  tray  and  sent  it 
caroming  off  his  cheekbone. 
A thin  trickle  of  blood  crept 
down  his  face. 

“Good  God,  aren’t  they 
starting  a little  early  this 
year?”  Bert  Hillary,  who 
shared  Wheatley’s  office,  was 
obviously  not  expecting  an 
answer.  He  had  been  making 
it  clear  for  the  past  hour 
(they  had  all  got  to  their 
desks  an  hour  earlier  for  this 
day)  that  he  was  an  old 
hand,  while  this  was  Glen’s 
first  experience  of  People’s 
Day. 


Glen  knew  that  Hillary  had 
been  in  the  Civil  Service  only 
five  or  six  years.  He  himself 
could  hardly  be  accused  of 
being  an  expert  on  the  every- 
four-years  Day.  Still,  he 
waited  for  the  older  man  to 
make  the  first  move. 

Hillary  got  up  and  peered 
cautiously  out  the  shattered 
windov/.  “Yeah,  they’re  al- 
ready boiling  around  the  out- 
er wall  like  yeast  in  a vat. 
That  guy  with  the  brick  must 
have  quite  a pitching  arm.” 
Sweat  stood  out  on  his  fore- 
head. He  was  clearly  much 
more  frightened  than  he  pre- 
tended to  be. 

Glen  noticed  this  with  some 
satisfaction.  At  least,  he 
wasn’t  the  only  one.  “Come 
on,  Wheatley.  Us  lower-level 


39 


boys  have  got  to  be  on  the 
hop.  You’d  be  surprised  how 
fast  that  mob  can  get  up 
here.” 

Glen  unfolded  the  map  of 
Government  House  that  had 
been  placed  on  his  desk  that 
morning.  He  stared  grimly  at 
it,  dabbing  at  his  cheek  with 
a rather  grubby  handkerchief 
meanwhile.  The  bleeding  did 
not  show  any  signs  of  stop- 
ping. 

Hillary  hurried  to  the  door. 
'‘Come  on !”  He  was  openly 
nervous  now.  “It’s  no  good 
studying  that  map  for  safety- 
holes  now.  You  should  have 
been  doing  that  ever  since 
we  got  here  this  morning.’' 

As  a matter  of  fact,  Glen 
had  been  doing  just  that, 
whenever  Hillary’s  flow  of 
words  had  momentarily  run 
dry.  But  he  had  not  yet  got 
the  location  of  all  the  nearby 
hidden  cubbies  clearly  in  his 
mind.  “Government  House  is 
such  a maze,”  he  said  defen- 
sively. 

“And  we’re  damned  lucky 
it  is,”  Hillary  said  from  the 
doorway.  “Anyway,  how  do 
you  know  that  map  you’ve  got 
there  isn’t  just  what  they’ve 
been  hawking  in  People’s 
Square  all  this  past  week?” 
He  gave  a slightly  sick  leer. 

“You  know  those  maps  are 
inaccurate.  They’re  just  a 
sop,  just  to  give  the  mob  an 
extra  t h r i 1 L Government 
House  plants  most  of  them.” 
He  could  sound  like  an  old 
hand,  too,  Glen  thought  with 
a certain  smugness. 


“Nuts  to  that.  Some  of  them 
are  amazingly  accurate.  There 
are  a hell  of  a lot  of  non-Gov- 
ernment  people  in  here  from 
year  to  year,  and  some  of 
them  aren’t  here  just  on  busi- 
ness. Let’s  get  going.”  Hillary 
pulled  Glen  through  the  door, 
and  then  locked  it.  Glen 
raised  his  eyebrows  at  this. 
“Oh,  sure,”  his  co-worker 
said  wryly.  “Gives  the  People 
something  to  v/ork  off  steam 
on.”  He  patted  the  flimsy 
door.  “This  will  cave  in  un- 
der a few  hard  shoulders. 
Not  like  the  safety-hole  pan- 
els. We  hope.” 

“But  they  don’t  unlock  for 
another  half  hour  in  this 
area.” 

“Thirty-eight  minutes,  to  be 
exact,”  Hillary  said,  glancing 
at  his  watch.  “And  of  course 
the  ones  deeper  in  and  higher 
up  open  even  later.  We’re 
supposed  to  give  them  a run 
for  their  taxes.” 

The  corridor  was  emptying 
out  rapidly.  Glen  could 
hear  smashing  noises  from 
the  ground  floor. 

Apparently  the  People  were 
already  in  the  building,  be- 
ginning their  day  of  destruc- 
tion. He  thought  gratefully 
of  his  private  apartment, 
tucked  away  in  the  impreg- 
nable heart  of  Government 
House.  Of  course,  it  was 
closed  off  to  him  too  on  this 
day;  but  at  least  it  was  safe 
from  the  mob.  They  would  get 
mainly  the  chaff  to  destroy. 
“I’m  heading  for  the  upper 


by  ROBERT  SCOTT 


levels/^  Hillary  said.  “Even  if 
the  safeties  open  later  up 
there,  it  takes  longer  for  the 
mob  to  penetrate.  There’s 
enough  breakable  and  burn- 
able stuff  at  the  first  few  lev- 
els to  keep  them  busy  for  a 
while.  Coming?” 

Glen  had  just  seen  Joan 
Bourne  emerge  from  her  of- 
fice and  lock  the  door.  He 
headed  toward  her.  “I’m  go- 
ing to  stay  near  some  out-of- 
the-way  safety  in  this  area  and 
hop  in  when  it  first  opens.  I 
don’t  feel  like  running  from 
the  People,”  he  called  back 
with  a bravado  he  did  not  real- 
ly feel. 

“Suit  yourself.”  Hillary  was 
already  at  the  stairs.  He 
paused  for  a moment.  “And 
good  luck.” 

“Thanks,”  Glen  said.  “Good 
hiding.” 

Joan  had  been  listening,  and 
met  him  in  the  middle  of  the 
corridor.  “I  think  you’ve  got 
the  right  idea,  Glen.  Want 
some  company?” 

He  smiled,  and  brushed  her 
cheek  with  his  lips.  “You 
know  the  answer  to  that,  Joan. 
For  life.” 

“This  is  Hardly  the  day  to 
bring  that  up  again.”  She  took 
his  arm,  and  they  turned  off 
down  a side  corridor.  “Be- 
sides, I thought  our  relation- 
ship was  very  nice  as  it  is,” 
she  pouted. 

“It  is.  I’m  just  greedy.” 

The  side  passageway  took 
them  deeper  into  the  labyrinth 
that  was  Government  House. 
Glen  had  hardly  ever  been  out 


of  it.  He  had  been  born  and. 
brought  up  in  the  great  ce;n- 
tral  area  that  surrounded  Gov- 
ernment Park,  now  sealed  off 
from  both  the  People  and  the 
Civil  Servants.  Apart  from  a 
vacation  trip  to  another  city’s 
Government  House,  this  had 
been  Glen’s  entire  world.  And 
two  years  ago  he  had  passed 
the  Examinations  and  become 
a full-fledged  CS,  with  all  the 
privileges — and  perils,  he  was. 
now  realizing — that  that  en- 
tailed. 

They  turned  into  another 
corridor,  went  past  a bank  of 
elevators — turned  off  for  the 
day,  as  all  the  elevators  were 
in  the  official  section  of  the 
building — and  went  up  a long 
flight  of  stairs.'^ 

Glen  stopped  at  the  third 
level. 

“This  looks  like  as  good  a 
spot  as  any  to  wait  for  the 
first  safety-holes  to  open.  It’s 
out  of  the  way.  And  there’s  a 
hole  right  here,  according  to 
the  map.  It’ll  be  opening  in 
twenty  minutes.  The  mob 
should  be  busy  down  there  for 
longer  than  that.”  They  locat- 
ed the  almost  invisible  key 
square,  and  Glen  pressed  his 
Class-6  key  to  it.  “Just  on  the 
chance  they  might  have  given 
us  a break,”  he  said  half 
apologetically. 

“Apparently  they  haven’t,” 
Joan  murmured.  “Let’s  see  if 
my  Class-5  has  any  better 
luck.”  She  pressed  her  own 
key  to  the  square,  but  the  pan^ 
el  still  refused  to  slide  back. 
Class-5  sliehers  in  this  area 


MISRULE 


41 


were  often  combined  with 
those  for  Class  6. 

Glen  looked  at  her  quiz- 
zically. “Joan,  we  gradu- 
ated at  the  same  time,  and 
you’re  already  Class-5 — Job 
Consultation — while  I’m  still 
Class-6 — Secondary  School 
Allocation.  How  do  you  do 
it?” 

“Brains,  personality  and  tal- 
ent. Hadn’t  you  noticed?”  She 
pressed  close  to  him. 

He  kissed  her.  “Mmm,  yes. 
But  I still  don’t  see.  ...” 
“Darling,”  she  said,  “Joan 
Bourne  is  a young  lady  des- 
tined to  go  far.  And  fast.” 
“You  seem  so  different 
from  the  other  girls  here 
though,  Joan/”  He  blushed. 
“You  didn’t  happen  to  come 
from...  Outside.  Er...from 
the  People,  that  is?” 

“I  grew  up  in  Block  6,  Sec- 
tion A,  overlooking  the  statue 
of  Martyr  Sherman  Adams  in 
Government  Park.  Just  two 
blocks  down  from  you,  if  I 
remember  your  records  cor- 
rectly.” 

“You’ve  had  access  to  my 
records?” 

“Class-5  always  does  to 
Class-6’s.  And  I took  a special 
interest  in  you,  my  dear.”  She 
stroked  his  cheek. 

“Then  you’re  forgiven  the 
snooping,”  Glen  smiled.  “But 
to  think  I was  being  so  polite 
and  discreet  about  asking  your 
origins !” 

“Not  many  take  the  Exams 
and  come  to  Civil  Service 
from  Outside  any  more,  sweet. 


Just  as  not  many  from  here 
decide  to  go  out  and  try  their 
luck  in  the  big  world.  Gener- 
ally we  stay  on  our  side  of  the 
fence,  and  they  stay  on  theirs. 
Except  for  the  Day,  of  course. 
And  then  it’s  all  one-way 
traffic.” 

“But  I’ve  heard  some  CS 
people  go  Outside  for  their 
vacation.  I never  have,  of 
course,  but...” 

“Oh,  yes,  quite  a few  do. 
You’re  taken  in  a CS  plane 
to  another  Government  House, 
where  you  won’t  be  known  in 
the  city  outside.  You  are  given 
appropriate  papers  and  emerge 
from  the  House  during  busi- 
ness hours.  You  mingle  with 
the  People,  just  like  one  of 
them.  And  when  vacation’s 
over,  back  to  the  House  for 
Job  Consultation  or  Welfare 
Benefits  or  whatever  you 
want  to  trump  up.  Show  your 
true  papers,  and  you’re 
whisked  back  to  your  own 
cozy  womb.”  She  smiled  remi- 
niscently. “Outside  is  an  in- 
teresting experience.” 

This  annoyed  Glen  obscure- 
ly. He  put  his  arm  around  her. 
“I  don’t  want  you  going  Out- 
side again.  At  least,  not  with- 
out me.” 

“Oh,  the  People  are  just 
people.  Except  for  today...” 

well,  the  Bourne 
from  which  no  traveler 
returneth!  Hope  I’m  not  in- 
terrupting anything,  my  dear. 
Anything  important,  that  is.” 
At  this  unexpected  voice, 
Glen  let  go  of  Joan  and  spun 


42 


by  ROBERT  SCOTT 


to  face  the  intruder.  It  was  a 
Class-2  High  Official  named 
Duckpath,  whom  he  had  heard 
speak  at  a few  Government 
banquets.  He  dropped  his 
fists,  which  he  had  uncon- 
sciously raised. 

‘'Mustn’t  be  so  nervous, 
young  man,”  Duckpath  said, 
swaying  slightly.  He  was  ob- 
viously quite  drunk.  ‘^How  are 
you,  joanie?”  He  patted  her 
rump  affectionately  and  gave 
her  a smacking  kiss.  Joan 
looked  both  annoyed  and 
amused.  Glen  flushed,  but  said 
nothing. 

After  a moment  of  contem- 
plating the  new  arrival,  Joan 
said,  “Well,  Ducks,  what 
brings  you  down  to  the  lower 
echelons?” 

‘‘Oh,  pleasure,  pleasure,  my 
dear.  Wanted  to  see  all  the 
fun  and  games.  Usually  pretty 
dull  on  top,  you  know.”  He 
winked  at  her,  then  cocked  an 
ear.  ‘‘Sounds  like  the  rabble 
are  getting  warmer,  too.” 

Glen  listened,  and  realized 
he  had  been  hearing  all  along 
a dim  muttering  which  was 
now  clearly  getting  louder.  A 
distinct  crash  sounded,  and  he 
was  sure  he  smelled  smoke. 

“Come  on,  Joan,”  he  said, 
tugging  at  her  arm.  “Let’s  get 
into  the  shelter.  It  must  be 
time  now.” 

“Young  man,  you  are  obstre- 
perous, aren’t  you?”  Duckpath 
interposed  himself  between 
Glen  and  Joan.  “Be  calm,  be 
calm.  As  you  may  know,  my 
key  will  open  any  of  the  low- 
er echelon’s  shelters,  and  at 


any  time.  Yours  is  not  due  to 
open  for  five  minutes  yet,  for 
example,  but  at  the  touch  of 
this — ” he  flashed  his  Class-2 
key — “all  barriers  will  fall 
before  us.  And  I like  the  scent 
of  danger.  Just  the  scent,  of 
course.  Now — ” he  motioned  to 
Glen — “if  you  will  just  stand 
by  that  stairway,  you  will  be 
able  to  see  them  in  plenty  of 
time  for  us  all  to  get  into 
shelter.  You  two  shall  be  my 
guests.  It  will  be  very  cozy.” 
He  giggled. 

Glen  scowled,  but  dki  as  he 
was  told. 

It  was  true  that  the  stairs 
were  the  obvious  place  for  the 
onslaught.  They  led  both  up 
and  down.  He  assumed  Duck- 
path had  come  down  them,  but 
of  course  the  People  were  still 
below,  although  apparently 
working  their  way  rapidly  to 
the  stairs.  The  only  other  way 
up  to  this  area  was  through 
one  of  the  secret  passageways, 
which  the  mob  would  not 
know  about. 

Another  crash  echoed  up 
the  stairwell,  much  louder 
this  time.  A wisp  of  smoke 
curled  lazily  in  the  air  in 
front  of  him. 

Glen  fingered  the  caked 
blood  on  his  cheek.  Things  he 
bad  never  questioned  before 
seemed  utterly  meaningless 
and  cruel  now.  His  irritation 
with  Duckpath  bubbled  over, 
and  he  said  sourly,  “What 
madness ! This  whole  proce- 
dure is  incredibly  stupid  and 
wasteful.” 

Joan  glanced  at  Duckpath 


MISRULE 


43 


with  raised  eyebrows^  but  said 
nothing.  That  gentleman  at 
first  stiffened,  then  relaxed 
and  said  blandly,  ‘T  wouldn’t 
criticize  the  Government  too 
much,  my  boy.  It  gives  us  all 
we  have.  And  it  can  take  it 
away  also.”  He  smiled.  ”This 
is  not  madness,  but  sheer  sani- 
ty. You  must  have  been  ne- 
glecting your  Political  Science 
courses.” 

”Sanity ! It’s  murder  and 
destruction,”  Glen  muttered. 

”You  know  very  well,  young 
man,  that  all  that  is  being 
destroyed  is  easily  replaced. 
Will  be  replaced  tomorrow,  in 
fact.  Ours  is  an  opulent,  pro- 
ductive society.”  Duckpath’s 
smile  deepened  into  a smirk. 
”A11  the  important  documents, 
all  the  valuables,  are  safely 
locked  away  in  the  central  sec- 
tion. And  the  good  that  is  be- 
ing done  today!”  He  became 
rapturous.  “The  People  are  led 
by  us,  led  by  the  nose.  We  de- 
cide where  they  will  go  to 
school,  where  they  will  live, 
which  job  they  will  get,  how 
many  children  they  may  have. 
Soon  we  will  decide  when 
they  are  to  die.  We  have  the 
power.”  His  eyes  glistened. 

“And  in  return  we  give 
them  security.  The  population 
is  balanced,  the  country  pro- 
ductive, the  old  cared  for; 
there  is  medical  service  for 
all.  Everything  is  arranged 
for  the  best  by  the  great  com- 
plex of  Government  Houses 
all  over  the  world.  Everything 
is  in  the  hands  of  the  Govern- 
ment.” Duckpath  was  panting 


slightly.  “Everything  is  in  our 
hands.” 

everything  is  so  perfect, 

-*"why  this?”  Glen  gestured 
toward  the  cloud  of  smoke 
seeping  through  the  entrance 
to  the  stairway. 

“It’s  only  the  office  fur- 
nishings. The  building  itself 
won’t  burn,”  Joan  murmured. 

Duckpath  gave  her  a little 
squeeze.  “Our  callow  young 
friend  is  talking  about  the  ha- 
tred, I believe,  Joanie.  The 
urge  of  the  People  to  destroy 
and  kill.  Well,  it  is  only  natu- 
ral.” He  belched  softly. 
“These  People  are  aware  that 
their  lives  are  woven  from 
threads  held  in  Government 
House.  And  though  they  are 
well  cared  for,  they  resent  it. 
They  resent  having  to  file 
into  this  building  and  be  allo- 
cated to  this  and  that.  They 
want  someone  to  take  care  of 
them,  but  they  resent  their 
loss  of  freedom.  They  resent 
our  power. 

“So  this  is  their  day.  It 
comes  once  every  four  years. 
The  day  that  gives  them  the 
illusion  that  they  have  some 
control  over  us,  the  day  of 
Mob  Rule.  This  is  the  day 
they  can  express  all  their 
locked-up  frustrations,  all 
their  fury  at  the  State  which 
feeds  and  clothes  them  and 
watches  over  them.  They  can 
batter  down  and  smash  and 
burn.”  Duckpath  stared  at 
Glen  and  seemed  to  sober  a 
little.  “Yes,  they  can  even 
kill.  They  cannot  bring  guns 


by  ROBERT  SCOTT 


or  knives  here,  but  they  can 
use  fire  and  fists  and  stones. 
And  that  is  even  better  for 
boiling  away  their  hostilities. 
The  hotheads  among  the  Peo- 
ple will  go  so  far  as  to  kill, 
and  that  will  cool  them.  But 
they  will  get  only  the  fumble- 
fingered  and  feeble-witted. 
The  rest  will  take  care  of 
themselves.”  He  paused  for  a 
moment,  breathless.  ”Do  you 
realize  we  haven’t  had  even 
the  sniff  of  a revolution  in 
four  hundred  years?  No  civil 
strife  at  all.  No  charge  of  any 
kind.”  He  laughed.  “This  is 
Sheep’s  Day.  . .their  day  to  be 
wolves.” 

“Glen,  you’d  better  watch 
the  stairs,”  Joan  said,  her  face 
taut. 

Glen  started.  Duckpath’s 
harangue  had  distracted  him, 
and  somehow  chilled  him  too. 
He  peered  down  the  stairwell. 
There  were  People  at  the  end 
of  the  lower  corridor,  milling 
around  and  shouting. 

“We’ve  got  to  get  to  shel- 
ter,” he  said,  hurrying  toward 
Joan. 

Duckpath  began  to  talk 
again.  “This  is  nothing  new. 
The  Romans  had  a word  for 
it,  and  a day  for  it,  too.  A day 
when  the  laws  were  abandoned 
and  society  was  turned  upside 
down.  A day  when  the  people 
cast  off  the  bonds  of  civiliza- 
tion and  order.  A day  of  Mis- 
rule. They  even  had  a King  of 
Misrule.  I rather  like  that.  I 
might  be  such  a King.”  He 
struck  a pose.  “King  of  Mis- 
rule !”  He  turned  with  a grand 


gesture  to  Joan.  “And  you 
are  my...” 

A rock  crashed  against  the 
side  of  his  head.  Another  ex- 
ploded on  the  wall  next  to 
Glen. 

“The  secret  passageways, 
Glen!”  Joan  screamed. 
“They’ve  come  up  the  other 
way.  The  maps  must  have 
been  accurate  this  time.” 

There  was  a knot  of  men  at 
the  far  bend  of  the  corridor. 
They  carried  torches,  and 
clumps  of  stones  in  sacks  at 
their  waists.  Obviously  they 
were  not  the  dilettantes  of 
People’s  Day.  They  were  af- 
ter more  than  the  crash  of  fur- 
niture. 

“Get  the  dame,  boys!”  one 
of  them  yelled.  They  charged 
forward.  Duckpath  was  lying 
across  the  entrance  to  the 
shelter,  and  the  mob  was  al- 
most on  him. 

“We’ve  got  to  take  the  stair- 
way, Joan!”  Glen  cried,  fum- 
bling at  her  arm. 

“His  key,  his  key!”  She 
knelt  beside  Duckpath  and 
pulled  the  key  out  of  his 
hand.  The  High  Official 
stirred,  but  did  not  speak.  An 
amazing  amount  of  blood  had 
already  accumulated  on  the 
floor  around  him. 

A brick  grazed  Glen’s  shoul- 
der,  sending  him  spinning 
toward  the  stairway.  Joan 
rushed  after  him,  and  they 
pounded  the  stairs  together. 
“I  can  get  in  anywhere  with 
this,”  she  gasped,  holding  up 
the  key. 


MISRULE 


Presumably  the  half-con- 
scious Duckpath  had  made  the 
oncoming  men  pause.  Ripping 
sounds  could  be  heard,  and  a 
horrible  strangled  cry.  They 
were  relieving  the  High  Offi- 
cial of  his  personal  belong- 
ings— and  probably  of  his  life. 

But  the  People  from  the 
floor  below  were  now  surging 
up  the  stairs,  joined  by  four 
men  from  the  crowd  that  had 
first  seen  Joan.  “Get  the 
dame!  Government  meat  !'• 
The  cry  came  booming  up  to 
Glen  and  Joan. 

They  stumbled  into  the  cor- 
ridor at  the  next  landing,  real- 
izing they  would  never  make 
it  up  the  next  flight  before 
the  mob  reached  them.  They 
were  both  fumbling  with 
their  maps.  “There’s  a small 
Class-3  right  around  here,” 
Joan  waved  her  map  in  his 
face.  She  raced  along  the  wall 
for  a few  yards  and  then 
clapped  Duckpath’s  key  to  it. 
A panel  slid  back  and  she 
slipped  inside.  “Thank  God!” 
She  glanced  around  her.  “Dar- 
ling, it’s  only  a single.  Too 
bad.” 

There  was  obviously  no 
room  for  another  person,  Glen 
saw  with  dismay.  Joan  and 
the  air-freshening  apparatus 
took  up  all  the  space. 

“Hurry  and  find  another, 
sweets.”  She  pitched  him  the 
Class-2  key,  and  blew  him  a 
kiss  as  the  door  slid  shut.  It 
would  open  again  only  after 
sundown,  when  People’s  Day 
was  officially  over. 

A mass  of  screaming  People 


burst  from  the  stairway,  and 
raised  a great  shout  on  seeing 
Glen.  He  dashed  down  the  cor- 
ridor, turned  left,  and  then 
turned  right  at  the  next  pas- 
sageway. He  was  in  a long  cor- 
ridor ending  in  a large  win- 
dow opening  on  the  outside. 

Glen  squinted  at  his  map 
through  eyes  that  refused  to 
focus.  He  suddenly  realized 
they  were  streaming  with 
tears. 

There  was  a Class-4  shelter 
several  paces  along  on  the 
left.  He  rushed  to  it  and 
pressed  the  High  Official’s 
key  to  the  square.  A dim  red 
light  glowed  through  the 
plastic  of  the  key.  Full. 

He  pounded  on  the  panel. 
Of  course  it  was  soundproof. 
Of  course  the  shelter  was 
full  of  wise  Civil  Servants. 
Only  the  fumble-fingered  and 
the  feeble-witted,  only  the 
chaff... 

The  People  came  pouring 
around  the  corner  as  Glen 
backed  toward  the  end  of  the 
corridor.  A stone  sang  past 
him  and  smashed  through  the 
window.  Another  caught  him 
in  the  ribs.  He  backed  faster, 
now  completely  blinded  by 
tears.  The  growl  of  hatred 
from  the  mob  grew  louder.  A 
heavy  blow  struck  his  collar- 
bone and  he  lurched  backward. 
His  knees  caught,  and  then 
he  was  flipping  over.  Out  and 
down. 

He  sailed  through  the  air. 

The  pressure  of  the  mob  was 
gone.  There  was  no  time  to 
think.  There  was  just  an  cx- 


by  ROBERT  SCOTT 


hilarating  sense  of  flight,  of 
space,  of  freedom. 

Editorial  from  the  Al- 
bany Evening  Star: 

A MOST  SUCCESSFUL 
PEOPLE* S DAY 
People’s 'Day  is  over  again. 
For  four  more  years  peace 
and  order  reign  over  the  land. 

We  feel  that  this  year’s 
Day  was  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful in  history.  The  damage 
seemed  to  be  substantially  less 


than  usual.  Among  those  no 
longer  with  us  are: 

Oliver  Duckpath:  Class-2 

High  Official 
Deeply  valued,  he  will  be 
missed,  as  those  whom  he 
cared  for  in  his  work  as 
Supervisor  will  testify. 
Lizabeth  Brennan : Class-6 
Religion  Consultant 
Glen  Wheatley : Class-6  Sec- 
ondary School  Allocator 
Thurmond  Christian : 
Class-6...  END 


As  a convenience,  the  Editors  of  IF  provide  this  nomination 
blank  for  you  to  express  your  views  on  the  forthcoming  an- 
nual ‘"Hugo”  awards.  Just  detach  and  mail.  Plain  paper  may  be 
used  if  desired. 


1962  HUGO  AWARDS  NOMINATION  BLANK 

20th  World  Science  Fiction  Convention  • P.  0.  Box  4864  • Chicago  80, 
Illinois.  Please  enter  my  nominations  in  the  following  categories.  I feel 
this  is  the  best  science  fiction  'published  during  1961  and  should  be 
considered  for  recognition  at  the  Annual  Hugo  Awards  Banquet  on 
September  2. 

1.  Novel 

2.  Short  Fiction  

3.  Dramatic  Presentation  

4.  Professional  Artist 

5.  Professional  Magazine  

6.  Amateur  Magazine  

To  become  a valid  nomination,  this  blank  must  be  signed  with  name  and 
address  and  postmarked  by  midnight  April  20.  Only  Convention  members 
will  receive  a voting  ballot,  distributed  June  5 with  the  4th  issue  of  the 
Progress  Repoii;;  a $2.00  membership  fee,  payable  to  George  W.  Price, 
Treasurer,  will  insure  your  vote  and  enter  your  subscription  for  the 
Progress  Reports. 

Name  , — . ■ — ..  ..  ,.  ■■■■  

Address 


City  Zone  State 

I already  hold  convention  membership  # 

CHICON  III  # Pick-Congress  Hotel  • Chicago  # August  31  - Sept.  3 

MISRULE  47 


IF  • Science  Feature 


...AND  BESIDES 
THOSE  BOMBS... 


WE  entered  World  War  I 
with  a number  of  active 
cavalry  detachments.  We  en- 
tered World  War  II  with  a 
great  many  spruce-sparred, 
fabric-covered  biplanes.  In 
each  case  there  were  old-line 
specialists  who  fought  like  the 
devil  to  keep  what  was  dem- 
onstrably obsolete,  old-line  of- 
ficers, who  persisted  in  fight- 
ing the  last  war  this  time  with 
the  last  war's  methods.  Be- 
cause it  all  happened  in  our 
time,  it  is  difficult  to  get  de- 
tached enough  to  realize  that  a 
modern  war  stimulates  not 
only  production,  but  invention 
and  design.  In  eighteen 
months  this  country  built 
more  ships  and  planes  than  it 
would  have,  in  normal  times, 
in  half  a century;  and  that 
further,  the  B-29  (of  which 
we  built  thousands)  was  a de- 


sign-century ahead  of  the  old 
Keystone  bombers,  of  which 
we  had  some  dozens  in  1939. 

You'd  think  that  by  now 
we'd  realize  that  a new  war, 
or  even  a sharp  intensification 
of  the  cold  war,  will  bring 
about  even  more  drastic  devel- 
opments. Technological  ad- 
vances don't  occur  arithmeti- 
cally, in  a straight  slant  like 
a cellar  door;  they  occur  geo- 
metrically, in  a curve  like  a 
ski-jump  slope  or  Mr.  Robert 
Hope's  famous  nose.  At  this 
writing  the  general  public 
seems  to  have  a sort  of  numb 
idea  that  a new  war  would  be 
something  like  the  last,  with 
something  or  other  called  fall- 
out added,  and  no  conception 
at  all  of  the  fact  that  a 100 
megaton  H-bomb  has  the  pow- 
er of  five  thousand  of  the 
eggs  we  laid  on  Hiroshima 


48 


and  Nagasaki.  Most  impor- 
tantly, there’s  so  much  talk 
about  the  Big  Bombs  that  wy 
seem  to  have  lost  sight  com- 
pletely of  the  array  of  totally 
novel  weapons  which  are  cer- 
tain to  emerge,  just  as  the 
bazooka  and  the  P-40  and  the 
H-bomb  itself  emerged  last 
time. 

Let’s  take  a look  at  some  of 
them — devices  now  ixi  actual 
existence,  or  under  develop- 
mental contract,  or  in  other 
ways  a-borning. 

THE  LASER  is  a light-inten- 
sifier.  Coupled  with  radar  and 
a simple  computing  circuit,  it 
can  get  off  a flash,  in  a split 
second,  which  will  put  a hole 
in  a tank  as  big  as  your  head 
at  500  yards.  Since  this  is  a 
beam,  not  a missile  of  any 
kind,  it  travels  at  the  speed  of 
light  and  needs  no  corrections 
for  windage  or  trajectory,  and 
does  not  have  to  ‘‘lead”  a mov- 
ing target.  Its  developers 
claim  that  even  in  its  present 
primitive  stage  it  can  move 
a satellite  1000  miles  out 
slightly  off  orbit. 

THE  ATOMIC  PISTOL,  using 
slugs  of  californium,  a rare 
radioactive  metal  which  has 
a c h a i n-reaction-supporting 
critical  mass  of  not  much 
more  than  a .50-caliber  bullet. 
It  will  hit  with  the  force  of 
10  tons  of  TNT. 

RADAR  "DEATH  RAYS." 

Present-day  high-intensity  ra- 


dars are  carefully  fenced  and 
guarded  lest  they  "fry”  un- 
wary bystanders.  The  effect  is 
protobly  adaptable  to  weapon- 
ry. 

GASES.  Aside  from  the 
many  and  varied  specialized 
gases  we  wish  we  could  forget 
about  but  which  are  already  in 
the  tanks,  a “Miltown”  gas  has 
been  suggested  and  probably 
has  been  formulated — some- 
thing which  can  send  out  more 
clouds  of  tranquilizer  than  an 
election  campaign. 

ION  BEAMS,  and  high-flux 
focused  beams  of  particles 
other  than  ions — these  too  are 
in  the  “death-ray”  department. 
The  ion  beam  is  a leading  con- 
tender for  outer-space  propul- 
sion, which  does  not  disqual- 
ify it  one  bit  from  being  a 
lethal  ray. 

BIOLOGICAL  WEAPONS, 
PRIMARY.  Twenty  or  more 
diseases,  some  in  intensified 
natural  form,  some  mutated. 

BIOLOGICAL  WEAPONS. 
SECONDARY.  The  so-called 
hormone  “poisons,”  which  can 
inhibit  or  de-control  growth 
patterns  in  cereal  and  other 
plants,  so  that  they  fail  to  ma- 
ture, or  come  to  seed,  or  per- 
haps die  off.  There  is  now  a 
new  possibility  that  the  same 
sort  of  thing  can  be  done  by 
viruses. 

Along  with  these,  there  are 
plans  afoot  involving  not  so 


. • . AND  BESIDES  THOSE  BOMBS  . . 


49 


much  new  weapons,  but  new 
uses  for  the  weapons  we  have. 

For  example,  it  is  theorized 
that  in  certain  areas  of  the 
earth’s  crust  where  known 
geological  faults  exist,  a res- 
onance might  be  set  up  by 
carefully  calculated  and  timed 
impacts  and,  just  as  marching 
men  can  cause  a bridge  to  col- 
lapse, these  impulses  might 
cause  the  fault  to  slip  and 
generate  an  earthquake. 

Then  there’s  the  tactic  of 
the  Disguised  War,  where 
prevailing  winds  could  be 
made  to  carry  some  debilitat- 
ing but  not  deadly  disease — 
mononucleosis,  for  example, 
which  just  makes  you  weak  as 
a duck — for  a year  or  two  un- 
til you  just  had  no  resistance 
(of  any  kind)  any  more. 

SOME  theoreticians  have 
suggested  non-radioactive 
dust  bombs  which  might  well 
sharply  raise  or  lower  the  at- 
mospheric temperature.  This 
could  raise,  havoc  with  Russia 
(and  Canada  incidentally) 
without  bothering  us  too 
much.  Russia,  on  the  other 
hand,  could  without  compunc- 
tion explode  enough  clean 


bombs  in  enough  of  the  right 
places  in  the  oceans,  and  so 
load  the  troposphere  with  ice 
crystals  that  the  Pole  would 
warm  up  and  the  melting  ice 
would  flood  our  coastal  cities. 
Russia  hasn’t  got  any  coastal 
cities — not,  that  is,  to  compare 
with  ours. 

Well... there  are  more  we 
could  mention  here,  and  cer- 
tainly more  too  classified  to 
have  leaked  through  to  us,  and 
still  naore  which  carry  the 
‘‘Burn  Before  Reading”  stamp 
and  are  unknown  to  all  but  a 
few  in  the  upper  inner  circle, 
and  again  more  which,  as  al- 
ways happens,  would  leap  into 
being  during  a war  or  near- 
war. 

Reading  down  the  list 
makes  one  wonder  why  no  one 
seems  to  be  pushing  very  hard 
for  a strong  program  of 
meticulously  performed,  mu- 
tually inspected,  gradual  dis- 
armament. Perhaps  the  illiter- 
ate populations  are  too  igno- 
rant, and  the  literate  ones  too 
apathetic,  to  make  themselves 
heard. 

Or  perhaps  that  solution  is 
just  too  science-fiction-y  for 
them!  END 


★ ★ ★ ★ ^ 


50 


IF  • Short  Story 


He  was  a mighty  hunter. 

Trouble  was,  he  was  on  the  side  of  the  beasts! 


DEADLY 

GAME 


by  EDWARD  WELLEN 


Deep  in  the  dusk  of  the 
wood  Jess  Seely  saw  the 
beast’s  pupils  shine. 

He  had  been  careful  of  eve- 
ry footfall  and  of  every  shift 
of  his  shotgun  as  he  made  his 
way  through  the  forest.  But 
they  had  got  wind  of  him, 
they  had  been  on  his  trail  from 
the  instant  he  stepped  into  the 
wood,  they  were  all  around 
him  now.  The  eyes  vanished, 
but  he  could  hear  soft  scurry- 
ings. 

Move  quietly  and  keep  your 
eyes  open;  that  was  the  first 
lesson  he  had  learned  and  the 
best.  He  moved  still  deeper 
into  the  wood,  years  of  wood- 
craft in  every  move.  The  years 
had  slowed  him.  But  the  ex- 
perience gained  in  those  same 
years  had  made  every  move 


tell.  He  heard  soft  scurryings. 
They  were  stalking  him.  How 
would  they  try  to  get  him  this 
time? 

He  let  the  shotgun  dangle 
carelessly  so  the  barrels 
threatened  himself. 

Would  that  fempt  one  of 
them — a squirrel  ?— to  leap 
from  a limb,  ainiing  to  strike 
at  the  trigger  apd  set  off  the 
shot?  No,  he  sqw  it  now.  They 
had  something  else  in  wait 
just  ahead.  A deadfall. 

Only  at  the  last  fraction  of 
a second  did  his  sweep  of  eye 
take  in  the  one  bit  of  beaver 
track  they  had  failed  to  brush 
away. 

He  walked  slowly  on,  strain- 
ing for  sign  of  trip  wire.  It 
would  be  a length  of  vine;  he 
should  spot  it  by  its  dying 

51 


color.  He  should,  but  he  did 
not.  ,,He  frowned.  Was  he 
guessing  wrong?  Then  he 
spotted  it — a length  of  living 
vine,  one  end  still  rooted,  the 
other  wrapping  the  trunk  of  a 
great  spruce  in  a neat  knot. 
The  spruce  itself  seemed  un- 
touched, at  first  sight.  They 
had  plastered  the  gnawings 
back  in  place,  but  to  his  eyes 
— now  that  he  knew  what  he 
was  looking  for — there  stood 
out  enough  difference  be- 
tween the  living  wood  and  the 
dead  to  show  the  big  bite  they 
had  taken  out  of  the  base  of 
the  tree.  He  admired  their 
sense  of  balance.  His  lightest 
brush  against  the  vine  would 
bring  the  tree  crashing  down 
on  him. 

To  raise — then  dash — their 
hopes,  he  tried  to  keep  from 
letting  on  he  had  seen  the  set- 
up and  went  on  without  break- 
ing stride — then  he  length- 
ened and  lifted  his  step  at  the 
last  to  miss  triggering  the  trip 
wire  by  a hair.  A silence,  then 
a small  chatter  of  disappoint- 
ment. 

He  kept  on.  Under  the  talk- 
ing foliage  of  quaking  aspen 
he  made  out  other  sounds. 
Soft  scurryings.  What  would 
they  have  waiting  ahead?  A 
noose?  No,  poison-tipped 
thorns. 

The  rustle  of  leaves  gave 
warning.  He  whirled  aside. 
One  of  them — a raccoon? — 
loosed  a bent  branch  of  haw- 
thorn. The  branch  whipped  at 
him  and  the  wicked  spikes 


barely  missed  his  flesh.  The 
branch  was  still  trembling 
when  he  raised  his  shotgun 
but  the  raccoon — he  felt  sure 
it  was  a raccoon  and  smiled, 
remembering  the  first  of  them, 
Bandido— had  vanished.  Yet 
he  had  to  make  the  futile  ges- 
ture so  those  watching  would 
not  know  the  gun  bore  no 
load.  He  eyed  the  wicked 
spikes  and  again  smiled.  On 
each  tip  a sticky  smear  held 
a thick  powdering.  The  pow- 
der would  be  dried  leaves  of 
foxglove.  Or  had  they  found 
something  better?  He  smiled 
again  at  more  chatter  of  frus- 
tratioii. 

But  he  sharpened  his  senses 
as  he  pushed  on.  He  stopped 
where  the  going  grew  sudden- 
ly easy.  They  had  cleared  a 
path;  it  invited  him  to  bypass 
a tangle  of  underbrush.  He 
looked  to  see  that  the  over- 
arching boughs  did  not  hold 
loops  of  vine  ready  to  drop, 
and  took  the  path.  Nothing. 
But  there  had  to  be  some- 
thing. He  pushed  on,  then 
slowed,  smelling  dampness 
that  was  not  the  dankness  of 
mold. 

Ahead,  the  trail  widened 
into  a clearing.  In  the  center 
of  the  clearing  lay  a patch  of 
spongy  ground  that  could  be 
lethal  quagmire.  Yet  the  tracks 
of  a big  woodchuck  led 
straight  across  the  patch, 
promising  the  ground  would 
hold.  Something  about  the 
tracks  gave  Jess  Seely  pause. 
They  had  a dainty,  yet  drag- 
ging, look. 


52 


liy  EDWARD  WELLEN 


He  read  faint  tracks  on  ei- 
ther side  of  the  patch  and 
knew  what  had  taken  place. 
Not  one  but  three  woodchucks 
had  crossed  the  clearing  to- 
gether, abreast,  almost  in  step. 
Two  had  kept  to  the  solid 
ground  on  either  side  of  the 
bog,  each  holding  in  its  jaws 
one  end  of  a fallen  tree  limb. 
The  big  woodchuck  in  the 
middle  had  ridden  with  the 
bulk  of  his  weight  on  that 
support,  making  footprints 
without  sinking  into  the 
mire. 

Jess  Seely  smiled  and  skirt- 
ed the  patch. 

He  wondered  vaguely  why 
the  chatter  he  heard  now 
seemed  to  be  chatter  not  of 
frustration  but  of  expectation. 
He  had  no  time  for  more  than 
vague  wonder  at  that,  and  at 
the  sudden  hush.  The  ground 
— not  ground  but  a covering 
of  dirt  over  a wickerwork  of 
branches — gave  under  ^ him. 
His  hands  flung  up,  the  gun 
shot  out  of  his  grip.  He  fell. 

HIS  coming  to  was  an  in- 
and-out  thing,  pulsing 
awareness,  intermitting  dream. 
The  pit  was  deep.  They 
were  good  at  digging.  They 
had  patience.  He  nodded,  and 
blacked  out. 

He  came  to  again.  He  lay 
crumpled,  a leg  bent  strangely 
under  him.  He  was  helpless, 
but  they  would  not  come  right 
away.  They  would  not  trust 
him,  they  would  wait  to  make 
sure  he  was  not  playing  help- 
less. Then  they  would  come. 


They  had  patience. 

He  tightened  himself 
against  the  pain.  This  was 
what  he  had  worked  toward, 
and  in  any  case  it  would  have 
been  useless  to  have  regrets. 
He  had  no  regrets.  He  had 
been  a good  game  warden.  He 
lapsed  into  unconsciousness 
again,  smiling. 

The  wait  was  long  and  he 
knew  he  had  passed  through 
a spell  of  delirium.  There  was 
a timeless  moment  when  it 
seemed  to  him  he  came  aware 
in  the  past,  reliving  the  start 
of  it.  That  had  been  the  time 
when,  feeling  a gnawing  help- 
lessness, seeing  the  day  com- 
ing when  he  would  no  longer 
be  there  to  save  them  from 
his  fellow  man,  he  caught  that 
poacher.  The  poacher  was  too 
busy  to  sense  his  approach, 
busy  cursing  some  animal 
that  had  once  again  sprung 
the  trap  and  made  off  with  the 
bait. 

He  knew,  in  that  long-ago 
day,  that  it  would  be  wasting 
time  to  haul  the  man  into 
court.  The  local  justice  of  the 
peace  would  let  him  off  with 
a mild  rebuke.  So  Jess  Seely 
booted  the  man  out  of  the 
wood,  baited  and  reset  the 
trap  and  lay  in  wait. 

At  last  a large  raccoon 
nosed  into  view,  picked  up  a 
piece  of  twig  in  a forepaw  and 
reached  cautiously  to  stick  it 
into  the  trap.  The  trap 
snapped  shut  its  grin  on  noth- 
ing. The  raccoon  v/as  about  to 
make  off  with  the  bait  when 
Jess  Seely  remembered  to 


DEADLY  GAME 


S3 


move.  He  aimed  his  hypo- 
dermic gun  and  shot  the  rac- 
coon to  sleep.  He  carried  the 
raccoon  home — and  that  was 
the  start  of  Jess  Seely’s  pri- 
vate, unauthorized  and  top-se- 
cret psychological  testing  lab- 
oratory. 

The  raccoon  made  an  auspi- 
cious first  subject,  quickly 
mastering  all  sorts  of  release 
mechanisms  to  escape  from 
puzzle  boxes  and  to  win  re- 
wards, learning  to  fit  pegs 
into  holes  and  to  tie  knots. 
The  one  stupidity  was  Jess 
Seely’s.  He  had  grown  fond  of 
the  raccoon — Bandido — a n d 
he  had  let  Bandido  sense  that. 
It  was  lucky  Jess  Seely  had 
realized  that  at  this  early 
stage,  or  the  whole  thing 
would  have  gone  for  nothing. 
He  had  to  break  Bandido  of 
his  liking.  He  forced  himself 
to  set  about  coldly  instilling 
in  Bandido  hate  and  fear  of 
man — any  man. 

Only  when  he  felt  sure  he 
had  brought  that  about  did  he 
free  Bandido.  He  tagged 
Bandido  and  released  him  into 
the  wild,  then  hunted  other 
promising  subjects.  There  was 
only  one  Bandido.  Jess  Seely 
did  not  give  any  of  the  others 
a name. 

He  did  not  dare. 

He  rigged  more  and  more 
sophisticated  release  mecha- 
nisms, and  in  time  was  gradu- 
ating animals  that  were  able 
to  disarm  any  trap  safely  and, 
before  making  off  with  the 


bait,  move  the  trap,  reset  it 
and  conceal  it  so  the  original 
setter  of  the  trap  would  step 
into  it.  Other  than  a shot  from 
a trapper  who  thought  the  re- 
setting was  his  doing,  Jess 
Seely  had  little  trouble  with 
poachers  after  that. 

At  mating  seasons  he  used 
his  capture-gun  again  to 
bring  together  the  brightest 
of  his  subjects.  And  in  thirty 
years,  thanks  to  training  and 
selective  breeding,  the  wild- 
life under  his  protection  had 
learned  to  deal  with  all  traps, 
set  out  sentries,  string  alarm 
wires  across  trails,  toss  stones 
to  mislead  hunters  and  put 
hounds  out  of  action  and,  with 
earth  or  urine,  fight  fire. 

Now  he  was  clear  in  his 
mind  and  he  felt  a humble 
pride.  He  had  set  out  to  teach 
them  to  guard  their  preserve, 
to  save  themselves.  He  had 
done  a good  job  of  this.  He 
had  taught  them  well.  He 
heard  them  coming  closer  to 
the  rim  of  the  pit.  Now  he 
saw  their  eyes. 

He  fixed  on  one  face.  Old 
Bandido!  But  that  couldn’t 
be.  Old  Bandido  was  long 
dead.  This  was  a son  or  a 
grandson  or  a great-grandson. 
In  a sense  they  were  all  chil- 
dren of  Jess  Seely. 

No  matter.  They  would  have 
no  pity  on  him.  He  had 
taught  them  well  indeed,  he 
thought  smiling, 

END 


54 


by  EDWARD  WELLEN 


IF  • Short  Story 


THE  HOPUTE 


They  were  the  mightiest  warriors  the 
universe  had  ever  known.  All  they  . 
lacked  was  something  to  live  for! 


By  Richard 


Sheridan 


JORD  awoke  to  the  purr  of 
the  ventilators  billowing 
the  heavy  curtains  at  the 
doorway.  Through  them, 
from  the  corridor,  seeped  the 
cold,  realistic,  shadowless 
light  that  seemed  to  sap  the 
color  from  man  and  matter 
and  leave  only  drabness  and 
emptiness. 

His  eyes  were  sandy  with 
sleep.  He  blinked.  The  optic 
nerves  readied  for  sight,  pu- 
pils focused,  retina  recorded. 
The  primordial  fear  of  un- 
familiar things  disappeared 
as  he  recognized  the  objects 
in  the  room,  identified  wak- 
ing as  a natural  phenomenon 
and  remembered  the  day’s 
objectives. 

He  lay  quietly  on  the  pal- 
let ; dimly  conscious  of 


identity,  clinging  physically 
to  the  temporal  death  vanish- 
ing behind  his  opened  eyes. 
Pale  light,  swollen  bladder, 
sticky  throat,  quiescent  body, 
unimportant  hunger,  dim  fear 
of  incipient  living. 

He  felt  for  the  cigarettes 
on  the  floor  beside  his  bed. 
His  careful,  sleepy  fingers 
passed  lightly  over  the  ashy 
ashtray  and  fell  on  wrinkled 
cellophane.  Dry  tubes  from  a 
synthetic  Virginia.  He  shook 
a cigarette  from  the  pack  and 
lay  with  it  jutting  from  his 
lips.  The  steady,  filtered, 
odorless  breeze  centered  on 
his  senseless  frontal  lobes  and 
whispered  down  his  silver 
checks, 

A light.  His  hand  crawled, 
finger  walking  across  the 

55 


crimson  carpet  to  the  group- 
ing, found  the  metal  tube  and 
flew  back  to  his  chest.  He 
fumbled  with  the  trigger.  His 
muscles  were  lethargic  and 
he  pressed  it  hard  with  a 
childish  impatience. 

Perseverance. 

Now  the  metal  tip  glowed 
orange  as  the  radioactive 
motes  in  the  tube  destroyed 
themselves  with  rigid  self- 
control.  Careful  suction,  then, 
and  a cubic  foot  of  tobacco 
smoke  howled  down  his  esoph- 
agus into  his  lungs,  examined 
each  feathery  cranny  and  left 
by  muscular  contraction. 

It  tasted  bad,  but  he’d  ex- 
pected that  it  would. 

He  didn’t  have  to  smoke  all 
of  it.  The  habit  decently  re- 
quired only  that  he  take  a 
puff,  leave  it  smolder,  take 
another,  allow  himself  to  be 
scorched  and  futilely  try  to 
set  the  bed  afire. 

He  watched  the  smoke  be- 
ing plucked  from  the  air  by 
the  purifiers  to  be  expelled 
with  other  smokes,  smells  and 
gases  into  an  atmosphere  that 
consisted  of  little  else. 

HIS  last  night’s  pleasure 
stirred,  vainly  fought 
the  inevitable  and  fluttered 
its  hands.  “You  awake.  Sol- 
dier?” 

The  room  glowed  with  a 
rosy  light. 

“Approximately.'' 

The  woman  uncoiled  her- 
self and  lay  flat.  Through  the 
tangle  of  bronzed  hair,  one 
ear  shone  w h i t e 1 y.  She 


brushed  the  hair  from  her 
eyes  and  her  scarlet  mouth 
opened  in  a feline  yawn.  The 
woman  was  pink  and  white; 
she  quivered  in  voluptuous 
ecstasy  and  slithered  on  the 
satin  with  her  own  satiny, 
round  and  naked  flesh. 

“I  didn’t  hear  the  alarm,” 
she  said,  her  voice  thick  with 
the  residue  of  sleep.  Her 
body  pressed  warm  to  his  as 
she  slid  his  cigarette  from  his 
fingers. 

He  shared  the  cigarette, 
thinking  of  the  distance  be- 
tween the  bed  and  the  bath- 
room. The  clock  told  him  he 
had  eight  minutes  to  wait  for 
maximum  emission.  His  phys- 
iological chart  showed  a tol- 
erance of  nine  and  one-third 
hours. 

Eight  minutes  to  wait.  Then 
he  would  have  twenty  minutes 
in  which  to  shower,  and  fif- 
teen to  clothe  himself  in  the 
shimmering,  clinging  opaque 
that,  like  the  casing  on  a 
sausage,  would  cover  him, 
leaving  only  his  eyes,  ears 
and  mouth.  These  the  neu- 
rologist would  take  care  of 
before  the  mechanics  fitted 
him  into  his  machine  for  his 
next  tour  of  duty. 

There  was  a time  for  eating, 
time  for  a last  cigarette,  time 
for  briefing  and  a long,  long 
time  for  the  Galbth  II. 

Time  for  everything  but 
living. 

Gently  he  kissed  the  wom- 
an’s soft  neck.  “What’s  your 
name?”  he  asked  wistfully, 
his  attention  divided  between 


56 


by  Richard  Sheridan 


the  short  gold  hairs  at  the 
base  of  her  head  and  the  all 
important  clock. 

The  woman  chuckled 
chidingly  and  toyed  with  his 
hands,  tracing  the  veins  that 
stood  rigid  on  their  backs 
where  the  tortured  nerves 
had  forced  them  to  the  sur- 
face like  a maze  of  pale  blue 
pipes. 

She  did  not  answer.  He 
could  no  more  know  her  name 
than  he  could  know  her  face 
behind  the  silver  opaque — 
than  he  could  know  her  voice 
behind  the  vocal  distorter — 
no  more  than  he  could  know 
anyone,  or  that  anyone  could 
know  him. 

Three  times  a week  the 
Sex-Dispatcher  sent  him  a 
woman.  For  all  he  knew  it 
could  be  the  same  woman,  or 
three  different  women. 

‘‘Can  I tell  the  dispatcher 
that  I pleased  you?"  The 
voice  distorter  had  shifted 
and  made  her  sound  as  though 
she  had  a cold.  It  was,  of 
course,  impossible.  That 
scourge  hadn’t  attacked  the 
fortress  in  thirty  years.  In  all 
probability  it  would  never 
attack  it  again. 

He  nodded,  grinding  the 
cigarette  into  the  ashtray.  “It 
would  be  nice,”  he  said,  “if 
we  could  know  one  another.” 

She  smiled.  “Some  day.” 

The  clock  gave  warning, 
counting  backwards  through 
thirty  seconds.  Jord  patted 
the  woman’s  thigh  in  dismiss- 
al. “You  may  as  well  go 
now.” 


SHE  slid  from  the  bed, 
neither  reluctant  nor  im- 
patient. Her  simple  tunic  lay 
on  the  crimson  rug  where  she 
had  dropped  it  nine  hours  be- 
fore. “Good-by,  Soldier,”  she 
said. 

He  was  already  on  his  way 
to  the  bathroom.  If  he  should 
see  her  again,  her  yoice  would 
be  different,  her  hair  would 
be  different.  She  had  no  scars 
or  physical  aberrance  that  he 
could  recognize  her  by.  She 
was  healthy,  intelligent  and 
normal,  and  therefore  selected 
for  breeding.  So  was  he.  Ask 
the  geneticists.  He  had. 

In  the  bathroom,  the  clock 
told  him  to  wash  his  face. 
Carefully  he  rubbed  desen- 
sitizer on  his  mask,  on  the  ten 
thousand  artificial  nerve  end- 
ings that  transcribed  every 
motion  of  the  living  tissue  it 
encased  and  magnified  that 
motion  a thousand  times  to 
the  mightier  motions  of  the 
machine. 

The  desensitizer  entered 
the  porous  material;  the  mask 
sagged  and  became  transpar- 
ent like  a cellophane  sack.  He 
lifted  it  from  his  face. 

Two  huge  holes  for  eyes, 
a gaping  rent  of  a mouth.  He 
threw  it  with  disgust  into  the 
depository.  It  would  go  back 
to  the  Neurological  Division 
to  be  cleaned  and  repaired. 

He  looked  into  the  mirror 
with  the  interest  of  a man 
who  sees  his  face  on  rare 
occasions.  The  nerves  stood 
out  like  splintered  cracks  in 
glass.  He  fingered  his  face 

57 


THE  HOPLITE 


lovingly,  unmindful  of  the  ag- 
ony caused  by  his  touch,  re- 
membering the  woman.  He 
wondered  in  what  manner  her 
face  would  differ  from  his. 

The  pain  made  him  stop 
thinking  about  it  and  he 
closed  his  eyes  to  spray  a 
weak  solution  of  desensitizer 
on  the  burning  flesh.  Almost 
immediately  the  pain  was 
gone ; but  it  left  him  with  a 
marble  mask  that  wouldn’t 
come  to  life  again  until  the 
effects  of  the  desensitizer 
wore  off. 

He  washed  quickly  in  warm 
water,  rubbed  disinfectant  on 
the  atrophied  area,  rinsed  it 
and  stepped  in  front  of  the 
dryer.  A thousand  tongues  of 
almost  corporeal  warmth 
licked  over  his  skin. 

He  had  shaved  and  desen- 
sitized his  body  the  night  be- 
fore, so  it  was  only  a matter 
of  washing  and  disinfecting 
before  he  clinibed  into  the 
overall  casing  and  stepped 
clumsily  into  the  sensitizing 
shower.  The  huge  bag  began 
to  shrink  and  cloud,  adhering 
to  his  body  as  though  it  were 
another  layer  of  his  skin. 

Since  the  casing  acted  as  a 
magnifying  extension  of  his 
nervous  and  muscular  sys- 
tems, his  body,  within  the 
casing,  felt  nothing.  There 
was  no  sense  of  contact  as  he 
walked  aross  the  floor  and 
opened  the  bathroom  door.  As 
far  as  feeling  went,  he  was 
without  a body. 

He  said  “hello”  experimen- 
tally, to  see  if  the  distorter 


was  still  on.  It  wasn’t.  The 
hard  flatness  of  his  voice  sur- 
prised him.  The  rosy  light 
was  gone  also.  Something  pe- 
culiar to  women  caused  the 
filter  to  slide  over  the  coldly 
glowing  silver.  No  man  could 
cause  it.  No  warrior  was  sup- 
posed to  want  to. 

He  went  through  the  cur- 
tains into  the  tube-like 
corridor  and  joined  the  oth- 
er silver  warriors  on  their 
way  to  the  mess  hall.  He 
knew  no  one  of  them,  yet 
knew  them  all.  In  battle,  no 
friend  of  his  would  die,  yet 
no  one  would  die  that  he  did 
not  know.  Two  hundred  years 
of  war  in  this  forgotten  bit 
of  the  universe  had  shown 
the  value  of  this.  Some  day, 
if  he  lived  to  be  old,  he  would 
become  a civilian.  Until  then 
the  only  faces  he  would  see 
would  be  his  ov/n  and  those 
of  the  subnormal  servers  in 
the  mess  hall.  He  had  no 
loyalties  except  to  the  for- 
tress. The  fortress  was  his 
past,  present  and  future. 

He  nodded  a greeting  to  his 
server.  “How  are  you  today, 
Teddy?”  The  voice  distorter 
madp  him  a gentle  baritone. 

The  moron  stared  at  him 
blankly,  not  understanding 
what  was  spoken,  not  caring. 
It  was  mentally  impossible 
for  him  to  care  about  anyone 
and  psychologically  impossi- 
ble for  anyone  to  care  about 
him.  That  was  why  he  was 
allowed  to  serve  in  the  mess. 
He  set  Jord’s  rations  before 


58 


by  Richard  Sheridan 


him  in  their  plastic  contain- 
ers. A scientific  measure  of 
calories,  proteins,  vitamins, 
minerals  and  hay-like  rough- 
age. 

Jord  wished  the  idiot  was 
able  to  talk,  but  decided 
against  holding  a one-sided 
conversation  with  him.  He 
used  to  do  it  quite  often, 
taking  pleasure  in  the  shift- 
ing planes  of  his  face,  until 
he'd  become  sick  with  longing 
for  a complete  human  being. 
He  knew  no  one  and  only  his 
psychiatrist  knew  him.  The 
fortress  was  to  him  one  com- 
plete body. 

The  parts  of  that  body 
could  never  be  allowed  to  be- 
come more  important  than  the 
total  of  those  parts.  It  was 
the  first  thing  a potential 
master  of  a Galbth  II  learned: 
The  basic  lesson  in  loneliness. 

He  choked  down  the  meas- 
ured kilograms  of  roughage, 
saving  the  concentrates  until 
the  last  when  he  could  suck 
out  the  synthetic  flavoring 
and  delude  himself  for  a mo- 
ment that  he  was  eating  food. 
His  fare  consisted  of  the  pre- 
cise amount  necessary  to  keep 
him  operating  at  maximum  ef- 
ficiency and  maintain  opti- 
mum size.  A two-pound  var- 
iation in  his  weight  would  re- 
quire a refitting. 

He  smoked  his  last  ciga- 
rette for  the  day  and  then 
made  his  way  to  the  third 
section  briefing  room. 

There  were  twelve  warriors 
in  his  section.  Except  for  mi- 
croscopic differences  in  their 


builds,  there  was  little,  if 
anything,  to  distinguish  one 
from  the  other.  They  had  no 
contact  with  anything  as  per- 
sonalized as  officers.  Each 
warrior  was  a separate  unit. 
The  centralization  of  author- 
ity was  complete.  There  was 
only  the  loudspeaker  to  com- 
mand. For  a time  the  warriors 
had  been  allowed  to  designate 
the  voice  as  '‘The  General," 
but  it  was  soon  discovered 
that  they  felt  a particular 
loyalty  to  the  name.  The  word 
was  dropped.  To  designate 
authority,  a warrior  used  the 
word:  "Authority."  This 
word  also  served  as  his  offi- 
cial concept  of  politics.  With 
all  the  strength  of  the  for- 
tress in  the  warriors,  this  was 
to  be  desired. 

Simultaneously,  the  speaker 
and  the  large  television  screen 
below  it  came  to  life. 

The  scene  showed  one  of 
the  fortress’s  carefully 
tilled  roughage  farnjs  being 
looted  by  a large  body  of  the 
natives — the  enemy  that  was 
determined  to  erase  the  last 
remnant  of  an  empire  that 
once  held  the  entire  solar 
system  in  its  grasp.  That 
meant  nothing  to  Jord.  It  was 
the  faces — the  faces  that  were, 
relatively,  not  even  faces  at 
all.  Yet  there  were  points  of 
similarity  within  the  gulf  of 
difference — and  the  faces. 
Faces  without  masks! 

The  voice  called  "Author- 
ity" was  expressionless  and 
precise. 


THE  HOPLITE 


59 


^As  you  can  see*  a large 
and  heavily  armed  contingent 
of  the  enemy  has  breached 
the  dome  of  number  seven 
surface-farm.” 

The  scout  obligingly 
swiveled  his  television  optic 
to  show  the  fused  gap  in  the 
huge  plastic  dome  through 
which  the  natives  were  haul- 
ing incendiary  materials  to 
destroy  the  crop.  The  motion- 
less bulk  of  a warrior  lay 
close  beside  the  opening.  He 
had  been  downed  by  artillery, 
while  above  the  force-field 
the  ever  present  aircraft  of 
the  natives  circled  watchful- 
ly. Somewhere,  the  ancient 
generators  had  shorted  long 
enough  for  the  raiders  to  slip 
through. 

detachment  has  already 
been  sent  out,”  the  voice  con- 
tinued. “The  natives  are  to  be 
forced  back  beyond  the  north- 
ern defense  perimeter.  Intelli- 
gence estimates  eight  hundred 
of  the  enemy  and  thirty  field- 
pieces.  The  fortress  depends 
on  you.  You  will  not  fail  the 
fortress.” 

On  that  note,  the  loudspeak- 
er was  silent. 

‘Tt  seems  to  me,”  the  war- 
rior on  Jord’s  right  murmured 
as  they  moved  towards  the 
opening  bulkhead  at  the  far 
side  of  the  room,  ”that  we 
almost  always  fail.”  He  wasn’t 
contradicting,  only  remark- 
ing. 

Jord  nodded.  One  warrior 
lost  today,  two  last  week,  one 
the  week  before,  and  more  be- 
fore that.  He  saw  the  levia- 


thans, 140  tons  of  machinery 
with  great  gaping  holes  in 
their  bodies,  saw  the  wires 
and  conduits,  armor  and  all 
the  intricacies  that  went  into 
a Galbth  II.  He  saw  them 
steaming,  stumbling,  falling 
— respirators  clogged — smoth- 
ering. Their  motions  weak- 
ened, their  limbs  failed,  the 
warriors  died. 

Two  hundred  years  ago  the 
planet  had  been  a peaceful 
colony.  Then  with  the  col- 
lapse of  the  empire  had  come 
two  hundred  years  of  rever- 
sals, and  they  who  had  once 
been  the  overseers  of  harmless 
workers  now  found  themselves 
struggling  for  the  barest  sur- 
vival. Only  the  workers,  the 
natives,  had  adapted. 

He  went  through  the  bulk- 
head into  the  immenseness  of 
the  cavern  where  the  machines 
stood  waiting  in  the  shadow- 
less light. 

Down  the  iron  catwalks 
the  silver  warriors*  ran.  Down 
to  the  mechanics,  down  to  the 
surgeons  with  their  surgeon 
fingers  dead  white  beneath 
the  operating  lamps.  All 
waiting.  Waiting  to  fit  the 
mechanism  for  a thousand 
eyes  to  the  optic  nerves,  the 
amplifiers  to  the  audio. 

JORD  felt  the  familiar  hor- 
ror. 

When  you  were  fitted  with 
the  conduits  for  optics  and 
audios,  you  lost  all  contact 
with  reality.  You  became  a 
consciousness  in  nothing.  His 
great  fear  at  this  time  was  of 


60 


by  Richard  Sheridan 


falling.  He  seemed  to  fall  for 
eons  until  the  mechanics  with 
steel  hands  slid  him  into  his 
machine  and,  bit  by  bit,  his 
body  returned. 

Fingers,  hands,  wrists,  arms, 
feet,  legs,  shoulders,  back, 
neck,  jaw,  cheeks,  nose, 
eyes — 

His  cranial  optics  slid  from 
their  sockets  within  the  blue 
steel  skin  of  his  head,  and  he 
looked  down  to  the  floor  of 
the  cavern,  seventy  feet  be- 
low. 

‘‘Check  motion?” 

He  moved  in  the  ritual  bal- 
let. Seventy  feet  and  140  tons 
of  steel  and  glass,  copper  and 
nickel,  silver  and  plastic,  and 
a man  buried  deep  inside. 

The  ultimate  machine.  The 
ultimate  extension  of  a man. 

A ton  of  fist  opened  and 
closed,  moved  with  effortless 
grace  and  fell  to  his  side  with 
enough  power  to  crush  a 
block  of  granite.  His  atomic 
muscles  turned  silently  when 
he  walked.  His  legs  of  flesh 
commanding  legs  of  steel.  He 
could  walk  two  hundred  miles 
an  hour  or  run  five  times  that 
fast.  He  could  thread  a needle 
with  his  fingers,  or  rip 
through  a mountain. 

“Check  respirators.” 

“Check.” 

The  technicians  scurried 
from  the  cavern  floor.  The 
all-clear  sounded  and  the  roof 
slid  open  and  a ramp  grew 
up  from  the  floor. 

His  voice  echoed  through 
the  cavern,  mingling  with  the 
voices  of  the  other  warriors* 


Joyous,  thankful  voices — the 
horror  had  passed  and  they 
were  alive  again. 

On  the  surface  it  was  win- 
ter. The  m e t h a n e-frosted 
ground  beneath  the  machines 
was  like  iron.  Iron  against 
steel  feet  rang  in  the  heavy 
air.  Wispy  tendrils  of  steam 
rose  from  the  great  bodies. 
The  respirators  sucked  and 
transformed  ammonia  and 
methane.  The  great  feet  left 
imprints  in  earth  and  ^tone. 

Jord  exulted  in  the  freedom 
of  the  surface,  iw  the  long 
vistas  of  unwalled  space,  in 
the  curve  of  a far  away  hori- 
zon. He  exulted  in  his  machine 
body,  so  human  in  its  parts, 
so  more  than  human  in  its 
size  and  capabilities.  The 
column  of  the  neck,  the  steel 
sinews ; every  muscle,  every 
ligament,  every  nerve  of  the 
human  body  had  its  counter- 
part in  the  machine.  What 
man  could  do,  the  machine 
did.  What  affected  man,  in 
proportion,  affected  the  ma- 
chine. 

Even  to  pain,  the  machine 
was  complete. 

He  withdrew  his  optics  and 
sent  his  telescope  rising  ten 
feet  above  his  head,  searching 
the  gray  land  for  the  other 
detachment.  A dozen  miles 
away  he  could  see  the  dome 
of  the  ravished  farm.  The 
little  specks  were  scurrying 
to  complete  their  destruction 
before  the  dreaded  warriors 
should  appear.  They  had 
blocked  the  entrance  of  the 
shallow  valley  in  which  the 


THE  HOPLITE 


61 


farm  lay  with  their  artillery. 
Behind  it  the  gunners  would 
try  to  hold  off  the  warriors 
and  give  the  rest  time  to  es- 
cape. Not  that  it  mattered. 
The  enemy  cared  little  for 
his  losses. 

His  telescope  swiveled, 
found  the  scarp  of  an  ancient 
bomb,  ringed  with  what  was 
probably  fission  produced  ob- 
sidian, and  rested  on  the  bod- 
ies of  the  machines  who  had 
beaten  his  detachment  to  the 
scene  and  now  came  stream- 
ing out  to  join  them. 

The  two  detachments 
merged,  hesitated  as  each 
warrior  assumed  his  position 
and  began  the  attack. 

They  would  charge  straight 
at  the  guns,  so  much  a war- 
rior cared  for  the  marksman- 
ship of  former  slaves — so 
much  a warrior  cared  for  the 
power  of  native  shells. 

AT  eight  miles  the  snouts 
of  the  cannons  began  to 
belch.  The  gunnery  was  high. 
The  barrage  passed  harmless- 
ly overhead. 

The  first  strike  was  for 
him.  The  armor-piercing  shell 
clanged  and  flattened  out 
against  his  chest,  staggering 
him  back.  He  rallied,  caught 
his  balance,  sped  on.  He  al- 
most pitied  the  limited  in- 
ventiveness of  the  natives, 
whose  genius  ended  when 
they  drove  man  into  the  for- 
tresses. 

Another  shell.  A warrior 
whirled  and  stumbled.  Jord 
crashed  into  him^  steadied 

62 


him.  The  explosions  blended 
into  an  endless  sound. 

He  felt  a shell  bounce  from 
his  shoulder,  taking  six  op- 
tics with  it  and  leaving  the 
smell  of  scorched  steel.  They 
were  too  thick  now  to  dodge, 
too  close  to  bear.  Earth  and 
stone  sprayed  up  from  a sud- 
den crater  before  him.  He 
wheeled.  Now  they  were  in  a 
range  where  the  shells  could 
disable  an  arm  or  leg. 

An  arm!  A stiff-hung,  mo- 
tionless limb  of  steel. 

The  rush  had  brought  them 
to  the  artillery.  Their  feet 
trampled  the  ancient  guns. 
They  smashed  at  belching 
muzzles  with  hammer  fists. 
They  had  breached  the  de- 
fenses. The  natives  had  fled. 
In  minutes  they  would  be 
trampling  the  fleeing  enemy. 

Then  the  earth  erupted... 

Jord  had  only  one  leg  still 
functioning  when  he  regained 
consciousness.  One  leg  and 
perhaps  eight  of  his  optics. 
His  audio  was  dead  and  there 
was  something  wrong  with 
his  respirator.  He  had  to  fight 
to  keep  down  the  panic. 

A warrior  who  had  been 
trapped  inside  his  machine 
once  told  him  what  it  was 
like  inside  a Galbth  II  when 
you  couldn’t  move,  or  help 
yourself.  If  you  but  closed 
your  eyes  you  imagined  your- 
self inside  a shell,  and  that 
shell  inside  a larger  shell, 
and  that  inside  a still  larger 
shell  until,  after  a hundred 
shells,  you  could  imagine 
your  machine,  still  true  to 

by  Richard  Sheridan 


your  form,  lying  helpless  and 
twisted  on  the  ground. 

There  was  no  way  you 
could  get  out  of  your  ma- 
chine without  the  help  of  the 
mechanics.  Even  if  there  were 
it'  was  impossible  to  exist  on 
the  surface.  You  had  to  lie 
where  you  fell.  Or,  if  possi- 
ble, make  your  way  back  as 
best  you  could  to  your  lock. 

He  tried  moving.  His  good 
leg  sawed  the  air  like  a giant 
flail.  There  was  some  motion 
in  his  chest,  but  that  was  all. 
He  erected  all  the  optics  he 
could  control  and  found  him- 
self lying  on  his  stomach,  dis- 
membered. About  twenty 
yards  to  the  right  he  saw  the 
other  leg  of  his  machine  ly- 
ing across  a warrior  who 
seemed  to  have  no  motion  at 
all.  As  far  as  he  could  see,  no 
one  had  escaped.  Warriors 
and  parts  of  warriors  were 
strewn  all  about  him.  He 
swiveled  his  optics  in  anxi- 
ety. If  he  were  to  be  rescued, 
it  must  be  soon.  Already  the 
air  was  foul  and  he  was  hav- 
ing trouble  focusing  his  op- 
tics. 

He  wanted  to  get  out  of  the 
machine.  He  never  wanted 
anything  as  much  as  he  want- 
ed this.  The  smell  of  metal 
and  the  taste  of  metal  stran- 
gled him.  He  wanted  to  get 
out.  Worse  than  he  wanted 
faces,  worse  than  he  wanted 
identity,  worse  than  he  want- 
ed to  be  able  to  live  on  the 
surface.  He  could  feel  all  the 
weight  of  the  machine  on  his 
body.  The  vocalizer  was  still 
THE  HOPLITE 


on  and  he  moaned  into  the 
dirt. 

He  tried  to  raise  his  optics 
again,  but  the  power  had 
somehow  failed.  Many-faced, 
congealing  darkness  drew 
near.  He  rushed  into  it. 

The  Genocide  Squad  was 
the  first  to  go  into  the 
crater. 

The  last  warrior  had  ceased 
moving.  Later  the  salvagers 
would  come  to  collect  the  pre- 
cious metals.  They  drilled 
Jord’s  machine  open  but, 
luckily,  by  this  time  he  was 
dead. 

“Which  one  next?’'  he 
asked,  clambering  awkward- 
ly from  the  hole  in*  the  ma- 
chine's back.  He  was  a native 
and,  except  for  certain  func- 
tional differences  in  his  con- 
struction, was  little  distin- 
guished from  other  natives. 
But  normalcy  is  relative.  The 
normalcy  of  a native  may  be 
radically  different  from  that 
of  a fortress  dweller. 

“We  are  fortunate  the 
bomb  didn’t  destroy  more  of 
these  b o d i e s,"  he  said,  re- 
joining his  partner  at  the  side 
of  the  warrior. 

“What  is  it  like,  inside?" 
his  partner  asked  curiously. 

The  Genocide  Monitor 
stopped  for  a moment  and  ap- 
praised the  vast  bulk.  He  had 
long  ago  ceased  to  be  either 
fascinated  or  repelled  by  the 
soft,  unfunctional  bodies  of 
fortress  dwellers. 

“Just  another  human,"  the 
android  said.  END 

63 


■ ■ ■ 


The  machine  was  not  perfect.  It  could  be  tricked. 


THE 

64-SQUARE 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


SILENTLY,  so  as  not  to 
shock  anyone  with  illu- 
sions about  well  dressed 
young  women,  Sandra  Lea 
Grayling  cursed  the  day  she 
had  persuaded  the  Chicago 
Space  Mirror  that  there  would 
be  all  sorts  of  human  interest 
stories  to  be  picked  up  at  the 
first  international  grandmas- 
ter chess  tournament  in  which 


an  electronic  computing  ma- 
chine was  entered. 

Not  that  there  weren't 
enough  humans  around,  it  was 
the  interest  that  was  in  doubt. 
The  large  hall  was  crammed 
with  energetic  dark-suited 
men  of  whom  a disproportion- 
ately large  number  were  bald, 
wore  glasses,  were  faintly  un- 
tidy and  indefinably  shabby, 


64 


WmWm\WmWmWm\Wm' 


It  could  make  mistakes.  And it  could  learn! 


MADHOUSE 


ILLUSTRATED  BY  BURNS 


had  Slavic  or  Scandinavian  on  walls,  small  peg-in  sets 
features,  and  talked  foreign  dragged  from  side  pockets  and 
languages.  manipulated  rapidly  as  part  of 

They  yakked  interminably,  the  conversational  ritual  and 
The  only  ones  who  didn’t  still  smaller  folding  sets  in 
were  scurrying  individuals  which  the  pieces  were  the  tiny 
with  the  eager-zombie  look  of  magnetized  disks  used  for 
officials.  playing  in  free-fall. 

Chess  sets  were  everywhere  There  were  signs  featuring 
— big  ones  on  tables,  still  big-  largely  mysterious  combina- 
ger  diagram-type  electric  ones  tions  of  letters:  FIDE,  WBM, 


THE  64.SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


65 


USCF,  USSF,  USSR  and 
UNESCO.  Sandra  felt  fairly 
sure  about  the  last  three. 

The  many  clocks,  bedside 
table  size,  would  have  struck 
a familiar  note  except  that 
they  had  little  red  flags  and 
wheels  sprinkled  over  their 
faces  and  they  were  all  in 
pairs,  two  clocks  to  a case. 
That  Siamese-twin  clocks 
should  be  essential  to  a chess 
tournament  struck  Sandra  as 
a particularly  maddening  cir- 
cumstance. 

Her  last  assignment  had 
been  to  interview  the 
pilot  pair  riding  the  first 
American  manned  circum-lu- 
nar  satellite — and  the  five  al- 
ternate pairs  who  hadn’t  made 
the  flight.  This  tournament 
hall  seemed  to  Sandra  much 
further  out  of  the  world. 

Overheard  scraps  of  con- 
versation in  reasonably  intel- 
ligible English  were  not  par- 
ticularly helpful.  Samples: 
“They  say  the  Machine  has 
been  programmed  to  play 
nothing  but  pure  Barcza  Sys- 
tem and  Indian  Defenses — and 
the  Dragon  Formation  if  any- 
one pushes  the  King  Pawn.” 
“Hah!  In  that  case. . .” 

“The  Russians  have  come 
with  ten  trunkfuls  of  prepared 
variations  and  they’ll  gang  up 
on  the  Machine  at  adjourn- 
ments. What  can  one  New  Jer- 
sey computer  do  against  four 
Russian  grandmasters?” 

“I  heard  the  Russians  have 
been  programmed— -with  hyp- 
notic cramming  and  somno- 


briefing.  Votbinnik  had  a 
nervous  breakdown.” 

“Why,  the  Machine  hasn’t 
even  a Haupturnier  or  an  in- 
tercollegiate won.  It’ll  over  its 
head  be  playing.” 

“Yes,  but  maybe  like  Capa 
at  San  Sebastian  or  Morphy 
or  Willie  Angler  at  New 
York.  The  Russians  will  look 
like  potzers.” 

“Have  you  studied  the 
scores  of  the  match  between 
Moon  Base  and  Circum-Ter- 
ra?” 

“Not  worth  the  trouble.  The 
play  was  feeble.  Barely  Ex- 
pert Rating.” 

Sandra’s  chief  difficulty 
was  that  she  knew  absolutely 
nothing  about  the  game  of 
chess — a point  that  she  had 
slid  over  in  conferring  with 
the  powers  at  the  Space  Mir- 
ror, but  that  now  had  begun 
to  weigh  on  her.  How  wonder- 
ful it  would  be,  she  dreamed, 
to  walk  out  this  minute,  find 
a quiet  bar  and  get  pie-eyed 
in  an  evil,  ladylike  way. 

“Perhaps  mademoiselle 
would  welcome  a drink?” 

“You’re  durn  tootin’  she 
would!”  Sandra  replied  in  a 
rush,  and  then  looked  down 
apprehensively  at  the  person 
who  had  read  her  thoughts. 

It  was  a small  sprightly  eld- 
erly man  who  looked  like  a 
somewhat  thinned  down  Peter 
Lorre — there  was  that  same 
impression  of  the  happy  Slavic 
elf.  What  was  left  of  his  white 
hair  was  cut  very  short,  mak- 
ing a silvery  nap.  His  pince- 
nez  had  quite  thick  lenses. 


hy  FRITZ  LEIBER 


But  in  sharp  contrast  to  the 
somberly  clad  men  around 
them,  he  was  wearing  a pearl- 
gray  suit  of  almost  exactly  the 
same  shade  as  Sandra’s — a cir- 
cumstance that  created  for  her 
the  illusion  that  they  were  fel- 
low conspirators. 

‘'Hey,  wait  a minute,”  she 
protested  just  the  same.  He 
had  already  taken  her  arm  and 
was  piloting  her  toward  the 
nearest  flight  of  low  wide 
stairs.  “How  did  you  know  I 
wanted  a drink?” 

“I  could  see  that  mademoi- 
selle was  having  difficulty 
swallowing,”  he  replied,  keep- 
ing them  moving.  “Pardon  me 
for  feasting  my  eyes  on  your 
lovely  throat.” 

“I  didn’t  suppose  they’d 
serve  drinks  here.” 

“But  of  course.”.  They  were 
already  mounting  the  stairs. 
“What  would  chess  be  with- 
out coffee  or  schnapps?” 
“Okay,  lead  on,”  Sandra 
said.  “You’re  the  doctor.” 
“Doctor?”  He  smiled  wide- 
ly. “You  know,  I like  being 
called  that.” 

“Then  the  name  is  yours  as 
long  as  you  want  it — Doc.” 

Meanwhile  the  happy 

little  man  had  edged 
them  into  the  first  of  a small 
cluster  of  tables,  where  a 
dark-suited  jabbering  trio  was 
just  rising.  He  snapped  his 
fingers  and  hissed  through 
his  teeth.  A white-aproned 
waiter  materialized. 

“For  myself  black  coffee,” 
he  said.  “For  mademoiselle 


rhine  wine  and  seltzer?” 

“That’d  go  fine.”  Sandra 
leaned  back.  “Confidentially, 
Doc,  I was  having  trouble 
swallowing. . .well,  just  about 
everything  here.” 

He  nodded.  “You  are  not 
the  first  to  be  shocked  and 
horrified  by  chess,”  he  as- 
sured her.  “It  is  a curse  of 
the  intellect.  It  is  a game  for 
lunatics — or  else  it  creates 
them.  But  what  brings  a sane 
and  beautiful  young  lady  to 
this  64-square  madhouse?” 

Sandra  briefly  told  him  her 
storv  and  her  predicament.  By 
the  time  they  were  served. 
Doc  had  absorbed  the  one  and 
assessed  the  other. 

“You  have  one  great  advan- 
tage,” he  told  her.  “You  know 
nothing  whatsoever  of  chess — 
so  you  will  be  able  to  write 
about  it  understandably  for 
your  readers.”  He  swallowed 
half  his  demitasse  and 
smacked  his  lips.  “As  for  the 
Machine — you  do  know,  I sup- 
pose, that  it  is  not  a humanoid 
metal  robot,  walking  about 
clanking  and  squeaking  like  a 
late  medieval  knight  in  ar- 
mor?” 

“Yes,  Doc,  but...”  Sandra 
found  difficulty  in  phrasing 
the  question. 

^ “Wait.”  He  lifted  a finger. 
‘T  think  I know  what  you’re 
going  to  ask.  You  want  to 
know  why,  if  the  Machine 
works  at  all,  it  doesn’t  work 
perfectly,  so  that  it  always 
wins  and  there  is  no  contest. 
Right?” 

Sandra  grinned  and  nodded. 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


67 


Dot’s  ability  to  interpret  her 
mind  was  as  comforting^  as  the 
bubbly,  mildly  astringent  mix- 
ture she  was  sipping. 

He  removed  his  pince-nez, 
massaged  the  bridge  of  his 
nose  and  replaced  them. 

/If  you  had,”  he  said,  ‘'a 
billion  computers  all  as  fast 
as  the  Machine,  it  would  take 
them  all  the  time  there  ever 
will  be  in  the  universe  just  to 
play  through  all  the  possible 
games  of  chess,  not  to  men- 
tion the  time  needed  to  classi- 
fy those  games  into  branching 
families  of  wins  for  White, 
wins  for  Black  and  draws,  and 
the  additional  time  required 
to  trace  out  chains  of  key- 
moves  leading  always  to  wins. 
So  the  Machine  can’t  play 
chess  like  God.  What  the  Ma- 
chine can  do  is  examine  all 
the  likely  lines  of  play  for 
about  eight  moves  ahead — 
that  is,  four  moves  each  for 
White  and  Black — and  then 
decide  which  is  the  best  move 
on  the  basis  of  capturing  en- 
emy pieces,  working  toward 
checkmate,  establishing  a pow- 
erful central  position  and  so 
on. 

sounds  like  the 
A way  a man  would  play 
a game,”  Sandra  observed. 
‘"Look  ahead  a little  way  and 
try  to  make  a plan.  You  know, 
like  getting  out  trumps  in 
bridge  or  setting  up  a fi- 
nesse.” 

“Exactly!”  Doc  beamed  at 
her  approvingly.  “The  Ma- 
chine is  like  a man,  A rather 

68 


peculiar  and  not  exactly  pleas- 
ant man.  A man  who  always 
abides  by  sound  principles, 
who  is  utterly  incapable  of 
flights  of  genius,  but  who 
never  makes  a mistake.  You 
see,  you  are  finding  human 
interest  already,  even  in  the 
Machine.” 

Sandra  nodded.  “Does  a hu- 
man chess  player — a grand- 
master, I mean — ever  look 
eight  moves  ahead  in  a game?” 

“Most  assuredly  he  does! 
In  crucial  situations,  say 
where  there’s  a chance  of  win- 
ning at  once  by  trapping  the 
enemy  king,  he  examines  many 
more  moves  ahead  than  that 
— thirty  or  forty  even.  The 
Machine  is  probably  pro- 
grammed to  recognize  such 
situations  and  do  something 
of  the  same  sort,  though  we 
can’t  be  sure  from  the  infor- 
mation World  Business  Ma- 
chines has  released.  But  in 
most  chess  positions  the  pos- 
sibilities are  so  very  nearly 
unlimited  that  even  a grand- 
master can  only  look  a very 
few  moves  ahead  and  must 
rely  on  his  judgment  and  ex- 
perience and  artistry.  The 
equivalent  of  those  in  the  Ma- 
chine is  the  directions  fed 
into  it  before  it  plays  a game.” 

“You  mean  the  program- 
ming?” 

“Indeed  yes!  The  program- 
ming is  the  crux  of  the  prob- 
lem of  the  chess-playing  com- 
puter. The  first  practical  mod- 
el, reported  by  Bernstein  and 
Roberts  of  IBM  in  1958  and 
which  looked  four  moves 

by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


ahead,  was  programmed  so 
that  it  had  a greedy  worried 
tendency  to  grab  at  enemy 
pieces  and  to  retreat  its  own 
whenever  they  were  attacked. 
It  had  a personality  like  that 
of  a certain  kind  of  chess- 
playing dub — a dull-brained 
woodpusher  afraid  to  take  the 
slightest  risk  of  losing  materi- 
al— ^but  a dub  who  could  al- 
most always  beat  an  utter  nov- 
ice. The^  WBM  machine  here 
in  the  hall  operates  about  a 
million  times  as  fast.  Don’t 
ask  me  how,  I’m  no  physicist, 
but  it  depends  on  the  new 
transistors  and  something  they 
call  hypervelocity,  which  in 
turn  depends  on  keeping  parts 
of  the  Machine  at  a tempera- 
ture near  absolute  zero.  How- 
ever, the  result  is  that  the 
Machine  can  see  eight  moves 
ahead  and  is  capable  of  being 
programmed  much  more  craft- 
ily.” 

'‘A  million  times  as  fast  as 
the  first  machine,  you  say. 
Doc?  And  yet  it  only  sees 
twice  as  many  moves  ahead?” 
Sandra  objected. 

“There  is  a geometrical  pro- 
gression involved  there,”  he 
told  her  with  a smile.  “Believe 
me,  eight  moves  ahead  is  a lot 
of  moves  when  you  remember 
that  the  Machine  is  errorlessly 
examining  every  one  of  thou- 
sands of  variations.  Flesh-and 
blood  chess  masters  have  lost 
games  by  blunders  they  could 
have  avoided  by  looking  only 
one  or  two  moves  ahead.  The 
Machine  will  make  no  such 
oversights.  Once  again,  you 

THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


see,  you  have  the  human  fac- 
tor, in  this  case  working  for 
the  Machine.” 

“Savilly,  I have  been  look- 
ing allplace  for  you!” 

A stocky,  bull-faced  man 
with  a great  bristling  shock  of 
black,  gray-flecked  hair  had 
halted  abruptly  by  their  table. 
He  bent  over  Doc  and  began 
to  whisper  explosively  in  a 
guttural  foreign  tongue. 

SANDRA’S  gaze  traveled 
beyond  the  balustrade.  Now 
that  she  could  look  down  at  it, 
the  central  hall  seemed  less 
confusedly  crowded.  In  the 
middle,  toward  the  far  end, 
were  five  small  tables  spaced 
rather  widely  apart  and  with  a 
chessboard  and  men  and  one 
of  the  Siamese  clocks  set  out 
on  each.  To  either  side  of  the 
hall  were  tiers  of  temporary 
seats,  about  half  of  them  oc- 
cupied. There  were  at  least  as 
many  more  people  still  wan- 
dering about. 

On  the  far  wall  was  a big 
electric  scoreboard  and  also, 
above  the  corresponding  ta- 
bles, five  large  dully  glassy 
chessboards,  the  White 
squares  in  light  gray,  the 
Black  squares  in  dark. 

One  of  the  five  wall  chess- 
boards was  considerably  larger 
than  the  other  four — the  one 
above  the  Machine. 

Sandra  looked  with  quicken- 
ing interest  at  the  console  of 
the  Machine — a bank  of  keys 
and  some  half-dozen  panels  of 
rows  and  rows  of  tiny  telltale 
lights,  all  dark  at  the  moment. 

69 


A thick  red  velvet  cord  on  lit- 
tle brass  standards  ran  around 
the  Machine  at  a distance  of 
about  ten  feet.  Inside  the  cord 
were  only  a few  gray- 
smocked  men.  Two  of  them 
had  just  laid  a black  cable  to 
the  nearest  chess  table  and 
were  attaching  it  to  the  Sia- 
mese clock. 

Sandra  tried  to  think  of  a 
being  who  always  checked 
everything,  but  only  within 
limits  beyond  which  his 
thoughts  never  ventured,  and 
who  never  made  a mistake. . . 

“Miss  Grayling!  May  I pre- 
sent to  you  Igor  Jandorf.” 

She  turned  back  quickly 
with  a smile  and  a nod. 

‘T  should  tell  you,  Igor,” 
Doc  continued,  “that  Miss 
Grayling  represents  a large 
and  influential  Midwestern 
newspaper.  Perhaps  you  have 
a message  for  her  readers.” 
The  shock-h  e a d e d man’s 
eyes  flashed.  “I  most  certainly 
do !”  At  that  moment  the  wait- 
er arrived  with  a second  cof- 
fee and  wine-and  seltzer.  Jan- 
dorf  seized  Doc’s  new  demi- 
tasse,  drained  it,  set  it  back  on 
the  tray  with  a flourish  and 
drew  himself  up. 

your  readers.  Miss 
A Grayling,”  he  pro- 
claimed, fiercely  arching  his 
eyebrows  at  her  and  actually 
slapping  his  chest,  “that  I, 
Igor  Jandorf,  will  defeat  the 
Machine  by  the  living  force  of 
my  human  personality ! Al- 
ready I have  offered  to  play  it 
an  informal  game  blindfold— 


I,  who  have  played  50  blind- 
fold games  simultaneously ! 
Its  owners  refuse  me.  I have 
challenged  it  also  to  a few 
games  of  rapid-transit — an 
offer  no  true  grandmaster 
would  dare  ignore.  Again  they 
refuse  me.  I predict  that  the 
Machine  will  play  like  a great 
oaf — at  least  against  me.  Re- 
peat: I,  Igor  Jandorf,  by  the 
living  force  of  my  human  per- 
sonality, will  defeat  the  Ma- 
chine. Do  you  have  that?  You 
can  remember  it?” 

“Oh  yes,”  Sandra  assured 
him,  “but  there  are  some  other 
questions  I very  much  want  to 
ask  you,  Mr.  Jandorf.” 

“I  am  sorry.  Miss  Grayling, 
but  I must  clear  my  mind  now. 
In  ten  minutes  they  start  the 
clocks.” 

While  Sandra  arranged  for 
an  interview  with  Jandorf  af- 
ter the  day’s  playing  session^ 
Doc  reordered  his  coffee. 

“One  expects  it  of  Jandorf,’* 
he  explained  to  Sandra  with  a 
philosophic  shrug  when  the 
shock-headed  man  was  gone. 
“At  least  he  didn’t  take  your 
wine-and-seltzer.  Or  did  he? 
One  tip  I have  for  you:  don’t 
call  a chess  master  Mister,  call 
him  Master.  They  all  eat  it 
up.” 

“Gee,  Doc,  I don’t  know 
how  to  thank  you  for  every- 
thing. I hope  I haven’t  offend- 
ed Mis — Master  Jandorf  so 

that  he  doesn’t — ” 

-»> 

“Don’t  worry  about  that. 
Wild  horses  couldn’t  keep 
Jandorf  away  from  a press 
interview.  You  know,  his 


70 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


rapid-transit  challenge  was 
cunning.  That’s  a minor  varie- 
ty of  chess  where  each  player 
gets  only  ten  seconds  to  make 
a move.  Which  I don’t  -sup- 
pose would  give  the  Machine 
time  to  look  three  moves 
ahead.  Chess  players  would 
say  that  the  Machine  has  a 
very  slow  sight  of  the  board. 
This  tournament  is  being 
played  at  the  usual  interna- 
tional rate  of  15  moves  an 
hour,  and — ” 

‘Ts  that  why  they’ve  got  all 
those  crazy  clocks?”  Sandra 
interrupted. 

“Oh,  yes.  Chess  clocks  meas- 
ure the  time  each  player 
takes  in  making  his  moves. 
When  a player  makes  a move 
he  presses  a button  that  shuts 
his  clock  off  and  turns  his  op- 
ponent’s on.  If  a player  uses 
too  much  time,  he  loses  as 
surely  as  if  he  were  checkmat- 
ed. Now  since  the  Machine 
will  almost  certainly  be  pro- 
grammed to  take  an  equal 
amount  of  time  on  successive 
moves,  a rate  of  15  moves  an 
hour  means  it  will  have  4 min- 
utes a move — and  it  will  need 
every  second  of  them ! Inci- 
dentally it  was  typical  Jan- 
dorf  bravado  to  make  a point 
of  a blindfold  challenge — just 
as  if  the  Machine  weren’t  play- 
ing blindfold  itself.  Or  is  the 
Machine  blindfold?  How  do 
you  think  of  it?” 

“Gosh , I don’t  know.  Say, 
Doc,  is  it  really  true  that  Mas- 
ter Jandorf  has  played  50 
games  at  once  blindfolded?  I 
can’t  believe  that.’' 


course  not!”  Doc  as- 
sured  her.  “It  was  only 
49  and  he  lost  two  of  those 
and  drew  five.  Jandorf  always 
exaggerates.  It’s  in  his  blood.” 

“He’s  one  of  the  Russians, 
isn’t  he  ?”  Sandra  asked. 
“Igor?” 

Doc  chuckled.  “Not  exact- 
ly,” he  said  gently.  “He  is 
originally  a Pole  and  now  he 
has  Argentinian  citizenship. 
You  have  a program,  don’t 
you?” 

Sandra  started  to  hunt 
through  her  pocketbook,  but 
just  then  two  lists  of  names 
lit  up  on  the  big  electric 
scoreboard. 

THE  PLAYERS 
William  Angler,  USA 
Bela  Grabo,  Hungary 
Ivan  Jal,  USSR 
Igor  Jandorf,  Argentina 
Dr.  S.  Krakatower,  France 
Vassily  Lysmov,  USSR 
The  Machine,  USA  (pro- 
grammed by  Simon  Great) 
Maxim  Serek,  USSR 
Moses  Sherevsky,  USA 
Mikhail  Votbinnik,  USSR 
Tournament  Director:  Dr.  Jan 
Vanderhoef 

FIRST  ROUND  PAIRINGS 
Sherevski  vs.  Serek 
Jal  vs.  Angler 
Jandorf  vs.  Votbinnik 
Lysmov  vs.  Krakatower 
Grabo  vs.  Machine 

“Gripes,  Doc,  they  all  sound 
like  they  were  Russians,”  San- 
dra said  after  a bit.  “Except 
this  Willie  Angler.  Oh,  he’s 


IZ 


by  FR4TZ  LEfBCfl 


I 

the  boy  wonder,  isn’t  he?’' 

Doc  nodded.  ‘‘Not  such  a 
boy  any  longer,  though.  He’s 
. . . Well,  speak  of  the  Devil’s 
children...  Miss  Grayling,  I 
have  the  honor  of  presenting 
to  you  the  only  grandmaster 
ever  to  have  been  ex-chess- 
champion  of  the  United  States 
while  still  technically  a mi- 
nor— Master  William  Augus- 
tus Angler.” 

A tall,  sharply-dressed 
young  man  with  a hatchet  face 
pressed  the  old  man  back  into 
his  chair. 

‘‘How  are  you.  Savvy,  old 
boy  old  boy?”  he  demanded. 
“Still  chasing  the  girls,  I see.” 
“Please,  Willie,  get  off  me.” 
“Can’t  take  it,  huh?”  Angler 
straightened  up  somewhat. 
“Hey  waiter ! Where’s  that 
chocolate  malt?  I don’t  want 
it  next  year.  About  that  ex-, 
though.  I was  swindled.  Sav- 
vy. I was  robbed.” 

“Willie!”  Doc  said  with 
some  asperity.  “Miss  Grayling 
is  a journalist.  She  would  like 
to  have  a statement  from  you 
as  to  how  you  will  play 
against  the  Machine.” 

Angler  grinned  and 
shook  his  head  sadly. 
“Poor  old  Machine,”  he  said. 
“I  don’t  know  why  they  take 
so  much  trouble  polishing  up 
that  pile  of  tin  just  so  that  I 
can  give  it  a hit  in  the  head.  I 
got  a hatful  of  moves  it’ll  burn 
out  all  its  tubes  trying  to  an- 
swer. And  if  it  gets  too  fresh, 
how  about  you  and  me  giving 
its  loW-temperature  section 

THE  64-6QUARE  MADHOUSE 


the  hotfoot.  Savvy?  The  mon- 
ey WBM’s  putting  up  is  okay, 
though.  That  first  prize  will 
just  fit  the  big  hole  in  my 
bank  account.” 

“I  know  you  haven’t  the 
time  now.  Master  Angler,” 
Sandra  said  rapidly,  “but  if 
after  the  playing  session  you 
could  grant  me — ” 

“Sorry,  babe,”  Angler  broke 
in  with  a wave  of  dismissal. 
“I’m  dated  up  ft>r  two  months 
in  advance.  Waiter!  I’m  here, 
not  there !”  And  he  went 
charging  off. 

Doc  and  Sandra  looked  at 
each  other  and  smiled. 

“Chess  masters  aren’t  exact- 
ly humble  people,  are  they?” 
she  said. 

Doc’s  smile  became  tinged 
with  sad  understanding.  “You 
must  excuse  them,  though,”  he 
said.  “They  really  get  so  lit- 
tle recognition  or  recompense. 
This  tournament  is  an  excep- 
tion. And  it  takes  a great  deal 
of  ego  to  play  greatly.” 

“I  suppose  so.  So  World 
Business  Machines  is  respon- 
sible for  this  tournament?” 
“Correct.  Their  advertising 
department  is  interested  in 
the  pfestige.  They  want  to 
score  a point  over  their  great 
rival.” 

“But  if  the  Machine  plays 
badly  it  will  be  a black  eye 
for  them,”  Sandra  pointed  out. 

“True,”  Doc  agreed  thought- 
fully. “WBM  must  feel  very 
sure. . . It’s  the  prize  money 
they’ve  put  up,  of  course, 
that’s  brought  the  world’s 
greatest  players  here.  Other- 


73 


wise  half  of  them  would  be 
holding  off  in  the  best  tem- 
peramental-artist style.  For 
chess  players  the  prize  money 
is  fabulous — ^$35,000,  with 
$15,000  for  first  place,  and  all 
expenses  paid  for  all  players. 
There’s  never  been  anything 
like  it.  Soviet  Russia  is  the 
only  country  that  has  ever 
supported  and  rewarded  her 
best  chess  players  at  all  ade- 
quately. I think  the  Russian 
players  are  here  because  UN- 
ESCO and  FIDE  (that’s  Fed- 
eration Internationale  d e s 
E c h e c s — the  international 
chess  organization)  are  also 
backing  the  tournament.  And 
perhaps  because  the  Kremlin 
is  hungry  for  a little  prestige 
now  that  its  space  program  is 
sagging.” 

‘‘But  if  a Russian  doesn’t 
take  first  place  it  will  be  a 
black  eye  for  them.” 

Doc  frowned.  ‘‘True,  in  a 
sense.  They  must  feel  very 
sure...  Here  they  are  now.” 

Four  men  were  crossing 
the  center  of  the  hall,  which 
was  clearing,  toward  the  tables 
at  the  other  end.  Doubtless 
they  just  happened  to  be  go- 
ing two  by  two  in  close  for- 
mation, but  it  gave  Sandra  the 
feeling  of  a phalanx. 

“The  first  two  are  Lysmov 
and  Votbinnik,”  Doc  told  her. 
“It  isn’t  often  that  you  see 
the  current  champion  of  the 
world — Votbinnik — and  an  ex- 
champion arm  in  arm.  There 
are  two  other  persons  in  the 
tournament  who  have  held  that 


honor — Jal  and  Vanderhoef 
the  director,  way  back.” 

“Will  whoever  wins  this 
tournament  become  cham- 
pion?” 

“Oh  no.  That’s  decided  by 
two-player  matches — a very 
long  business — after  elimina- 
tion tournaments  between 
leading  contenders.  This  tour- 
nament is  a round  robin : each 
player  plays  one  game  with 
every  other  player.  That 
means  nine  rounds.” 

“Anyway  there  are  an  awful 
lot  of  Russians  in  the  tourna- 
ment,” Sandra  said,  consulting 
her  program.  “Four  out  of  ten 
have  USSR  after  them.  And 
Bela  Grabo,  Hungary — that’s 
a satellite.  And  Sherevsky  and 
Krakatower  are  Russian- 
sounding  names.” 

“The  proportion  of  Soviet 
to  American  entries  in  the 
tourneiment  represents  pretty 
fairly  the  general  difference 
in  playing  strength  between 
the  two  countries,”  Doc  said 
judiciously.  “Chess  mastery 
moves  from  land  to  land  with 
the  years.  Way  back  it  was 
the  Moslems  and  the  Hindus 
and  Persians.  Then  Italy  and 
Spain.  A little  over  a hundred 
years  ago  it  was  France  and 
England.  Then  Germany,  Aus- 
tria and  the  New  World.  Now 
it’s  R u s s i a- — including  of 
course  the  Russians  who  have 
run  away  from  Russia,  But 
don’t  think  there  aren’t  a lot 
of  good  Anglo-Saxon  types 
who  are  masters  of  the  first 
water.  In  fact,  there  are  a lot 
of  them  here  around  us. 


74 


Wn  FfiiTZ  L€IBEn 


though  perhaps  you  don’t 
think  so.  It’s  just  that  if  you 
play  a lot  of  chess  you  get  to 
looking  Russian.  Once  it  prob- 
ably made  you  look  Italian. 
Do  you  see  that  short  bald- 
headed  man?” 

“You  mean  the  one  facing 
the  Machine  and  talking  to 
Jandorf ?” 

“Yes.  Now  that’s  one  with  a 
lot  of  human  interest.  Moses 
Sherevsky.  Been  champion  of 
the  United  States  many  times. 
A very  strict  Orthodox  Jew. 
Can’t  play  chess  on  Fridays 
or  on  Saturdays  before  sun- 
down.” He  chuckled.  “Why, 
there’s  even  a storv  going 
around  that  one  rabbi  told 
Sherevsky  it  would  be  unlaw- 
ful for  him  to  play  against 
the  Machine  because  it  is  tech- 
n i c a 1 1 y a golem — the  clay 
Frankenstein’s  monster  of  He- 
brew legend.” 

Sandra  asked,  “What  about 
Grabo  and  Kratower?” 

DOC  gave  a short  scornful 
laugh.  “Krakatower!  Don’t 
pay  any  attention  to  him.  A 
senile  has-been,  it’s  a scandal 
he’s  been  allowed  to  play  in 
this  tournament ! He  must 
have  pulled  all  sorts  of 
strings.  Told  them  that  his 
lifelong  services  to  chess  had 
won  him  the  honor  and  that 
they  had  to  have  a member  of 
the  so-called  Old  Guard. 
Maybe  he  even  got  down  on 
his  knees  and  cried — and  all 
the  time  his  eyes  on  that  ex- 
pense money  and  the  last* 
place  consolation  prize!  Yet 

TM€  .e4-6ai#ARC  MADHOU8C 


dreaming  schizophrenically  of 
beating  them  all ! Please,  don’t 
get  me  started  on  Dirty  Old 
Krakatower.” 

“Take  it  easy.  Doc.  He 
sounds  like  he  would  make 
an  interesting  article.  ' Can 
you  point  him  out  to  me?” 

“You  can  tell  hirrl  bv  his 
long  white  beard  with  coffee 
stains.  I don’t  see  it  any- 
where, though.  Perhaps  he’s 
shaved  it  off  for  the  occa- 
sion. It  would  be  like  that 
antique  womanizer  to  develop 
senile  delusions  of  youthful- 
ness.” 

“And  Grabo?”  Sandra 
pressed,  suppressing  a smile 
at  the  intensity  of  Doc’s  ani- 
mosity. 

Doc’s  eyes  grew  thoughtful. 
“About  Bela  Grabo  (why  are 
three  out  of  four  Hungarians 
named  Bela?)  I will  tell  you 
only  this:  That  he  is  a very 
brilliant  player  and  that  the 
Machine  is  very  lucky  to  have 
drawn  him  as  its  first  oppo- 
nent.” 

He  would  not  amplify  his 
statement.  Sandra  studied  the 
scoreboard  again. 

“This  Simon  Great  who’s 
down  as  programming  the 
Machine.  He’s  a famous  physi- 
cist, I suppose?” 

“By  no  means.  That  was  the 
trouble  with  some  of  the  early 
chess-playing  machines — they 
were  programmed  by  scien- 
tists. No,  Simon  Great  is  a 
psychologist  who  at  one  time 
was  a leading  contender  for 
the  world’s  chess  champion- 
ship. I think  WBM  was  sur- 

75 


prisingly  shrewd  to  pick  him 
for  the  programming  job.  Let 
me  tell  you — No,  better 
yet — ’’ 

Doc  shot  to  his  feet, 
stretched  an  arm  on  high  and 
called  out  sharply,  ‘'Simon !” 
A man  some  four  tables 
away  waved  back  and  a mo- 
ment later  came  over. 

“What  is  it,  Savilly?”  he 
asked.  “There’s  hardly  any 
time,  you  know.” 

The  newcomer  was  of  mid- 
dle height,  compact  of 
figure  and  feature,  with  gray- 
ing hair  cut  short  and  combed 
sharply  back. 

Doc  spoke  his  piece  for 
Sandra. 

Simon  Great  smiled  thinly. 
“Sorry,”  he  said,  “But  I am 
making  no  predictions  and  we 
are  giving  out  no  advance  in- 
formation on  the  program- 
ming of  the  Machine.  As  you 
know,  I have  had  to  fight  the 
Players’  Committee  tooth  and 
nail  on  all  sorts  of  points 
about  that  and  they  have  won 
most  of  them.  I am  not  per- 
mitted to  re-program  the  Ma- 
chine at  adjournments— only 
between  games  (I  did  insist 
on  that  and  get  it!)  And  if 
the  Machine  breaks  down  dur- 
ing a game,  its  clock  keeps 
running  on  it.  My  men  are 
permitted  to  make  repairs — if 
they  can  work  fast  enough.” 
“That  makes  it  very  tough 
Oil  you,”  Sandra  put  in.  “The 
Machine  isn’t  allowed  any 
weaknesses.” 

Great  nodded  soberly.  “And 

76 


now  I must  go.  They’ve  al- 
most finished  the  count-down, 
as  one  of  my  technicians  keeps 
on  calling  it.  Very  pleased  to 
have  met. you.  Miss  Grayling 
— I’ll  check  with  our  PR  man 
on  that  interview.  Be  seeing 
you.  Savvy.” 

The  tiers  of  seats  were 
filled  now  and  the  central 
space  almost  clear.  Officials 
were  shooing  off  a few  knots 
of  lingerers.  Several  of  the 
grandmasters,  including  all 
four  Russians,  were  seated  at 
their  tables.  Press  and  com- 
pany cameras  were  flashing. 
The  four  smaller  wallboards 
lit  Up  with  the  pieces  in  the 
opening  position — ^white  for 
White  and  red  for  Black. 
Simon  Great  stepped  over  the 
red  velvet  cord  and  more  flash 
bulbs  went  off. 

“You  know.  Doc,”  Sandra 
said,  “I’m  a dog  to  suggest 
this,  but  what  if  this  whole 
thing  were  a big  fake?  What 
if  Simon  Great  were  really 
playing  the  Machine’s  moves? 
There  would  surely  be  some 
way  for  his  electricians  to 
rig—” 

Doc  laughed  happily — and 
so  loudly  that  some  people  at 
the  adjoining  tables  frowned. 

“Miss  Grayling,  that  is  a 
wonderful  idea!  I will  prob- 
ably steal  it  for  a short  story. 
I still  manage  to  write  and 
place  a few  in  England.  No,  I 
do  not  think  that  is  at  all  like- 
ly. WBM  would  never  risk 
such  a fraud.  Great  is  ccwn- 
pletely  out  of  practice  for  ac- 
tual tournament  play,  though 

by  FRiTZ  LEIBER 


not  for  chess-thinking.  The 
difference  in  style  between 
a computer  and  a man  would 
be  evident  to  any  expert. 
Great’s  own  style  is  remem- 
bered and  would  be  recog- 
nized— though,  come  to  think 
of  it,  his  style  was  often  de- 
scribed as  being  machine- 
like...” For  a moment  Doc’s 
eyes  became  thoughtful.  Then 
he  smiled  again.  ”But  no,  the 
idea  is  impossible.  Vanderhoef 
as  Tournament  Director  has 
played  two  or  three  games 
with  the  Machine  to  assure 
himself  that  it  operates  legiti- 
mately ,and  has  grandmaster 
skill.” 

‘‘Did  the  Machine  beat 
him?”  Sandra  asked. 

DOC  shrugged.  “The  scores 
weren’t  released.  It  was 
very  hush-hush.  But  about 
your  idea.  Miss  Grayling — 
did  you  ever  read  about  Mael- 
zel’s  famous  chessplaying  au- 
tomaton of  the  19th  Century? 
That  one  too  was  supposed  to 
work  by  machinery  (cogs  and 
gears,  not  electricity)  but  ac- 
tually it  had  a man  hidden  in- 
side it — your  Edgar  Poe  ex- 
posed the  fraud  in  a famous 
article.  In  my  story  I think 
the  chess  robot  will  break 
down  while  it  is  being  dem- 
onstrated to  a millionaire  pur- 
chaser and  the  young  in- 
ventor will  have  to  win  its 
game  for  it  to  cover  up  and 
swing  the  deal.  Only  the  mil- 
lionaire’s daughter,  who  is 
really  a better  player  than  ei- 
ther of  them... yes,  yes!  Your 


'•Ambrose  Bierce  too  wrote  a 
story  about  a chessplaying 
robot  of  the  clickety-clank- 
grr  kind  who  murdered  his 
creator,  crushing  him  like  an 
iron  grizzly  bear  when  the 
man  won  a game  from  him. 
Tell  me.  Miss  Grayling,  do 
you  find  yourself  imagining 
this  Machine  putting  out  an- 
gry tendrils  to  strangle  its 
opponents,  or  beaming  rays  of 
death  and  hypnotism  at  them? 
I can  imagine...” 

While  Doc  chattered  hap- 
pily on  about  chessplaying 
robots  and  chess  stories,  San- 
dra found  herself  thinking 
about  him.  A writer  of  some 
sort  evidently  and  a terrific 
chess  buff.  Perhaps  he  was* 
an  actual  medical  doctor. 
She’d  read  something  about 
two  or  three  coming  over  with 
the  Russian  squad.  But  Doc 
certainly  didn’t  sound  like  a 
Soviet  citizen. 

He  was  older  than  she’d 
first  assumed.  She  could  see 
that  now  that  she  was  listen- 
ing to  him  less  and  looking 
at  him  more.  Tired,  too.  Only 
his  dark-circled  eyes  shone 
with  unquenchable  youth.  A 
useful  old  guy,  whoever  he 
was.  An  hour  ago  she’d  been 
sure  she  was  going  to  muff 
this  assignment  completely 
and  now  she  had  it  laid  out 
cold.  For  the  umpteenth  time 
in  her  career  Sandra  shied 
away  from  the  guilty  thought 
that  she  wasn’t  a writer  at  all 
or  even  a reporter,  she  just 
used  dime-a-dozen  female  at- 
tractiveness to  rope  a sus- 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


77 


ceptible  man  (young,  old, 
American,  Russian)  and  pick 
his  brain.  •• 

She  realized  suddenly  that 
the  whole  hall  had  become 
very  quiet. 

Doc  was  the  only  person 
still  talking  and  people  were 
again  looking  at  them  disap- 
provingly. All  five  wall-boards 
were  lit  up  and  the  changed 
position  of  a few  pieces 
showed  that  opening  moves 
had  been  made  on  four  of 
them,  including  the  Ma- 
chine's. The  central  space  be- 
tween the  tiers  of  seats  was 
completely  clear  now,  except 
for  one  man  hurrying  across 
it  in  their  direction  with  the 
rapid  yet  quiet,  almost  tip-toe 
walk  that  seemed  to  mark  all 
the  officials.  Like  mortician^ 
assistants,  she  thought.  He 
rapidly  ^mounted  the  stairs 
and  halted  at  the  top  to  look 
around  searchingly.  His  gaze 
lighted  on  their  table,  his  eye- 
brows went  up,  and  he  made 
a beeline  for  Doc.  Sandra 
wondered  if  she  should  warn 
him  that  he  was  about  to  be 
shushed. 

The  official  laid  a hand  on 
Doc's  shoulder.  ‘‘Sir!"  he  said 
agitatedly.  “Do  you  realize 
that  they've  started  your 
clock.  Dr.  Krakatower?" 

SANDRA  became  aware  that 
Doc  was  grinning  at  her. 
“Yes,  it’s  true  enough.  Miss 
Grayling,"  he  said.  “I  trust 
you  will  pardon  the  deception, 
though  it  was  hardly  one, 
even  technically.  Every  word 


I told  you  about  Dirty  Old 
Krakatower  is  literally  true. 
Except  the  long  white  beard 
— he  never  wore  a beard  after 
he  was  35 — that  part  was  an 
out-and-out  lie!  Yes,  yes!  I 
will  be  along  in  a moment ! Do 
not  worry,  the  spectators  will 
get  their  money's  worth  out 
of  me ! And  WBM  did  not 
with  its  expense  account  buy 
my  soul — that  belongs  to  the 
young  lady  here." 

Doc  rose,  lifted  her  hand 
and  kissed  it.  “Thank  you, 
mademoiselle,  for  a charming 
interlude.  I hope  it  will  be  re- 
peated. Incidentally,  I should 
say  that  besides. . . (Stop  pull- 
ing at  me,  man! — there  can't 
be  five  minutes  on  my  clock 
yet !) . . . that  besides  being 
Dirty  Old  Krakatower,  grand- 
master emeritus,  I am  also  the 
special  correspondent  of  the 
London  Times.  It  is  always 
pleasant  to  chat  with  a col- 
league. Please  do  not  hesitate 
to  use  in  your  articles  any  of 
the  ideas  I tossed  out,  if  you 
find  them  worthy — I sent  in 
my  own  first  dispatch  two 
hours  ago.  Yes,  yes,  I come! 
Au  revoir,  mademoiselle!" 

He  was  at  the  bottom  of  the 
stairs  when  Sandra  jumped  up 
and  hurried  to  the  balustrade. 

“Hey,  Doc!"  she  called. 

He  turned. 

“Good  luck !"  she  shouted 
and  waved. 

He  kissed  his  hand  to  her 
and  went  on. 

People  glared  at  her  then 
and  a horrified  official  came 
hurrying.  Sandra  made  big 


78 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


frightened  eyes  at  him,  but 
she  couldn't  quite  hide  her 
grin. 

IV 

SITZFLEISCH  (which 
roughly  means  endurance 
— “sitting  flesh"  or  “buttock 
meat")  is  the  quality  needed 
above  all  others  by  tournament 
chess  players — and  their  audi- 
ences. 

After  Sandra  had  watched 
the  games  (the  players’  faces, 
rather — she  had  a really  good 
pair  of  zoomer  glasses)  for  a 
half  hour  or  so,  she  had  gone 
to  her  hotel  room,  written  her 
first  article  (interview  with 
the  famous  Dr.  Krakatower), 
sent  it  in  and  then  come  back 
to  the  hall  to  see  how  the 
games  had  turned  out. 

They  were  still  going  on, 
all  five  of  them. 

The  press  section  was  full, 
but  two  boys  and  a girl  of 
high-school  age  obligingly 
made  room  for  Sandra  on  the 
top  tier  of  seats  and  she 
tuned  in  on  their  whispered 
conversation.  The  jargon  was 
recognizably  related  to  that 
which  she’d  gotten  a dose  of 
on  the  floor,  but  gamier.  Play- 
ers did  not  sacrifice  pawns, 
they  sacked  them.  No  one  was 
ever  defeated,  only  busted. 
Pieces  weren’t  lost  but  blown. 
The  Ruy  Lopez  was  the  Dirty 
Old  Roodcy — and  incidentally 
a certain  set  of  opening  moves 
named  after  a long-departed 
Spanish  churchman,  she  now 
discovered  from  I^vc,  Bill 

THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


and  Judy,  whose  sympathetic 
help  she  won  by  frequent 
loans  of  her  zoomer  glasses. 

The  four-hour  time  control 
point-^two  hours  and  30 
moves  for  each  player — had 
been  passed  while  she  was 
sending  in  her  article,  she 
learned,  and  they  were  well  on 
their  way  toward  the  next 
control  point — an  hour  more 
and  15  moves  for  each  player 
— after  which  unfinished 
games  would  be  adjourned  and 
continued  at  a special  morning 
session.  Sherevsky  had  had  to 
make  15  moves  in  two  min- 
utes after  taking  an  hour 
earlier  on  just  one  move.  But 
that  was  nothing  out  of  the 
ordinary,  Dave  had  assured 
her  in  the  same  breath, 
Sherevsky  was  always  letting 
himself  get  into  “fantastic 
time-pressure"  and  then  wrig- 
gling out  of  it  brilliantly.  He 
was  apparently  headed  for  a 
win  over  Serek.  Score  one  for 
the  USA  over  the  USSR, 
Sandra  thought  proudly. 

Votbinnik  had  Jandorf  prac- 
tically in  Zugzwang  (his 
pieces  all  tied  up.  Bill  Ex- 
plained) and  the  Argentinian 
would  be  busted  shortly. 
Through  the  glasses  Sandra 
could  see  Jandorf’s  thick 
chest  rise  and  fall  as  he  glared 
murderously  at  the  board  in 
front  of  him.  By  contrast  Vot- 
binnik looked  like  a man  lost 
in  reverie. 

Dr.  Krakatower  had  lost  a 
pawn  to  Lysmov  but  was 
hanging  on  grimly.  However, 
Dave  would  not  give  a 

79 


plugged  nickle  for  his  chanqes 
against  the  former  world’s 
champion,  because  ‘‘those  old 
ones  always  weaken  in  the 
sixth  hour.” 

“You  for-get  the  bio-logical 
mir-acle  of  Doc-tor  Las-ker,” 
Bill  and  Judy  chanted  as  one. 

“Shut  up,”  Dave  warned 
them.  An  official  glared  an- 
grily from  the  floor  and  shook 
a finger.  Much  later  Sandra 
discovered  that  Dr.  Emanuel 
Lasker  was  a philosopher- 
mathematician  who,  after 
holding  the  world’s  champion- 
ship for  26  years,  had  won  a 
very  strong  tournament  (New 
York  1924)  at  the  age  of  56 
and  later  almost  won  another 
(Moscow  1935)  at  the  age  of 
67. 

SANDRA  studied  Doc’s  face 
carefully  through  her 
glasses.  He  looked  terribly 
tired  now,  almost  a death’s 
head.  Something  tightened  in 
her  chest  and  she  looked  away 
quickly. 

The  Angler-Jal  and  Grabo- 
Machine  games  were  still 
ding-dong  contests,  Dave  told 
her.  If  anything,  Grabo  had  a 
slight  advantage.  The  Ma- 
chine was  “on  the  move,” 
meaning  that  Grabo  had  just 
made  a move  and  was  waiting 
the  automaton’s  reply. 

The  Hungarian  was  about 
the  most  restless  “waiter” 
Sandra  could  imagine.  He 
twisted  his  long  legs  constant- 
ly and  writhed  his  shoulders 
and  about  every  five  seconds 
he  ran  his  hands  back  through 


his  unkempt  tassle  of  hair. 

Once  he  yawned  selfcon- 
sciously, straightened  himself 
and  sat  very  compactly.  But 
almost  immediately  he  was 
writhing  again. 

The  Machine  had  its  own 
mannerisms,  if  you  could  call 
them  that.  Its  dim,  unobtru- 
sive telltale  lights  were  wink- 
ing on  and  off  in  a fairly  rap- 
id, random  pattern.  Sandra  got 
the  impression  that  from  time 
to  time  Grabo’s  eyes  were  try- 
ing to  follow  their  blinking, 
like  a man  watching  fireflies. 

Simon  Great  sat  impassive- 
ly behind  a bare  table  next  to 
the  Machine,  his  five  gray- 
smocked  technicians  grouped 
around  him. 

A flushed-faced,  tall,  distin- 
guished-looking elderly  gen- 
tleman was  standing  by  the 
Machine’s  console.  Dave  told 
Sandra  it  was  Dr.  Vanderhoef, 
the  Tournament  Director, 
one-time  champion  of  the 
world. 

“Another  old  potzer  like 
Krakatower,  but  with  sense 
enough  to  know  when  he’s 
licked,”  Bill  characterized 
harshly. 

“Youth,  ah,  un-van-quish- 
able  youth,”  Judy  chanted 
happily  by  herself.  “Flashing 
like  a meteor  across  the  chess 
fir-ma-ment.  Morphy,  Angler, 
Judy  Kaplan. . .” 

“Shut  up!  They  really  will 
throw  us  out,”  Dave  warned 
her  and  then  explained  in 
whispers  to  Sandra  that  Van- 
derhoef and  his  assistants  had 
the  nervous-making  job  of 


80 


by  FRITZ  LEIBCR 


feeding  into  the  Machine  the 
moves  made  by  its  opponent, 
*'so  everyone  vsrill  know  it's  on 
the  level,  I guess."  He  added, 
“It  means  the  Machine  loses 
a few  seconds  every  move,  be- 
tween the  time  Grabo  punch- 
es the  clock  and  the  time  Van- 
derhoef  gets  the  move  fed  into 
the  Machine." 

Sandra  nodded.  The  players 
were  making  it  as  hard  on  the 
Machine  as  possible,  she  de- 
cided with  a small  rush  of 
sympathy. 

SUDDENLY  there  was  a 
tiny  movement  of  the 
gadget  attached  from  the  Ma- 
chine to  the  clocks  on  Grabo’s 
table  and  a faint  click.  But 
Grabo  almost  leapt  out  of  his 
skin. 

Simultaneously  a red  castle- 
topped  piece  (one  of  the  Ma- 
chine’s rooks,  Sandra  was  in- 
formed) moved  four  squares 
sideways  on  the  big  electric 
board  above  the  Machine.  An 
official  beside  Dr.  Vanderhoef 
went  Qver  to  Grabo’s  board 
and  carefully  moved  the  cor- 
responding piece.  Grabo 
seemed  about  to  make  some 
complaint,  then  apparently 
thought  better  of  it  and 
plunged  into  brooding  cogita- 
tion over  the  board,  elbows  on 
the  table,  both  hands  holding 
his  head  and  fiercely  massag- 
ing his  scalp. 

The  Machine  let  loose  with 
an  unusually  rapid  flurry  of 
blinking.  Grabo  straightened 
up,  seemed  again  about  to 
make  a complaint,  then  once 

tHC  iS4-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


more  to  repress  the  impulse. 
Finally  he  moved  a piece  and 
punched  his  clock.  Dr.  Van- 
derhoef irtimediately  flipped 
four  levers  on  the  Machine's 
console  and  Grabo's  move  ap- 
peared on  the  electric  board. 

Grabo  sprang  up,  went  over 
to  the  red  velvet  cord  and  mo- 
tioned agitatedly  to  Vander- 
hoef. 

There  was  a short  confer- 
ence, inaudible  at  the  distance, 
during  which  Grabo  waved  his 
arms  and  Vanderhoef  grew 
more  flushed.  Finally  the  lat- 
ter went  over  to  Simon  Great 
and  said  something,  apparent- 
ly with  some  hesitancy.  But 
Great  smiled  obligingly, 
sprang  to  his  feet,  and  in  turn 
spoke  to  his  technicians,  who 
immediately  fetched  and  un- 
folded several  large  screens 
and  set  them  in  front  of  the 
Machine,  masking  the  blink- 
lights.  Blindfolding  it, 
Sandra  found  herself  think- 
ing. 

Dave  chuckled.  “That’s  al- 
ready happened  once  while 
you  were  out,"  he  told  San- 
dra. “I  guess  seeing  the  lights 
blinking  makes  Grabo  nerv- 
ous. But  then  not  seeing  them 
makes  him  nervous.  Just 
watch." 

“The  Machine  has  its  own 
mysterious  pow-wow-wers," 
Judy  chanted. 

“That’s  what  you  think," 
Bill  told  her.  “Did  you  know 
that  Willie  Angler  has  hired 
Evil  Eye  Bixel  out  of  Brook- 
lyn to  put  the  whammy  on 
the  Machine?  S’fact." 


81 


. pow-wow-wers  unknown 
to  mere  mortals  of  flesh  and 
blood—” 

‘‘Shut  up!”  Dave  hissed. 
‘‘Now  youVe  done  it.  Here 
comes  old  Eagle  Eye.  Look,  I 
don’t  know  you  two.  I’m  with 
this  lady  here.” 

Bela  Grabo  was  suffering 
acute  tortures.  He  had  a 
winning  attack,  he  knew  it. 
The  Machine  was  counter- 
attacking, but  unstrategically, 
desperately,  in  the  style  of 
a Frank  Marshall  complicat- 
ing the  issue  and  hoping  for 
a swindle.  All  Grabo  had  to 
do,  he  knew,  was  keep  his 
head  and  not  blunder — not 
throw  away  a queen,  say,  as 
he  had  to  old  Vanderhoef  at 
Brussels,  or  overlook  a mate 
in  two,  as  he  had  against 
Sherevsky  at  Tel  Aviv.  The 
memory  of  those  unutterably 
black  moments  and  a dozen 
more  like  them  returned  to 
haunt  him.  Never  if  he  lived 
a thousand  years  would  he  be 
free  of  them. 

For  the  tenth  time  in  the 
last  two  minutes  he  glanced 
at  his  clock.  He  had  fifteen 
minutes  in  which  to  make  five 
moves.  He  wasn’t  in  time- 
pressure,  he  must  remember 
that.  He  mustn’t  make  a move 
on  impulse,  he  mustn’t  let  his 
treacherous  hand  leap  out 
without  waiting  for  instruc- 
tions from  its  guiding  brain. 

First  prize  in  this  tourna- 
ment meant  incredible  wealth 
— transportation  money  and 
hotel  bills  for  more  than  a 

Q2 


score  of  future  tournaments. 
But  more  than  that,  it  was  one 
more  chance  to  blazon  before 
the  world  his  true  superiority 
rather  than  the  fading  reputa- 
tion of  it.  ”...  Bela  Grabo, 
brilliant  but  erratic...”  Per- 
haps his  last  chance. 

When,  in  the  name  of  Heav- 
en, was  the  Machine  going  to 
make  its  next  move?  Surely  it 
had  already  taken  more  than 
four  minutes!  But  a glance  at 
its  clock  showed  him  that 
hardly  half  that  time  had  gone 
by.  He  decided  he  had  made 
a mistake  in  asking  again  for 
the  screens.  It  was  easier  to 
watch  those  damned  lights 
blink  than  have  them  blink 
in  his  imagination. 

Oh,  if  chess  could  only  be 
played  in  intergalactic  space, 
in  the  black  privacy  of  one’s 
thoughts.  But  there  had  to  be 
the  physical  presence  of  the 
opponent  with  his  (possibly 
deliberate)  unnerving  manner- 
isms— Lasker  and  his  cigar, 
Capablanca  and  his  red  neck- 
tie, Nimzowitsch  and  his  nerv- 
ous contortions  (very  like 
Bela  Grabo’s,  though  the  lat- 
ter did  not  see  it  that  way). 
And  now  this  ghastly  flash- 
ing, humming,  stinking,  but- 
ton-banging metal  monster ! 

Actually,  he  told  himself,  he 
was  being  asked  to  play  two 
opponents,  the  Machine  and 
Simon  Great,  a sort  of  con- 
sultation team.  It  wasn’t  fair! 

The  Machine  hammered  its 
button  and  rammed  its 
queen  across  the  electric 

by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


board.  In  Grabo^s  imagination 
it  was  like  an  explosion. , 

Grabo  held  onto  his  nerves 
with  an  effort  and  plunged 
into  a maze  of  calculations. 

Once  he  came  to,  like  a man 
who  has  been  asleep,  to  realize 
that  he  was  wondering  wheth- 
er the  lights  were  still  blink- 
ing behind  the  screens  while 
he  was  making  his  move.  Did 
the  Machine  really  analyze  at 
such  times  or  were  the  lights 
just  an  empty  trick?  He 
forced  his  mind  back  to  the 
problems  of  the  game,  decided 
on  his  move,  checked  the 
board  twice  for  any  violent 
move  he  might  have  missed, 
noted  on  his  clock  that  he’d 
taken  five  minutes,  checked 
the  board  again  very  rapidly 
and  then  put  out  his  hand  and 
made  his  move — with  the 
fiercely  suspicious  air  of  a 
boss  compelled  to  send  an  ex- 
tremely unreliable  underling 
on  an  all-important  errand. 

Then  he  punched  his  clock, 
sprang  to  his  feet,  and  once 
more  waved  for  Vanderhoef. 

Thirty  seconds  later  the 
Tournament  Director,  very 
red-faced  now,  was  saying  in 
a low  voice,  almost  pleadingly, 
‘‘But  Bela,  I cannot  keep  ask- 
ing them  to  change  the 
screens.  Already  they  have 
been  up  twice  and  down  once 
to  please  you.  Moving  them 
disturbs  the  other  players  and 
surely  isn’t  good  for  your  own 
peace  of  mind.  Oh,  Bela,  my 
dear  Bela — ” 

Vanderhoef  broke  off. 
Grabo  knew  he  had  been  go- 

THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


ing  to  say  something  improper 
but  from  the  heart,  such  as, 
“For  God’s  sake  don’t  blow 
this  game  out  of  nervousness 
now  that  you  have  a win  in 
sight” — a n d this  sympathy 
somehow  made  the  Hungarian 
furious. 

“I  have  other  complaints 
which  I will  make  formally 
after  the  game,”  he  said  harsh- 
ly, quivering  with  rage.  “It  is 
a disgrace  the  way  that 
mechanism  punches  the  time- 
clock  button.  It  will  crack  the 
case ! The  Machine  never 
stops  humming!  And  it  stinks 
of  ozone  and  hot  metal,  as  if 
it  were  about  to  explode !” 

“It  cannot  explode,  Bela. 
Please !” 

“No,  but  it  threatens  to! 
And  you  know  a threat  is  al- 
ways more  effective  than  an 
actual  attack!  As  for  the 
screens,  they  must  be  taken 
down  at  once,  I demand  it!” 

“Very  well,  Bela,  very  well, 
it  will  be  done.  Compose  your- 
self.” 

Grabo  did  not  at  once  re- 
turn to  his  table — he  could 
not  have  endured  to  sit  still 
for  the  moment — but  paced 
along  the  line  of  tables, 
snatching  looks  at  the  other 
games  in  progress.  When  he 
looked  back  at  the  big  electric 
board,  he  saw  that  the  Ma- 
chine had  made  a move  al- 
though he  hadn’t  heard  it 
punch  the  clock.  He  rushed 
back  and  studied  the  board 
without  sitting  down.  Why, 
the  Machine  had  made  a 
stupid  move,  he  saw  with  a 

83 


rush  of  exaltation.  At  that  mo- 
ment the  last  screen  being 
folded  started  to  fall  over,  but 
one  of  the  gray-smocked  men 
caught  it  deftly.  G r a b o 
flinched  and  his  hand  darted 
out  and  moved  a piece. 

He  heard  someone  grasp. 
Vanderhoef. 

TT  got  very  quiet.  The  four 
•^soft  clicks  of  the  move  be- 
ing fed  into  the  Machine  were 
like  the  beat  of  a muffled 
driTm. 

There  was  a buzzing  in 
Grabo’s  ears.  He  looked  down 
a':  the  board  in  horror. 

The  Machine  blinked, 
blinked  once  more  and  then, 
although  barely  twenty  sec- 
onds had  elapsed,  moved  a 
rook. 

On  the  glassy  gray  margin 
above  the  Machine’s  electric 
board,  large  red  words  flamed 
on : 

CHECK!  AND  MATE  IN 
THREE 

Up  in  the  stands  Dave 
squee5:ed  Sandra’s  arm.  ‘‘He’s 
done  it!  He’s  let  himself  be 
swindled.” 

“You  mean  the  Machine  has 
beaten  Grabo?”  Sandra  asked. 

“What  else?” 

“Can  you  be  sure?  Just  like 
that?” 

“Of  cour...  Wait  a sec- 
ond. . . Yes,  I’m  sure.” 

“Mated  in  three  like  a pot- 
zer,”  Bill  confirmed. 

' “The  poor  old  boob,”  Judy 
sighed. 

84 


Down  on  the  floor  Bela 
Grabo  sagged.  The  assistant 
director  moved  toward  him 
quickly.  But  then  the  Hungar- 
ian straightened  himself  a lit- 
tle. 

“I  resign,”  he  said  softly. 

The  red  words  at  the  top  of 
the  board  were  wiped  out  and 
briefly  replaced,  in  white,  by: 

THANK  YOU  FOR  A 
GOOD  GAME 

And  then  a third  statement, 
also  in  white,  flashed  on  for  a 
few  seconds : 

YOU  HAD  BAD  LUCK 

Bela  Grabo  clenched  his 
fists  and  bit  his  teeth.  Even 
the  Machine  was  being  sorry 
for  him! 

He  stiffly  walked  out  of  the 
hall.  It  was  a long,  long  walk. 

V 

ADJOURNMENT  time 
neared.  Serek,  the  ex- 
change down  but  with  consid- 
erable time  on  his  clock, 
sealed  his  forty-sixth  move 
against  Sherevsky  and  handed 
the  envelope  to  Vanderhoef. 
It  would  be  opened  when  the 
game  was  resumed  at  the 
morning  session.  Dr.  Kraka- 
tower  studied  the  position  on 
his  board  and  then  quietly 
tipped  over  his  king.  He  sat 
there  for  a moment  as  if  he 
hadn’t  the  strength  to  rise. 
Then  he  shook  himself  a lit- 
tle, smiled,  got  up,  clasped 

* by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


hands  briefly  with  Lysmov 
and  wandered  over  to  watch 
the  Angler- Jal  game. 

Jandorf  had  resigned  his 
game  to  Votbinnik  some  min- 
utes ago,  rather  more  surlily. 

After  a while  Angler  sealed 
a move,  handing  it  to  Vander- 
hoef  with  a grin  just  as  the 
little  red  flag  dropped  on  his 
clock,  indicating  he’d  used 
every  second  of  his  time. 

Up  in  the  stands  Sandra 
worked  her  shoulders  to  get  a 
kink  out  of  her  back.  She’d 
noticed  several  newsmen  hur- 
rying off  to  report  in  the  Ma- 
chine’s first  win.  She  was 
thankful  that  her  job  was 
limited  to  special  articles. 

‘‘Chess  is  a pretty  intense 
game,”  she  remarked  to  Dave. 

He  nodded.  “It’s  a killer.  I 
don’t  expect  to  live  beyond 
forty  myself.” 

“Thirty,”  Bill  said. 

“Twenty-five  is  enough 
time  to  be  a meteor,’'  said 
Judy. 

Sandra  thought  to  herself: 
the  Unbeat  Generation. 

Next  day  Sherevsky 
played  the  Machine  to  a 
dead-level  ending.  Simon 
Great  offered  a draw  for  the 
Machine  (over  an  unsuccess- 
ful interfering  protest  from 
Jandorf  that  this  constituted 
making  a move  for  the  Ma- 
chine) but  Sherevsky  refused 
and  sealed  his  move. 

“He  wants  to  have  it  proved 
to  him  that  the  Machine  can 
play  end  games,”  Dave  com- 
mented to  Sandra  up  in  the 

THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


stands.  “I  don’t  blame  him.** 
At  the  beginning  of  today’s 
session  Sandra  had  noticed 
that  Bill  and  Judy  were  fol- 
lowing each  game  in  a very 
new-looking  1::^ok  they  shared 
jealously  between  them. 
Won^t  look  new  for  long, 
Sandra  had  thought. 

“That’s  the  ‘Bible’  they  got 
there,”  Dave  had  explained. 
“MCO — Modern  Chess  Open- 
ings. It  lists  all  the  best  open- 
moves  in  chess,  thousands  and 
thousands  of  variations.  That 
is,  what  masters  think  are  the 
best  moves.  The  moves  that 
have  won  in  the  past,  really. 
We  chipped  in  together  to 
buy  the  latest  edition — the 
13th — just  hot  off  the  press,” 
he  had  finished  proudly. 

Now  with  the  Machine- 
Sherevsky  ending  the  center 
of  interest,  the  kids  were  con- 
sulting another  book,  one  with 
grimy,  dog-eared  pages.  ^ 
“That’s  the  ‘New  Testa- 
ment’— Basic  Chess  End- 
ings"* Dave  said  when  he  no- 
ticed her  looking.  “There’s  so 
much  you  must  know  in  end- 
ings that  it’s  amazing  the  Ma- 
chine can  play  them  at  all.  I 
guess  as  the  pieces  get  fewer 
it  starts  to  look  deeper.” 

SANDRA  nodded.  She  was 
feeling  virtuous.  She  had 
got  her  interview  with  Jan- 
dorf and  then  this  morning 
one  with  Grabo  (“How  it 
Feels  to  Have  a Machine  Out- 
Think  You”).  The  latter  had 
made  her  think  of  herself  as  a 
real  vulture  of  the  press,  cir- 

as 


cling  over  the  doomed.  The 
Hungarian  had  seemed  in  a 
positively  suicidal  depression. 

One  newspaper  article  made 
much  of  the  Machine’s  “psy- 
chological tactics,”  hinting 
that  the  blinking  lights  were 
designed  to  hypnotize  oppo- 
nents. The  general  press  cov- 
erage V73.S  somewhat  startling. 
A game  that  in  America  nor- 
mally rated  only  a fine-print 
column  in  the  back  sections  of 
a very  few  Sunday  papers  was 
now  getting  boxes  on  the 
front  page.  The  defeat  of  a 
man  by  a machine  seemed 
everywhere  to  awaken  nervous 
feelings  of  insecurity,  like  the 
launching  of  the  first  sputnik. 

Sandra  had  rather  hesitant- 
ly sought  out  Dr.  Krakatower 
during  the  close  of  the  morn- 
ing session  of  play,  still  feel- 
ing a little  guilty  from  her  in- 
terview with  Grabo.  But  Doc 
iiad  seemed  happy  to  see  her 
and  quite  recovered  from  last 
night’s  defeat,  though  when 
she  had  addressed  him  as 
“Master  Krakatower”  he  had 
winced  and  said,  “Please,  not 
that!”  Another  session  of  cof- 
fee and  wine-and-seltzer  had 
resulted  in  her  getting  an  in- 
troduction to  her  first  Soviet 
grandmaster,  Serek,  who  had 
proved  to  be  unexpectedly 
charming.  He  had  just  man- 
aged to  draw  his  game  with 
Sherevsky  (to  the  great 
amazement  of  the  kibitzers, 
Sandra  learned)  and  was  most 
obliging  about  arranging  for 
an  interview. 

Not  to  be  outdone  in  gal- 

86 


lantry,  Doc  had  insisted  on  es- 
corting Sandra  to  her  seat  in 
the  stands — at  the  price  of 
once  more  losing  a couple  of 
minutes  on  his  clock.  As  a re- 
sult her  stock  went  up  consid- 
erably with  Dave,  Bill  and 
Judy.  Thereafter  they  treated 
anything  she  had  to  say  with 
almost  annoying  deference — 
Bill  especially,  probably  in 
penance  for  his  thoughtless 
cracks  at  Doc.  Sandra  later 
came  to  suspect  that  the  kids 
had  privately  decided  that  she 
was  Dr.  Krakatower’s  mis- 
tress— probably  a new  one  be- 
cause she  was  so  scandalously 
ignorant  of  chess.  She  did  not 
disillusion  them. 

Doc  lost  again  in  the  second 
round — to  Jal. 

IN  the  third  round  Lysmov 
defeated  the  Machine  in  27 
moves.  There  was  a flaring  of 
flashbulbs,  a rush  of  newsmen 
to  the  phones,  jabbering  in  the 
stands  and  much  comment  and 
analysis  that  was  way  over 
Sandra’s  head — except  she  got 
the  impression  that  Lysmov 
had  done  something  tricky. 

The  general  emotional  reac- 
tion in  America,  as  reflected 
by  the  newspapers,  was  not 
too  happy.  One  read  between 
the  lines  that  for  the  Machine 
to  beat  a man  was  bad,  but  for 
a Russian  to  beat  an  American 
machine  was  worse.  A widely- 
read  sports  columnist,  two 
football  coaches,  and  several 
rural  politicians  announced 
that  chess  was  a morbid  game 
played  only  by  weirdies.  De- 

by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


spite  these  thick-chested  he- 
man  statements,  the  elusive 
mood  of  insecurity  deepened. 

Besides  the  excitement  of 
the  Lysmov  win,  a squabble 
had  arisen  in  connection  with 
the  Machine’s  still-unfinished 
end  game  with  Sherevsky, 
which  had  been  continued 
through  one  morning  session 
and  was  now  headed  for  an- 
other. 

Finally  there  were  rumors 
that  World  Business  Ma- 
chines was  planning  to  re- 
place Simon  Great  with  a na- 
tionally famous  physicist. 

Sandra  begged  Doc  to  try  to 
explain  it  all  to  her  in  kinder- 
garten language.  She  was  feel- 
ing uncertain  of  herself  again 
and  quite  subdued  after  being 
completely  rebuffed  in  her  ef- 
forts to  get  an  interview  with 
Lysmov,  who  had  fled  her  as 
if  she  were  a threat  to  his  So- 
viet virtue. 

Doc  on  the  other  hand  was 
quite  vivacious,  cheered  by  his 
third-round  draw  with  Jan- 
dorf. 

‘‘Most  willingly,  my  dear,” 
he  said.  “Have  you  ever  no- 
ticed that  kindergarten  lan- 
guage can  be  far  honester  than 
the  adult  tongues?  Fewer  fic- 
tions. Well,  several  of  us 
hashed  over  the  Lysmov  game 
until  three  o’clock  this  morn- 
ing. Lysmov  wouldn’t,  though. 
Neither  would  Votbinnik  ar 
Jal.  You  see,  I have  my  comr 
munication  problems  with  the 
Russians  too. 

“We  finally  decided  that 
Lysmov  had  managed  to  guess 


with  complete  accuracy  both 
the  depth  at  which  the  Ma- 
chine is  analyzing  in  the  open- 
ing and  middle  game  (ten 
moves  ahead  instead  of  eight, 
we  think — a prodigious 
achievement!)  and  also  the 
main  value  scale  in  terms  of 
which  the  Machine  selects  its 
move. 

“Having  that  information, 
Lysmov  managed  to  play  into 
a combination  which  would 
give  the  Machine  a maximum 
plus  value  in  its  value  scale 
(win  of  Lysmov’s  queen,  it 
was)  after  ten  moves  but  a 
checkmate  for  Lysmov  on  his 
second  move  after  the  first 
ten.  A human  chess  master 
would  have  seen  a trap  like 
that,  but  the  Machine  could 
not,  because  Lysmov  was  ma- 
neuvering in  an  area  that  did 
not  exist  for  the  Machine’s 
perfect  but  limited  mind.  Of 
course  the  Machine  changed 
its  tactics  after  the  first  three 
moves  of  the  ten  had  been 
p 1 a y e d — it  could  see  the 
checkmate  then — ^but  by  that 
time  it  was  too  late  for  it  to 
avert  a disastrous  loss  of  ma- 
terial. It  was  tricky  of  Lys- 
mov, but  completely  fair.  Af- 
ter this  we’ll  all  be  watching 
for  the  opportunity  to  play 
the  same  sort  of  trick  on  the 
Machine. 

YSMOV  was  the  first  of 

-■-^us  to  realize  fully  that 
we  are  not  playing  against  a 
metal  monster  but  against  a 
certain  kind  of  programming. 
If  there  are  any  weaknesses 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


87 


we  can  spot  in  that  program- 
ming, we  can  win.  Very  much 
in  the  same  way  that  we  can 
again  and  again  defeat  a flesh- 
and-blood  player  when  we  dis- 
cover that  he  consistently  at- 
tacks without  having  an  ad- 
vantage in  position  or  is  regu- 
larly overcautious  about 
launching  a counter-attack 
when  he  himself  is  attacked 
without  justification.’' 

Sandra  nodded  eagerly.  ‘‘So 
from  now  on  your  chances  of 
beating  the  Machine  should 
keep  improving,  shouldn’t 
they?  I mean  as  you  find  out 
more  and  more  about  the  pro- 
gramming.” 

Doc  smiled.  “You  forget,” 
he  said  gently,  “that  Simon 
Great  can  change  the  program- 
ming before  each  new  game. 
Now  I see  why  he  fought  so 
hard  for  that  point.” 

“Oh.  Say,  Doc,  what’s  this 
about  the  Sherevsky  end 
game?” 

“You  are  picking  up  the 
language,  aren’t  you?”  he  ob- 
served. “Sherevsky  got  a lit- 
tle angry  when  he  discovered 
that  Great  had  the  Machine 
programmed  to  analyze  steadi- 
ly on  the  next  move  after  an 
adjournment  until  the  game 
was  resumed  next  morning. 
Sherevsky  questioned  wheth- 
er it  was  fair  for  the  Machine 
to  ‘think’  all  night  while  its 
opponent  had  to  get  some  rest. 
Vanderhoef  decided  for  the 
Machine,  , though  Sherevsky 
may  carry  the  protest  to 
FIDE. 

“Bah — I think  Great  wants 

86 


us  to  get  heated  up  over  such 
minor  matters,  just  as  he  is 
happy  (and  oh  so  obliging!) 
when  we  complain  about  how 
the  Machine  blinks  or  hums  or 
smells.  It  keeps  our  minds  off 
the  main  business  of  trying  to 
outguess  his  programming.  In- 
cidentally, that  is  one  thing 
we  decided  last  night — Sher- 
evsky, Willie  Angler,  Jan- 
dorf,  Serek,  and  myself — that 
we  are  all  going  to  have  to 
learn  to  play  the  Machine 
without  letting  it  get  on  our 
nerves  and  without  asking  to 
be  protected  from  it.  As  Wil- 
lie puts  it,  ‘So  suppose  it 
sounds  like  a boiler  factory 
even — okay,  you  can  think  in 
a boiler  factory.’  Myself,  I am 
not  so  sure  of  that,  but  his 
spirit  is  right.” 

Sandra  felt  herself  perking 
up  as  a new  article  began  to 
shape  itself  in  her  mind.  She 
said,  “And  what  about  WBM 
replacing  Simon  Great?” 
Again  Doc  smiled.  “I  think, 
my  dear,  that  you  can  safely 
dismiss  that  as  just  a rumor.  I 
think  that  Simon  Great  has 
just  begun  to  fight.” 

VI 

Round  Four  saw  the  Ma- 
chine spring  the  first  of 
its  surprises. 

It  had  finally  forced  a draw 
against  Sherevsky  in  the 
morning  session,  ending  the 
long  second-round  game,  and 
now  was  matched  against  Vot- 
binnik. 

The  Machine  opened  Pawn 
by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


to  King  Four,  Votbinnik  re- 
plied Pawn  to  King  Three. 

‘'The  French  Defense,  Bin- 
ny’s  favorite,”  Dave  muttered 
and  they  settled  back  for  the 
Machine’s  customary  four- 
minute  wait. 

Instead  the  Machine  moved 
at  once  and  punched  its  clock. 

Sandra,  studying  Votbinnik 
through  her  glasses,  decided 
that  the  Russian  grandmaster 
looked  just  a trifle  startled. 
Then  he  made  his  move. 

Once  again  the  Machine  re- 
sponded instantly. 

There  was  a flurry  of  com- 
ment from  the  stands  and  a 
scurrying-about  of  officials  to 
shush  it.  Meanwhile  the  Ma- 
chine continued  to  make  its 
moves  at  better  than  rapid- 
transit  speed,  although  Vot- 
binnik soon  began  to  take 
rather  more  time  on  his. 

The  upshot  was  that  the 
Machine  made  eleven  moves 
before  it  started  to  take  time 
to  ‘think’  at  all. 

Sandra  clamored  so  excited- 
ly to  Dave  for  an  explanation 
that  she  had  two  officials  wav- 
ing at  her  angrily. 

As  soon  as  he  dared,  Dave 
whispered,  “Great  must  have 
banked  on  Votbinnik  playing 
the  French — almost  always 
does — ^and  fed  all  the  varia- 
tions of  the  French  into  the 
Machine’s  ‘memory’  from 
MCO  and  maybe  some  other 
books.  So  long  as  Votbinnik 
stuck  to  a known  variation  of 
the  French,  why,  the  Machine 
could  play  from  memory  with- 
out analyzing  at  all.  Then 

THE  64.SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


when  a strange  move  came 
along — one  that  wasn’t  in  its 
memory — only  on  the  twelfth 
move  yet! — ^^the  Machine  went 
back  to  analyzing,  only  now 
it’s  taking  longer  and  going 
deeper  because  it’s  got  more 
time — six  minutes  a move, 
about.  The  only  thing  I won- 
der is  why  Great  didn’t  have 
the  Machine  do  it  in  the  first 
three  games.  It  seems  so  ob- 
vious.” 

Sandra  ticketed  that  in  her 
mind  as  a question  for  Doc. 
She  slipped  off  to  her  room  to 
write  her  “Don’t  Let  a Robot 
Get  Your  Goat”  article  (draw- 
ing heavily  on  Doc’s  observa- 
tions) and  got  back  to  the 
stands  twenty  minutes  before 
the  second  time-control  point. 
It  was  becoming  a regular  rou- 
tine. 

Votbinnik  was  a knight 
down — almost  certainly  bust- 
ed, Dave  explained. 

“It  got  terrifically  compli- 
cated while  you  were  gone,” 
he  said.  “A  real  Votbinnik 
position.” 

“Only  the  Machine  out- 
binniked  him,”  Bill  finished. 

Judy  hummed  Beethoven’s 
“Funeral  March  for  the  Death 
of  a Hero.” 

Nevertheless  Votbinnik  did 
not  resign.  The  Machine 
sealed  a move.  Its  board 
blacked  out  and  Vanderhoef, 
with  one  of  his  assistants 
standing  beside  him  to  wit- 
ness, privately  read  the  move 
off  a small  indicator  on  the 
console.  Tomorrow  he  would 
feed  the  move  back  into  the 

69 


Machine  when  play  was  re- 
sumed at  the  rooming  session. 

Doc  sealed  a move  too  al- 
though he  was  two  pawns 
down  in  his  game  against 
Grabo  and  looked  tired  to 
death. 

“They  don’t  give  up  easily, 
do  they?”  Sandra  observed  to 
Dave.  “They  must  really  love 
the  game.  Or  do  they  hate  it?” 

“When  you  get  to  psychol- 
ogy it’s  all  beyond  me,”  Dave 
replied.  “Ask  me  something 
else.” 

Sandra  smiled.  “Thank  you, 
Dave,”  she  said.  “I  will.” 

COME  the  morning  session, 
Votbinnik  played  on  for  a 
do7en  moves  then  resigned. 

A little  later  Doc  managed 
to  draw  his  game  with  Grabo 
by  perpetual  check.  He  caught 
sight  of  Sandra  coming  down 
from  the  stands  and  waved  to 
her,  then  made  the  motions  of 
drinking. 

N'yw  he  looks  almost  like  a 
hoy,  Sandra  thought  as  she 
joined  him. 

“Say,  Doc,”  she  asked  when 
they  had  secured  a table,  “why 
is  a rook  worth  more  than  a 
bishop?” 

He  darted  a suspicious 
glance  at  her.  “That  is  not 
your  kind  of  question,”  he 
said  sternly.  “Exactly  what 
have  you  been  up  to?” 

Sandra  confessed  that  she 
had  asked  Dave  to  teach  her 
how  to  play  chess. 

‘T  knew  those  children 
would  corrupt  you,”  Doc  said 
somberly.  “Look,  my  dear,  if 

90 


you  learn  to  play  chess  you 
won’t  be  able  to  write  your 
clever  little  articles  about  it. 
Besides,  as  I warned  you  the 
first  day,  chess  is  a madness. 
Women  are  ordinarily  im- 
mune, but  that  doesn’t  justify 
you  taking  chances  with  your 
sanity.” 

“But  I’ve  kind  of  gotten  in- 
terested, watching  the  tourna- 
ment,” Sandra  objected.  “At 
least  I’d  like  to  know  how  the 
pieces  move.” 

“Stop!”  Doc  commanded. 
“You’re  already  in  danger.  Di- 
rect your  mind  somewhere 
else.  Ask  me  a sensible,  down- 
to-e  a r t h journalist’s  ques- 
tion— something  completely 
irrational !” 

“Okay,  why  didn’t  Simon 
Great  have  the  Machine  set  to 
play  the  openings  fast  in  the 
first  three  games?” 

“Hah!  I think  Great  plays 
Lasker-chess  in  his  program- 
ming. He  hides  his  strength 
and  tries.to  win  no  more  easily 
than  he  has  to,  so  he  will  have 
resources  in  reserve.  The  Ma- 
chine loses  to  Lysmov  and  im- 
mediately starts  playing  more 
strongly — the  psychological 

impression  made  on  the  other 
players  by  such  tactics  is  for- 
midable.” 

“But  the  Machine  isn’t 
ahead  yet?” 

“No,  of  course  not.  After 
four  rounds  Lysmov  is  lead- 
ing the  tournament  with 
3%  — Yiy  meaning  354  in  the 
win  column  and  54  in  the  loss 
column.  . . ” 

“How  do  you  half  win  a 

by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


game  of  chess?  Or  half  lose 
one?**  Sandra  interrupted. 

‘'By  drawing  a game — play- 
ing to  a tie.  Lysmov*s  3^  - ^ 
is  notational  shorthand  for 
three  wins  and  a draw.  Under- 
stand? My  dear,  I don’t  usual- 
ly have  to  explain  things  to 
you  in  such  detail.** 

“I  just  didn’t  want  you  to 
think  I was  learning  too  much 
about  chess.** 

“Ho!  Well,  to  get  on  with 
the  score  after  four  rounds. 
Angler  and  Votbinnik  both 
have  3 — 1,  while  the  Machine 
is  bracketed  at  2^  — 1J4  with 
Jal.  But  the  Machine  has  cre- 
ated an  impression  of 
strength,  as  if  it  were  all  set 
to  come  from  behind  with  a 
rush.’*  He  shook  his  head.  “At 
the  moment,  my  dear,’*  he  said, 
“I  feel  very  pessimistic  about 
the  chances  of  neurons  against 
relays  in  this  tournament.  Re- 
lays don’t  panic  and  fag.  But 
the  oddest  thing. . .** 

“Yes?’*  Sandra  prompted. 
“Well,  the  oddest  thing  is 
that  the  Machine  doesn’t  play 
‘like  a machine*  at  all.  It  uses 
dynamic  strategy,  the  kind  we 
sometimes  call  ‘Russian’,  com- 
plicating each  position  as 
much  as  possible  and  creating 
maximum  tension.  But  that 
too  is  a matter  of  the  program- 
ming. . 

DOC'S  foreboding  was  ful- 
filled as  round  followed 
hard-fought  round.  In  the 
next  five  days  (there  was  a 
weekend  recess)  the  Machine 
successively  smashed  Jandorf, 

THE  64  SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


Serek  and  Jal  and  after  seven 
rounds  was  out  in  front  by  a 
full  point. 

Jandorf,  evidently  im- 
pressed by  the  Machine’s 
flawless  opening  play  against 
Votbinnik,  chose  an  inferior 
line  in  the  Ruy  Lopez  to  get 
the  Machine  “out  of  the 
books.’’  Perhaps  he  hoped  that 
the  Machine  would  go  on 
blindly  making  book  moves, 
but  the  Machine  did  not 
oblige.  It  immediately  slowed 
its  play,  “thought  hard”  and 
annihilated  the  Argentinian  in 
25  moves. 

Doc  commented,  “The  Wild 
Bull  of  the  Pampas  tried  to 
use  the  living  force  of  his  hu- 
man personality  to  pull  a fast 
one  and  swindle  the  Machine. 
Only  the  Machine  didn’t 
swindle.” 

Against  Jal,  the  Machine 
used  a new  wrinkle.  It  used 
a variable  amount  of  time  on 
moves,  apparently  according 
to  how  difficult  it  “judged” 
the  position  to  be. 

When  Serek  got  a poor 
pawn-position  the  Machine 
simplified  the  game  relent- 
lessly, suddenly  discarding  its 
hitherto  “Russian”  strategy. 
“It  plays  like  anything  but  a 
machine,”  Doc  commented. 
“We  know  the  reason  all  too 
well — Simon  Great — but  do- 
ing something  about  it  is 
something  else  again.  Great  is 
hitting  at  our  individual  weak- 
nesses wonderfully  well. 
Though  I think  I could  play 
brilliant  psychological  chess 
myself  if  I had  a machine  to 

91 


do  the  detail  work.”  Doc 
sounded  a bit  wistful. 

The  audiences  grew  in  size 
and  in  expensiveness  of  ward- 
robe, though  most  of  the  cafe 
society  types  made  their  visits 
fleeting  ones.  Additional 
stands  were  erected.  A hard- 
liquor  bar  was  put  in  and  then 
taken  out.  The  problem  of 
keeping  reasonable  order  and 
quiet  became  an  unending  one 
for  Vanderhoef,  who  had  to 
ask  for  more  “hushers.’*  The 
number  of  scientists  and  com- 
puter men.  Navy,  Army  and 
Space  Force  uniforms  were 
more  in  evidence.  Dave  and 
Bill  turned  up  one  morning 
with  a three-dimensional  chess 
set  of  transparent  plastic  and 
staggered  Sandra  by  assuring 
her  that  most  bright  young 
space  scientists  were  moder- 
ately adept  at  this  512-square 
game. 

Sandra  heard  that  WBM 
had  snagged  a big  order  from 
the  War  Department.  She  also 
heard  that  a Syndicate  man 
had  turned  up  with  a book  on 
the  tournament,  taking  bets 
from  the  more  heavily  heeled 
types  and  that  a detective  was 
circulating  about,  trying  to 
spot  him. 

The  newspapers  kept  up 
their  f r o n t-page  reporting, 
most  of  the  writers  personal- 
izing the  Machine  heavily  and 
rather  too  cutely.  Several  of 
the  papers  started  regular 
chess  columns  and  ‘‘How  to 
Play  Chess”  features.  There 
was  a flurry  of  pictures  of 
movie  starlets  and  such  sitting 


at  chess  boards.  Hollywood  re- 
vealed plans  for  two  chess 
movies:  “They  Made  Her  a 
Black  Pawn”  and  “The  Mon- 
ster From  King  Rook  Square”. 
Chess  novelties  and  costume 
jewelry  appeared.  The  United 
States  Chess  Federation 
proudly  reported  a phenome- 
nal rise  in  membership. 

SANDRA  learned  enough 
chess  to  be  able  to  blunder 
through  a game  with  Dave 
without  attempting  more  than 
one  illegal  move  in  five,  to 
avoid  the  Scholar’s  Mate  most 
of  the  time  and  to  be  able  to 
checkmate  with  two  rooks 
though  not  with  one.  Judy  had 
asked  her,  “Is  he  pleased  that 
you’re  learning  chess?” 

Sandra  had  replied,  “No,  he 
thinks  it  is  a madness.”  The 
kids  had  all  whooped  at  that 
and  Dave  had  said,  “How 
right  he  is!” 

Sandra  was  scraping  the 
bottom  of  the  barrel  for  topics 
for  her  articles,  but  then  it  oc- 
cured  to  her  to  write  about  the 
kids,  which  worked  out  nice- 
ly, and  that  led  to  a humorous 
article  “Chess  Is  for  Brains” 
about  her  own  efforts  to  learn 
the  game,  and  for  the  nth  time 
in  her  career  she  thought  of 
herself  as  practically  a col- 
umnist and  was  accordingly 
elated. 

After  his  two  draws.  Doc 
lost  three  games  in  a row  and 
still  bs:d  the  Machine  to  face 
and  then  Sherevsky.  His 
1 — 6 score  gave  him  undis- 
puted possession  of  last  place. 


92 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


VII 


He  grew  very  depressed.  He 
still  made  a point  of  squiring 
her  about  before  the  playing 
sessions,  but  she  had  to  make 
most  of  the  conversation.  His 
rare  flashes  of  humor  were 
rather  macabre. 

‘‘They  have  Dirty  Old 
Krakatower  locked  in  the  cel- 
lar/' he  muttered  just  before 
the  start  of  the  next  to  the 
last  round,  “and  now  they 
send  the  robot  down  to  de- 
stroy him.” 

“Just  the  same,  Doc,” 
Sandra  told  him,  “good  luck.” 

Doc  shook  his  head. 
“Against  a man  luck  might 
help.  But  against  a Machine?” 

“It’s  not  the  Machine  you’re 
playing,  but  the  programming. 
Remember?” 

“Yes,  but  it’s  the  Machine 
that  doesn’t  make  the  mis- 
take. And  a mistake  is  what  I 
need  most  of  all  today.  Some- 
body else’s,” 

Doc  must  have  looked  very 
dispirited  and  tired  when  he 
left  Sandra  in  the  stands,  for 
Judy  (Dave  and  Bill  not  hav- 
ing arrived  yet)  asked  in  a 
confidential,  womanly  sort  of 
voice,  “What  do  you  do  for 
him  when  he’s  so  unhappy?” 

“Oh,  I’m  especially  passion- 
ate,” Sandra  heard  herself  an- 
swer. 

“Is  that  good  for  him?” 
Judy  demanded  doubtfully. 

“Sh !”  Sandra  said,  some- 
what aghast  at  her  irresponsi- 
bility and  wondering  if  she 
were  getting  tournan>ent- 
nerves.  “Sh,  they’re  starting 
the  clocks.” 


Krakatower  had  lost 

two  pawns  when  the  first 
time-control  point  arrived  and 
was  intending  to  resign  on  his 
31st  move  when  the  Machine 
broke  down.  Three  of  its 
pieces  moved  on  the  electric 
board  at  once,  then  the  board 
went  dark  and  all  the  lights 
on  the  console  went  out  ex- 
cept five  which  started  wink- 
ing like  angry  red  eyes.  The 
gray-smocked  men  around 
Simon  Great  sprang  silently 
into  action,  filing  around  back 
of  the  console.  It  was  the  first 
work  anyone  had  seen  them  do 
except  move  screens  around 
and  fetch  each  other  coffee. 
Vanderhoef  hovered  anxious- 
ly. Some  flash  bulbs  went  off. 
Vanderhoef  shook  his  fist  at 
the  photographers.  Simon 
Great  did  nothing.  The  Ma- 
chine’s clock  ticked  on.  Doc 
watched  for  a while  and  then 
fell  asleep. 

When  Vanderhoef  jogged 
him  awake,  the  Machine  had 
just  made  its  next  move,  but 
the  repair-job  had  taken  50 
minutes.  As  a result  the  Ma- 
chine had  to  make  15  moves  in 
10  minutes.  At  40  seconds  a 
move  it  played  like  a dub 
whose  general  lack  of  skill 
was  complicated  by  a touch  of 
insanity.  On  his  43rd  move 
Doc  shrugged  his  shoulders 
apologetically  and  announced 
mate  in  four.  There  were  more 
flashes.  Vanderhoef  shook  his 
fist  again.  The  machine 
flashed: 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


93 


04 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


YOU  PLAYED  BRILLI- 
ANTLY. CONGRATULA- 
TIONS! 

Afterwards  Doc  said  sourly 
to  Sandra.  “And  that  was  one 
big  lie — a child  could  have 
beat  the  Machine  with  that 
time  advantage.  Oh,  what  an 
ironic  glory  the  gods  reserved 
for  Krakatower’s  dotage — to 
vanquish  a broken-down  com- 
puter ! Only  one  good  thing 
about  it — that  it  didn't  happen 
while  it  was  playing  one  of 
the  Russians,  or  someone 
would  surely  have  whispered 
sabotage.  And  that  is  some- 
thing of  which  they  do  not  ac- 
cuse Dirty  Old  Krakatower, 
because  they  are  sure  he  has 
not  got  the  brains  even  to 
think  to  sprinkle  a little  mag- 
netic oxide  powder  in  the  Ma- 
chine’s memory  box.  Bah!” 

Just  the  same  he  seemed 
considerably  more  cheerful. 

Sandra  said  guilelessly, 
“Winning  a game  means  noth- 
ing  to  you  chess  players,  does 
it,  unless  you  really  do  it  by 
your  own  brilliancy?” 

Doc  looked  solemn  for  a 
moment,  then  he  started  to 
chuckle.  “You  are  getting  al- 
together  too  smart.  Miss 
Sandra  Lea  Grayling,”  he  said. 
“Yes,  yes — a chess  player  is 
happy  to  win  in  any  barely 
legitimate  way  he  can,  by  an 
earthquake  if  necessary,  or  his 
opponent  sickening  before  he 
does  from  the  bubonic  plague. 
So—  I confess  it  to  you — I 
was  very  happy  to  chalk  up 
my  utterly  undeserved  win 

THE  64-SQUARC  MADHOUSE 


over  the  luckless  Machine.” 

“Which  incidentally  makes 
it  anybody’s  tournament  again, 
doesn’t  it.  Doc?” 

^^^JTOT  exactly.”  Doc  gave  a 
wry  little  headshake. 
“We  can’t  expect  another 
fluke.  After  all,  the  Machine 
has  functioned  perfectly  seven 
games  out  of  eight,  and  you 
can  bet  the  WBM  men  will  be 
checking  it  all  night,  especial- 
ly since  it  has  no  adjourned 
games  to  work  on.  Tomorrow 
it  plays  Willie  Angler,  but 
judging  from  the  way  it  beat 
Votbinnik  and  Jal,  it  should 
have  a definite  edge  on  Wil- 
lie. If  it  beats  him,  then  only 
Votbinnik  has  a chance  for  a 
tie  and  to  do  that  he  must  de- 
feat Lysmov.  Which  will  be 
most  difficult.” 

“Well,”  Sandra  said,  “don’t 
you  think  that  Lysmov  might 
just  kind  of  let  himself  be 
beaten,  to  make  sure  a Rus- 
sian gets  first  place  or  at  least 
ties  for  it?” 

Doc  shook  his  head  em- 
phatically. “There  are  many 
things  a man,  even  a chess 
master,  will  do  to  serve  his 
state,  but  party  loyalty 
doesn’t  go  that  deep.  Look, 
here  is  the  standing  of  the 
players  after  eight  rounds.” 
He  handed  Sandra  a penciled 
list. 

ONE  ROUND  TO  GO 

Player  Wins  Losses 

Machine  5J4 

Votbinnik  5J4 

95 


Angler 

5 

3 

Jal 

3^2 

Lysmov 

3% 

Serek 

3J4 

Sherevsky 

4 

4 

Jandorf 

2J/2 

5^ 

Grabo 

2 

6 

Krakatower 

2 

6 

LAST  ROUND  PAIRINGS 


Machine  vs.  Angler 
Votbinnik  vs.  Lysmov 
Jal  VS.  Serek 

Shercvsky  vs.  Krakatower 
Jandorf  vs.  Grabo 

After  studying  the  list  for 
a ivhile,  Sandra  said,  “Hey, 
even  Angler  could  come  out 
first,  couldn’t  he,  if  he  beat 
the  Machine  and  Votbinnik 
lost  to  L)7smov?” 

‘’Could,  could — yes.  But  I’m 
afraid  that’s  hoping  for  too 
much,  barring  another  break- 
down. To  tell  the  truth,  dear, 
the  Machine  is  simply  too 
good  for  all  of  us.  If  it  were 
only  a little  faster  (and  these 
technological  improvements 
always  come)  it  would  out- 
class us  completely.  We  are 
at  that  fleeting  moment  of 
balance  when  genius  is  al- 
most good  enough  to  equal 
mechanism.  It  makes  me  feel 
sad,  but  proud  too  in  a morbid 
fashion,  to  think  that  I am  in 
at  the  death  of  grandmaster 
chess.  Oh,  I suppose  the  game 
will  always  be  played,  but  it 
won’t  ever  be  quite  the  same.” 
He  blew  out  a breath  and 
shrugged  his  shoulders. 

**As  for  Willie,  he's  a good 


one  and  he’ll  give  the  Machine 
a long  hard  fight,  you  can  de- 
pend on  it.  He  might  conceiv- 
ably even  draw.” 

He  touched  Sandra’s  arm. 
“Cheer  up,  my  dear,”  he  said. 
“You  should  remind  yourself 
that  a victory  for  the  Machine 
is  still  a victory  for  the  USA.” 

DOC’S  prediction  about  a 
long  hard  fight  was  de- 
cidedly not  fulfilled. 

Having  White,  the  Machine 
opened  Pawn  to  King  Four 
and  Angler  went  into  the  Si- 
cilian Defense.  For  the  first 
twelve  moves  on  each  side 
both  adversaries  pushed  their 
pieces  and  tapped  their  clocks 
at  such  lightning  speed  (Van- 
derhoef  feeding  in  Angler’s 
moves  swiftly)  that  up  in  the 
stands  Bill  and  Judy  were 
still  flipping  pages  madly  in 
their  hunt  for  the  right  col- 
umn in  MCO. 

The  Machine  made  its  thir- 
teenth move,  still  at  blitz 
tempo. 

“Bishop  takes  Pawn,  check, 
and  mate  in  three!”  Willie  anr 
nounced  very  loudly,  made  the 
move,  banged  his  clock  and 
sat  back. 

There  was  a collective  gasp- 
and-gabble  from  the  stands. 

Dave  squeezed  Sandra’s  arm 
hard.  Then  for  once  forgetting 
that  he  was  Dr.  Caution,  he 
demanded  loudly  of  Bill  and 
Judy,  “Have  you  two  idiots 
found  that  column  yet?  The 
Machine*s  thirteenth  move  is  a 
boner 

Pinning  down  the  reference 

by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


VIII 


with  a fingernail,  Judy  cried, 
‘'Yes!  Here  it  is  on  page  161 
in  footnote  (e)  (2)  (B).  Dave, 
that  same  thirteenth  move  for 
White  is  in  the  book!  But 
Black  replies  Knight  to  Queen 
Two,  not  Bishop  takes  Pawn, 
check.  And  three  moves  later 
the  book  gives  White  a plus 
value.’' 

“What  the  heck,  it  can’t  be," 
Bill  asserted. 

“But  it  is.  Check  for  your- 
self. That  boner  is  in  the 
book** 

“Shut  up,  everybody!’’  Dave 
ordered,  clapping  his  hands  to 
his  face.  When  he  dropped 
them  a moment  later  his  eyes 
gleamed.  “I  got  it  now! 
Angler  figured  they  were  us- 
ing the  latest  edition  of  MCO 
to  program  the  Machine  on 
openings,  he  found  an  editori- 
al error  and  then  he  deliber- 
ately played  the  Machine  into 
that  variation!" 

Dave  practically  shouted  his 
last  words,  but  that  attracted 
no  attention  as  at  that  moment 
the  whole  hall  was  the  noisiest 
it  had  been  throughout  the 
tournament.  It  simmered  down 
somewhat  as  the  Machine 
flashed  a move. 

Angler  replied  instantly. 

The  Machine  replied  almost 
as  soon  as  Angler’s  move  was 
fed  into  it. 

Angler  moved  again,  his 
move  was  fed  into  the  Ma- 
chine and  the  Machine 
flashed : 

I AM  CHECKMATED. 
CONGRATULATIONS ! 


Next  morning  Sandra 
heard  Dave’s  guess  con- 
firmed by  both  Angler  and 
Great.  Doc  had  spotted  them 
having  coffee  and  a malt  to- 
gether and  he  and  Sandra 
joined  them. 

Doc  was  acting  jubilant, 
having  just  drawn  his  ad- 
journed game  with  Sherevsky, 
which  meant,  since  Jandorf 
had  beaten  Grabo,  that  he  was 
in  undisputed  possession  of 
Ninth  Place.  They  were  all 
waiting  for  the  finish  of  the 
V o t b i n n i k-Lysmov  game, 
which  would  decide  the  final 
standing  of  the  leaders.  Willie 
Angler  was  complacent  and 
Simon  Great  was  serene  and 
at  last  a little  more  talkative. 

“You  know,  Willie,’’  the 
psychologist  said,  “I  was 
afraid  that  one  of  you  boys 
would  figure  out  something 
like  that.  That  was  the  chief 
reason  I didn’t  have  the  Ma- 
chine use  the  programmed 
openings  until  Lysmov’s  win 
forced  me  to.  I couldn’t  check 
every  opening  line  in  MCO 
and  the  Archives  and  Shak-- 
hmaty.  There  wasn’t  time.  As 
it  was,  we  had  a dozen  typists 
and  proofreaders  busy  for 
weeks  preparing  that  part  of 
the  programming  and  making 
sure  it  was  accurate  as  far  as 
following  the  books  went.  Tell 
the  truth  now,  Willie,  how 
many  friends  did  you  have 
hunting  for  flaws  in  the  latest 
edition  of  MCO?’’ 

Willie  grinned.  “Your  un- 


THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


9T 


lucky  13th.  Well,  that’s  my 
secret.  Though  I’ve  always 
said  that  anyone  joining  the 
Willie  Angler  Fan  Club  ought 
to  expect  to  have  to  pay  some 
day  for  the  privilege.  They’re 
sharp,  those  little  guys,  and  I 
work  their  tails  off.” 

Simon  Great  laughed  and 
said  to  Sandra,  ”Your  young 
friend  Dave  was  pretty  sharp 
himself  to  deduce  what  had 
happened  so  quickly.  Willie, 
you  ought  to  have  him  in  the 
Bleeker  Street  Irregulars.” 
Sandra  said,  ‘T  get  the  im- 
pression he’s  planning  to  start 
a club  of  his  own.” 

Angler  snorted.  ”That’s  the 
one  trouble  with  my  little 
guys.  They’re  all  waiting  to 
topple  me.” 

Simon  Great  said,  *'W^11,  so 
long  as  Willie  is  passing  up 
Dave,  I want  to  talk  to  him. 
It  takes  real  courage  in  a 
youngster  to  question  author- 
ity.” 

”How  should  he  get  in 
touch  with  you?”  Sandra 
asked. 

While  Great  told  her,  Wil- 
lie studied  them  frowningly. 

“Si,  are  you  planning  to 
stick  in  this  chess-program- 
ming racket?”  he  demanded. 

Simon  Great  did  not  answer 
the  question.  ”You  try  telling 
me  something,  Willie,”  he 
said.  “Have  you  been  ap- 
proached the  last  couple  of 
days  by  IBM?” 

“You  mean  asking  me  to 
take  over  your  job?” 

“I  said  /BM,  Willie.” 
“Oh.”  Willie’s  grin  became 


a tight  one.  “I’m  not  talking.” 

There  was  a flurry  of 
sound  and  movement 
around  the  playing  tables. 
Willie  sprang  up. 

“Lysmov’s  agreed  to  a 
draw!”  he  informed  them  a 
moment  later.  “The  gangster!” 
“Gangster  because  he  puts 
you  in  equal  first  place  with 
Votbinnik,  both  of  you  ahead 
of  the  Machine?”  Great  in- 
quired gently. 

“Ahh,  he  could  have  beat 
Binny,  giving  me  sole  first. 
A Russian  gangster!” 

Doc  shook  a finger.  “Lys- 
mov  could  also  have  lost  to 
Votbinnik,  Willie,  putting 
)^ou  in  second  place.” 

“Don’t  think  evil  thoughts. 
So  long,  pals.” 

As  Angler  clattered  down 
the  stairs,  Simon  Great  signed 
the  waiter  for  more  coffee,  lit 
a fresh  cigarette,  took  a deep 
drag  and  leaned  back. 

“You  know,”  he  said  “it’s  a 
great  relief  not  to  have  to  im- 
personate the  hyperconfident 
programmer  for  awhile.  Being 
a psychologist  has  spoiled  me 
for  that  sort  of  thing.  I’m  not 
as  good  as  I once  was  at  beat- 
ing people  over  the  head  with 
my  ego.” 

“You  didn’t  do  too  badly,” 
Doc  said.  , 

“Thanks.  Actually,  WBM  is 
very  much  pleased  with  the 
Machine’s  performance.  The 
Machine’s  flaws  made  it  seem 
more  real  and  more  news- 
worthy, especially  how  it 
functioned  when  the  going 


98 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


got  tough — those  repairs  the 
boys  made  under  time  pres- 
sure in  your  game,  Savilly, 
will  help  sell  WBM  computers 
or  I miss  my  guess.  In  fact 
nobody  could  have  watched 
the  tournament  for  long 
without  realizing  there  were 
nine  smart  rugged  men  out 
there,  ready  to  kill  that  com- 
puter if  they  could.  The  Ma- 
chine passed  a real  test.  And 
then  the  whole  deal  drama- 
tizes what  computers  are 
and  what  they  can  and  can't 
do.  And  not  just  at  the  pop- 
ular level.  The  WBM  re- 
search boys  are  learning  a lot 
about  computer  and  program- 
ming theory  by  studying  how 
the  Machine  and  its  program- 
mer behave  under  tournament 
stress.  It's  a kind  of  test  un- 
like that  provided  by  any 
other  computer  work.  Just 
this  morning,  for  instance, 
one  of  our  big  mathemati- 
cians told  me  that  he  is  be- 
ginning to  think  that  the 
Theory  of  Games  does  apply 
to  chess,  because  you  can 
bluff  and  counterbluff  with 
your  programming.  And  Fm 
learning  about  human  psy- 
chology." 

Doc  chuckled.  ‘'Such  as 
that  even  human  thinking  is 
just  a matter  of  how  you 
program  your  own  mind? — 
that  we're  all  like  the  Ma- 
chine to  that  extent?" 

“That's  one  of  the  big 
points,  Savilly.  Yes.” 

Doc  smiled  at  Sandra.  “You 
wrote  a nice  little  news-story, 
dear,  about  how  Man  con- 

THE  64-SQUARE  MADHOUSE 


quered  the  Machine  by  a pal- 
pitating nose  and  won  a vic- 
tory for  international  amity. 

“Now  the  story  starts  to  go 
deeper.” 

44  A lot  of  things  go  deeper,” 
Sandra  replied,  looking 
at  him  evenly.  “Much  deeper 
than  you  ever  expect  at  the 
start." 

The  big  electric  scoreboard 
lit  up. 

FINAL  STANDING 


Player 

Wins 

Losses 

Angler 

6 

3 

Votbinnik 

6 

3 

Jal 

5^2 

3^ 

Machine 

5/2 

3/2 

Lysmov 

5 

4 

Serek 

4^2 

4/2 

Sherevsky 

4^/2 

4^/2 

Jandorf 

3/2 

554 

Krakatower 

2/2 

eVz 

Grabo 

2 

7 

“It  was  a good  tournament,” 
Doc  said.  “And  the  Machine 
has  proven  itself  a grand- 
master. It  must  make  you  feel 
good,  Simon,  after  being  out 
of  tournament  chess  for  twen- 
ty years.” 

The  psychologist  nodded. 

“Will  you  go  back  to  psy- 
chology now?"  Sandra  asked 
him. 

Simon  Great  smiled.  “I  can 
answer  that  question  honestly. 
Miss  Grayling,  because  the 
news  is  due  for  release.  No. 
WBM  is  pressing  for  entry  of 
the  Machine  in  the  Interzonal 
Candidates’  Tournament. 

99 


They  want  a crack  at  the 
World's  Championship.” 

Doc  raised  his  eyebrows. 
“That's  news  indeed.  But  look, 
Simon,  with  the  knowledge 
you've  gained  in  this  tourna- 
ment won’t  you  be  able  to 
make  the  Machine  almost  a 
sure  winner  in  every  game?'' 

“I  don't  know.  Players  like 
Angler  and  Lysnwv  may  find 
some  more  flaws  in  its  func- 
tioning and  dream  up  some 
new  stratagems.  Besides, 
there's  another  solution  to  the 
problems  raised  by  having  a 
single  computer  entered  in  a 
grandmaster  tournament.'' 

Doc  sat  up  straight.  “You 
mean  having  more  program- 
mer-computer teams  than  just 
one?'' 

“Exactly.  The  Russians  are 
bound  to  give  their  best  play- 
ers computers,  considering 
the  prestige  the  game  has  in 
Russia.  And  I wasn’t  asking 
Willie  that  question  about 
IBM  just  on  a hunch.  Chess 
tournaments  are  a wonderful 
way  to  test  rival , computers 
and  show  them  off  to  the  pub- 
lic, just  like  cross-crountry 
races  were  for  the  early  auto- 
mobiles. The  future  grandmas- 
ter will  inevitably  be  a pro- 
grammer-computer team,  a 
man-machine  symbiotic  part- 
nership, probably  with  more 
freedom  each  way  than  I was 
allowed  in  this  tournament— -I 
mean  the  man  taking  oyer  the 
play  in  some  positions,  the  ma- 
chine in  others.’* 

“You’re  making  my  head 
swim,''  Sandra  said. 


is  in  the  same 
-‘•▼-■•storm-tossed  o c e a n,” 
Doc  assured  her.  “Simon,  that 
will  be  very  fine  for  the  mas- 
ters who  can  get  themselves 
computers — either  from  their 
governments  or  from  hiring 
out  to  big  firms.  Or  in  other 
ways.  Jandorf,  I’m  sure,  will 
be  able  to  interest  some  Ar- 
gentinian millionaire  in  a 
computer  for  him.  While  I . . . 
oh,  I'm  too  old. . .still,  when 
I start  to  think  about  it... 
But  what  about  the  Bela 
Grabos?  Incidentally,  did  you 
know  that  Grabo  is  contesting 
Jandorf 's  win?  Claims  Jan- 
dorf discussed  the  position 
with  Serek.  I think  they  ex- 
changed about  two  words.” 
Simon  shrugged,  “The  Bela 
Grabos  will  have  to  continue 
to  fight  their  own  battles,  if 
necessary  satisfying  them- 
selves with  the  lesser  tourna- 
ments. Believe  me,  Savilly, 
from  now  on  grandmaster 
chess  without  one  or  more 
computers  entered  will  lack 
sauce.” 

Dr.  Krakatower  shook  his 
head  and  said,  “Thinking  gets 
more  expensive  every  year.” 
From  the  floor  came  the 
harsh  voice  of  Igor  Jandorf 
and  the  shrill  one  of  Bela  Gra- 
bo raised  in  anger.  Three 
words  came  through  clearly: 
“.  . .1  challenge  you.  . .” 

Sandra  said,  “Well,  there’s 
something  you  can’t  build  into 
a machine — ego.” 

“dh,  I don’t  know  about 
that,”  said  Simon  Great. 

END 


100 


by  FRITZ  LEIBER 


IF  • Short  Storp 


It’s  tough  to  see  into  minds  when 

you’re  only  a child  and  tougher 

still  when  you  see  what  scares  you! 

GRAMP 


By  Charles  V.  De  Vet 


UTI77HY  is  Gramma  making 
mad  pictures  at  you?” 
I asked  Cramp. 

Gramp  looked  at  me,  ”What 
pictures,  Chum?” 

“Pictures  in  her  mind  like 
you're  lazy.  And  like  she 
wanted  to  hurt  you,”  I said. 

Cramp’s  eyes  got  wide.  He 
kept  looking  at  me,  and  then 
he  said,  “Get  your  cap.  Chum. 
We’re  gonna  take  a little 
walk.” 

Gramp  didn’t  say  anything 
until  we  walked  all  the  way 
to  the  main  road  and  past  Mr. 
Watchorn’s  corn  field.  I 
walked  behind  him,  counting 
the  little  round  holes  his 
wooden  leg  made  in  the  grav- 
el. Finally  Gramp  said,  “Abra- 
cadabra.” 

That  was  our  secret  worcL 


It  meant  that  if  I was  play- 
ing one  of  our  games,  I was 
to  stop  for  awhile.  Gramp  and 
I had  lots  of  games  we  played. 
One  of  them  was  where  wc 
made  believe.  Sometimes  we’d 
play  that  Gramp  and  I had 
been  working  all  day,  when 
we  really  just  stayed  in  the 
shade  telling  stories.  Then 
when  we  got  home  and  Gram- 
ma as'^ked  us  what  we  had 
done,  we’d  tell  her  about  how 
hard  we  had  worked. 

“I  really  did  see  mad  pic- 
tures in  Gramma’s  mind,”  I 
said. 

“Have  you  ever  seen  pic- 
tures in  anybody’s  mind  be- 
fore?” Gramp  asked. 

“I  always  see  them,”  I said. 
“Don’t  you?” 

“No,”  Gramp  said  after  a 


101 


minute.  ''Other  people  can't 
cither.  You're  probably  the 
only  little  boy  who  can.” 

"Is  that  bad?” 

"No,”  Gramp  answered.  "It's 
good.  But  remember  how  I 
told  you  that  people  don’t  like 
other  people  who  are  differ- 
ent? Well,  even  though  see- 
ing pictures  like  you  do  is  a 
wonderful  thing,  other  people 
won’t  like  you  if  they  know 
you  can  do  it.  So  we’ll  just 
keep  it  a secret  between  us.” 
I was  glad  Gramp  told  me, 
because  he  always  knows  the 
best  things  to  do.  I’m  his 
Chum.  I love  him  better  than 
anyone  else  in  the  whole 
world.  Whenever  the  other 
kids  tease  me  and  call  me 
Crazy  Joe  I go  to  Gramp  and 
he  tells  me  funny  stories  and 
makes  me  laugh. 

1 remember  the  first  time  he 
told  me  about  people  hating 
other  people  who  are  differ- 
ent. 

"Why  do  the  kids  call  me 
Crazy  Joe  and  laugh  at  me?” 
I asked  him. 

"Well,  you  see,”  Gramp  said 
slowly,  "your  Daddy  worked 
for  Uncle  Sam  in  a big  place 
where  they  make  things  that 
the  government  won’t  tell 
anybody  about.  Then  your 
Daddy  got  sick  from  some- 
thing in  the  big  place.  After 
a long  time  he  went  up  to 
stay  with  God.  Then  God  took 
Mommy  too,  when  He  gave 
you  to  her.  And  now  you’re 
our  little  boy,  mine  and  Gram- 
ma’s. And  because  you’re  a 

102 


very  special  kind  of  little  boy, 
the  other  children  are  jealous. 
So  I wouldn’t  play  with  them 
any  more  if  they  tease  you. 
Just  don’t  let  them  see  you’re 
afraid  of  them.  You’ll  always 
be  Gramp’s  Little  Joe.” 

I love  Gramp  very  much . . . 
We  kept  walking  until  we 
came  to  Fayette.  We  went 
into  Carl  Van  Remortal’s 
store.  Gramp  sat  on  a chair  by 
the  big  iron  stove  and  I sat 
on  his  knee  on  his  good  leg. 
The  stove  must  be  real  old, 
because  it’s  got  1926  on  its 
door  in  big  iron  letters. 

"Tell  me  the  pictures  you 
see  in  Mr.  Van’s  mind,”  Gramp 
whispered  in  my  ear,  "but 
don’t  let  him  hear  you.” 

"He’s  making  pictures  of 
the  fishing  boats  coming  in,” 
I ^said.  "In  the  pictures  he’s 
talking  to  Jack  La  Salle  and 
giving  him  some  money  for 
his  fish...  The  pictures  are 
getting  all  mixed  up  now.  He’s 
putting  the  fish  in  ice  in  box- 
es, but  other  pictures  show 
him  in  church.  Jack  La  Salle 
is  in  the  church  too,  and  Mr. 
Van’s  sister  Margaret  is 
dressed  in  a long  white  dress 
and  standing  alongside  him.” 
"He’s  thinking  that  Jack  La 
Salle  will  be  marrying  Mar- 
garet pretty  soon,”  Gramp 
said.  "What  else  is  he  think- 
ing?” 

"The  pictures  are  coming  so 
fast  now  that  I can’t  name 
them  all,”  I said. 

Mr.  Lawrence  St.  Ours  came 
into  the  store,  and  Gramp  told 
me  to  read  what  he  was  think- 

by  Charles  V.  De  Vet 


ing.  I looked  inside  his  head. 

‘‘He’s  making  pictures  of 
himself  driving  a car,  and  buy- 
ing bread,  and  bacon,  and  pil- 
ing hay  on  his  farm,  and...*^ 
I said,  but  then  I had  to  stop. 
“All  the  pictures  come  so  fast 
that  I can’t  read  them,”  I told 
Gramp.  “Everybody  makes 
blurry  pictures  like  that  most 
of  the  time.” 

“Instead  of  trying  to  tell 
me  what  the  pictures  are,  see 
if  you  can  understand  what 
they  mean,”  Gramp  said. 

I tried  but  it  was  awful  hard 
and  pretty  soon  I got  tired 
and  Gramp  and  I left  the 
store  and  went  back  home. 

The  next  morning  Gramp 
and  I went  ouF  in  the  barn 
and  Gramp  said,  “Now  let’s 
see  what  we  got  here.”  He  had 
me  try  to  do  a lot  of  things, 
like  lifting  something  without 
touching  it,  and  trying  to 
make  chickens  run  by  making 
a picture  of  them  doing  that 
and  putting  it  in  their  minds. 
But  I couldn’t  do  any  of  them. 

After  a while  he  said,  “Let’s 
go  down  to  the  store  again.” 

W’^E  went  to  the  store  al- 
most every  day  after  that. 
Then  sometimes  we  just 
walked  around  Fayette,  and 
Gramp  had  me  practice  read- 
ing what  the  pictures  in  peo- 
ple’s minds  meant  instead  of 
just  what  they  looked  like. 
Sometimes  I did  it  real  good. 
Then  Gramp  would  buy  me 
some  candy  or  ice  cream. 

One  day  we  were  following 
Mr.  Mears  and  1 was  telling 
GRAMP 


Gramp  what  I saw  in  Mr. 
Mears’  mind  when  Mr.  St. 
Ours  drove  by  in  his  car.  “Mr. 
Mears  is  making  pictures 
about  feeding  meat  to  Mr.  St. 
Ours’s  dog  and  the  dog  is 
crawling  away  and  dying,”  I 
said  to  Gramp. 

Gramp  was  real  interested. 
He  said,  “Watch  close  and 
read  everything  you  can  about 
that.”  I did.  After,  Gramp 
seemed  very  happy.  He  bought 
me  a big  chocolate  bar  that 
time.  Chocolate  is  my  best 
kind  of  candy. 

I read  lots  of  things  in  oth- 
er people’s  minds  that  made 
Gramp  feel  good  too,  and  he 
bought  me  candy  just  about 
every  day. 

Gramp  seemed  to  have  mon- 
ey all  the  time  now  instead 
of  having  to  ask  Gramma  for 
any.  She  wanted  to  know 
where  he  got  all  the  money. 
But  he  just  smiled  with  his 
right  cheek  like  he  does  and 
wouldn’t  tell  her.  Most  of  the 
people  in  town  didn’t  seem  to 
like  Gramp  any  more.  They 
made  mad  pictures  about  him 
whenever  we  met  them. 

Sometimes  when  we  were  in 
the  store  Mrs.  Van  would 
come  in  and  she  would  talk 
to  me.  She  was  awful  nice. 
But  she  always  had  sad  pic- 
tures in  her  mind  and  some- 
times she  would  cough  real 
hard  and  hold  a handkerchief 
up  in  front  of  her  mouth. 

When  she  did  that  Mr.  Van 
used  to  get  sad  too.  In  his 
pictures  Mrs.  Van  would  be 
dead  and  laying  in  a coffin 

103 


And  they  would  be  burying 
her  in  a big  hole  in  the 
ground.  Mr.  Van  was  nice  too. 
He  gave  me  crackers  and 
cookies,  or  sometimes  a big 
thin  slice  of  cheese. 

One  night  Gramp  was  hold- 
ing me  and  buying  some  gro- 
ceries and  Mr.  Van  was  put- 
ting them  in  a cardboard  box, 
and  he  was  thinking  about  go- 
ing to  the  bank  in  Escanaba 
and  cashing  a check.  And  the 
man  gave  him  a big  handful 
of  money. 

I told  Gramp,  but  then  Mr. 
Van  came  close.  I didn’t  say 
an)miore,  like  Gramp  had  told 
me.  Mr.  Van  was  whistling 
now.  He  made  pictures  of  giv- 
ing the  money  to  Mrs.  Van. 
She  was  getting  on  a train  and 
going  to  a place  where  it  was 
sunny  all  the  time,  and  her 
cough  went  away  and  she 
wasn’t  skinny  any  more.  In 
his  mind  Mrs.  Van  was  real 
pretty.  She  didn’t  have  the 
long  nose  like  she  really  has. 

When  we  got  in  our  car 
Gramp  was  excited.  He  asked 
me  where  Mr.  Van  had  put 
the  money  he  brought  back 
from  Escanaba. 

He  had  bad  pictures  in  his 
mind  about  taking  Mr.  Van’s 
money  and  I didn’t  want  to 
tell  him.  But  he  grabbed  my 
arm  so  hard  it  hurt  and  I be- 
gan to  cry.  Gramp  never  hurt 
me  before. 

‘‘What  are  you  crying  for?” 
he  asked  me,  cranky. 

“I  don’t  want  you  to  take 
Mr.  Van’s  money,”  I told  him. 

Gramp  let  go  of  my  arm  and 

104 


didn’t  say  anything  for  a 
while. 

“Sometimes  the  pictures  you 
see  aren’t  true,”  he  said.  “You 
know  that.”  He  took  out  his 
blue  handkerchief  and  made 
me  blow  my  nose.  “Like‘  when 
yon  see  pictures  in  Gramma’s 
mind  about  her  hurting  me,” 
he  said.  “She  never  does,  you 
know.  So  the  pictures  aren’t 
true.  It’s  just  what  we  call 
imagination.” 

“But  your  pictures  are  bad ! 
They  make  me  scared,”  I said. 

“We  all  make  bad  pictures 
like  that,  but  we  don’t  mean 
them,”  Gramp  said.  “Remem- 
ber how  you  said  that  you’d 
like  to  eat  the  whole  apple 
pie  last  Sunday?  You  prob- 
ably made  pictures  of  doing 
that.  But  you  never  did,  be- 
cause you  know  that  Gramma 
and  me  should  have  some  of  it 
too.”  I guess  Gramp  can  ex- 
plain just  about  everything. 

So  I told  him  where  Mr. 
Van  had  hid  the  money  under 
a box  of  brown  sugar.  Gramp 
smiled  and  started  the  car. 

He  let  me  steer  while  it  was 
going  slow.  “Who’s  my 
Chum?”  he  asked. 

“I  am,”  I said,  and  I laughed 
real  happy. 

The  next  day  when  I got 
up  Gramp  was  gone. 

I went  back  of  the  barn  and 
played.  I got  a bunch  of  tin 
cans  and  punched  holes  in 
them  with  a nail  like  Gramp 
showed  me,  and  I made  steps 
out  of  rocks  and  put  a can  on 
each  step.  I poured  water  in 

by  Charles  V.  De  Vet 


the  top  can.  It  ran  through 
the  holes  from  each  can  to  the 
other  all  the  way  down  the 
steps. 

I heard  our  car  come  in  the 
front  yard. 

I went  around  the  barn,  and 
Gramp  was  just  going  up  the 
steps  to  the  house.  He  had 
been  to  Fairport  where  the 
big  store  is,  and  he  had  bought 
a lot  of  things  that  he  was 
carrying  in  his  arms.  At  first 
I was , glad  because  he  had 
bought  something  that  was  for 
me  too. 

But  then  I saw  some  bad 
pictures  mixed  with  the  hap- 
py ones— of  Gramp  breaking  a 
window  in  Mr.  Van’s  store 
when  it  was  dark  and  going 
in  and  taking  something  from 
underneath  the  brown  sugar 
box. 

“You  told  me  you  wouldn’t 
take  Mr.  Van’s  money.  And 
you  did!”  I said. 

“Ssh,”  Gramp  said.  He  put 
his  packages  on  the  porch  and 
sat  down  and  took  me  on  his 
lap.  He  took  a deep  breath. 
“Remember  what  I told  you 
about  imagination,  Chum?”  he 
asked  me.  “So  you  know 
you’re  not  supposed  to  believe 
all  the  pictures  you  see.  Now 
you’re  Gramp’s  Chum.  And  I 
want  you  to  promise  me  again 
not  to  tell  anyone  but  me 
what  you  see,  and  I’ll  tell  you 
if  the  pictures  are  real  or  not. 
Promise?” 

I promised,  and  Gramp 
opened  one  of  the  packages. 
He  took  out  two  new  pistols 
and  a belt  with  double  hol- 

GRAMP 


sters  to  carry  them  in.  He 
bent  over  and  buckled  them 
on  me. 

“You  look  just  like  Hoppy 
now,”  he  said. 

I gave  him  a big  kiss,  and 
ran  back  of  the  barn  to  shoot 
robbers. 

TN  the  afternoon  Gramp  was 
•Splaying  he  was  a bad  In- 
dian and  trying  to  scalp  me 
when  a strange  car  drove  in 
our  yard. 

Mr.  Van  and  two  men  with 
badges  got  out. 

Mr.  Van  was  real  mad. 
“We’ve  come  after  the  mon- 
ey, Bill,”  he  said. 

Gramp  got  white.  He  was 
scared,  but  he  said,  loud, 
“What  the  hell  are  you  talk- 
ing about?” 

“You  know  what,  Bill,”  Mr. 
Van  said.  “Someone  saw  you 
break  into  the  store.  It  will 
go  easier  on  you  if  you  admit 
it.” 

“I  told  you  I don’t  know 
what  you’re  talking  about,” 
Gramp  said.  His  eyes  moved 
kind  of  quick.  Then  he  no- 
ticed me  and  he  walked  over 
to  me.  “That’s  a fine  way  to 
talk  in  front  of  the  boy,”  he 
said  over  his  shoulder.  He 
took  my  hand.  “Come  on. 
Chum.  We’re  going  in  the 
house.” 

“Just  a minute,”  the  biggest 
policeman  said.  “We’ve  got  a 
few  questions  that  we  have  to 
ask  you.” 

Gramp  made  believe  he  was 
brushing  some  dirt  from  my 
pants.  “Did  anyone  see  me 

105 


take  the  money,  Chum?"  he 
whispered  to  me. 

‘"No,"  I said,  even  though  I 
didn’t  understand  exactly.^ 
“Mr.  Van  is  just  pretending 
he  knows  you  took  it  but  he 
doesn’t." 

“Good  boy."  Cramp  patted 
me  on  the  head.  “Go  into  the 
house  now." 

He  turned  and  walked  back 
to  the  three  men,  pushing  his 
wooden  leg  into  the  ground 
hard.  I didn’t  go  in  the  house, 
though. 

“Now  I’ve  had  just  about 
enough  of  this,"  Gramp  said, 
with  a big  frown  on  his  face. 
“You  can’t  bluff  me.  Van.  Say 


AND  MORE  COMPLETE 
SETS  FOR  SALE 

1.  Complete  set  of  MARVrOL 

TALES  1934-1935.  5 issues. 

$30.00. 

2.  Complete  set  of  the  “impossi- 
ble” L'NKIVOWNS.  Onlv  1 set. 
39  issues,  1939-1943.  liOO.OO. 

3.  Complete  set  of  PLANET 
STORIES,  1940-1955.  Over  70 
issues,  very  g^ood  condition, 
$100.00. 

4.  Complete  set  of  FAIVTASTIC 

ADVENTURES,  1939-1952, 

very  good  condition,  $100.00. 

5.  Complete  set  of  CAPTAIN 
FUTURE  (17)  and  the  10  or 
so  novelettes  in  STARTLING. 
1943-1951,  $50.00. 

6.  Complete  set  AVON  FANTASY 

READER  (18),  complete 
AVON  S.F.  READER  (3)  & 

complete  F&SF  READER  (2) 
— 23  issues,  fine  condition, 

$25.00. 

Many  other  complete  sets.  Send 

your  want  list.  All  prices  F.O.B. 

Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

JAY'S  COHNEK 

6401  24th  Ava.  . . . 4, 

N.Y, 


what  you  got  to  say,  and  get 
off  my  property." 

Mr.  Van’s  shoulders  seemed 
to  sag  and  he  got  sad.  He 
made  the  pictures  in  his  mind 
of  Mrs.  Van  being  dead  and 
being  put  in  a big  hole. 

It  made  me  so  sorry  I 
couldn’t  stand  it,  and  I cried, 
“Tell  him  you  got  his  money 
under  the  seat  in  our  car! 
Please,  Gramp!  Give  it  back 
to  him." 

Nobody  said  anything,  but 
everybody  turned  and  looked 
at  me. 

They  stood  real  still.  I saw 
in  Cramp’s  mind  that  I had 
been  bad,  bad.  I ran  to  him 
and  put  my  face  in  his  coat 
and  began  to  cry.  I couldn’t 
help  it. 

After  a minute  Gramp  knelt 
on  his  good  knee  in  front  of 
me  and  took  my  cheeks  in 
both  his  hands. 

“I’ve  let  you  down.  Chum," 
he  said.  He  wasn’t  mad  any 
more. 

He  picked  me  up  in  his 
arms.  “You  needed  me,  Little 
Joe,"  he  said.  “You  needed 
me."  His  eyes  were  all 
smudgy.  He  squeezed  me  so 
hard  I couldn’t  breathe,  al- 
most. 

Then  he  put  me  down  and 
said,  “Come  on,"  to  the  two 
policemen.  He  walked  away 
between  them. 

Gramp ! 

The  pictures  in  his  mind 
were  awful.  I could  hardly 
bear  to  look  at  them. 

The  worst  picture  was — me, 

I cried  and  cried.  END 


106 


by  Charlos  V.  Do  Vet 


IF  • Article 


by  THEODORE  STURGEON 

the  other  IF 


DACK  in  1944,  after  some 
^ tropical  adventures,  no 
writing  for  2^  years,  and  full 
of  ambitions  for  my  re-entry 
into  print  in  the  soon-to-be- 
had  postwar  world,  I invented 
a new  magazine.  In  my  na- 
ivete, I worked  on  the  idea 
late  at  night  when  no  one  else 
was  around  and  kept  the  ma- 
terial in  a locked  file  when  I 
went  out,  so  sure  I was  that 
the  idea,  if  it  got  into  other 
hands,  would  instantly  light 
up  the  sky  while  moneyed 
publishers  tumbled  over  one 
another’s  shoulders  trying  to 
force  currency  on  the  thief. 
The  time  came,  however,  when 
even  I had  to  realize  that  one 
just  doesn’t  produce  a maga- 
zine single-handed,  perform- 
ing all  functions  unseen  by 
others  until  it  hits  the  stands; 
no,  not  even  if  one’s  name  is 
Leo  Margulies. 

About  this  time  I began  to 
get  letters  from  one  Groff 
Conklin  about,  of  all  things, 
his  desire  to  start  a new  maga- 
zine after  the  war  was  over.  I 


had  not  yet  met  Groff  (now 
one  of  my  most  valued 
friends)  and  I wish  I had  a 
multiflanged  double-ended  de- 
temporizer so  I could  travel 
back  through  time  and  see 
through  his  eyes  what  he 
thought  of  me  and  my  wild 
idea,  and  at  the  same  time  re- 
capture my  picture  of  him.  All 
I can  tell  you  for  sure  is  that 
I must  have  seemed  much 
more  knowledgeable  than  I 
actually  was,  and  he  seemed 
as  energetically  warm  and  en- 
thusiastic as  he  actually  is. 
And  then,  somewhere  along 
the  line,  we  got  busy,  he  with 
his  anthologies,  I with  my  sto- 
ries. Maybe  it  was  just  the 
matter  of  a hundred  thousand 
bucks  or  so  for  capital,  which 
neither  of  us  seemed  to  have 
at  the  time.  But  we  did  quite  a 
bit  of  work  on  it.  I designed 
a cover  and  had  an  artist 
friend  render  it  for  me.  It  was 
very  stHking,  somewhat  along 
the  lines  of  an  old  Unknoiyn 
typographical  cover,  with  a 
background  of  hemorrhage 


107 


brown  and  lettering  which, 
planned  as  crushed  grape, 
came  out  as  bruised  broccoli. 
The  two  letters  of  the  title, 
lower  case  and  quite  fat,  start- 
ed in  the  upper  left-hand  cor- 
ner and  their  pedestals  ran  all 
the  way  to  the  bottom. 

We  called  it— IF. 

The  years  went  by  and  oth- 
er things  piled  up,  and  the 
file  of  correspondence,  the 
prospectus,  the  calculations 
and  the  cover  dummy  fell  into 
a drawer  somewhere  (no  long- 
er locked)  and  stayed  there 
until  one  day  I got  a phone 
call  from  one  Paul  Fairman, 
a nice  guy  and  a pretty  fair 
country  writer  as  well.  He 
was  starting  a new  magazine 
and  he  was  calling  it  IF.  All 
knowledgeable  again,  I had 
lunch  with  him  and  gave  him 
a lot  of  good  advice  about  how 
he  couldn’t  get  any  stories  un- 
less he  had  money  to  pay  for 
them  and  he  couldn’t  get  that 
without  a publisher,  and  it 
wasn’t  the  right  time  to  start  a 
magazine.  I gave  him  the  cov- 
er dummy  as  a booby  prize 
and  he  thanked  me  for  every- 
thing. He  then  went  out  and 
got  money  and  backing  and 
stories  (one  of  them  from  me) 
and  started  the  magazine.  It 
has  existed  more  or  less  con- 
stantly ever  since.  It  has 
changed  publishers  and  edi- 
tors and  format;  and  just  to 
complete  the  series  of  unlike- 
ly blows  IF  and  I haye  glanc- 
ingly  struck  one  another  dur- 
ing our  careers,  I now  find 
myself  one  of  its  editors 

108 


while  living  ten  miles  away 
from  where  Mr.  James  Quinn 
used  to  publish  it,  and  Larjy 
Shaw  used  to  edit  it. 

But  for  all  its  growth  and 
change,  IF  has  never  become 
my  IF — the  other  IF.  I do  not 
intend  to  make  it  so.  There  is, 
however,  meat  enough  in  its 
basic  idea  to  afford  you  some 
pretty  fascinating  chewing. 
The  moral,  in  case  one  is 
called  for,  would  seem  to  be 
that  your  nova-burst  of  an  in- 
spiration might  serve,  one 
day,  to  illuminate  a few  inner 
pages.  Or  maybe  it’s  aim  for 
the  stars,  you’ll  reach  the 
treetops. 

The  other  IF  was  to  be  a 
sort  of  science  fiction 
magazine.  But  unlike  any- 
thing else  in  the  field,  it  was 
to  be  built  around  what,  to  me, 
was  (and  is)  the  most  com- 
pelling single  component  of 
some  science  fiction — extra- 
polation, or  what  I like  to  call 
“gunsight  vision.  You  line  up 
something  near  at  hand  with 
something  not  quite  so  near, 
but  real  and  reachable.  Sight- 
ing the  line  between  them, 
your  vision  is  aligned  by  them 
to  something  r e m o t e — ^but 
clearly  indicated.  If  I learn 
about  a synchrotron,  and  then 
find  out  that  the  circular 
track  can  be  straightened  out 
to  make  a linear  accelerator, 
I can  by  this  knowledge  clear- 
ly visualize  a ray  cannon  or  a 
space,  drive  on  the  same  gen- 
eral principles.  If  I read  about 
ground-effect  cars,  and  then 


BY  THEODORE  STURGEON 


find  out  that  someone  has  de- 
signed a hand-pushed  utility 
car  not  powered,  merely  lifted 
by  a small  motor,  I can  visual- 
ize immensely  long  trains 
traveling  over  a highway  built 
like  a shallow  ditch,  pulled 
by  a more  or  less  conventional 
truck-tractor,  with  perhaps  a 
wheeled  caboose  for  braking. 

The  principle  works  with 
people,  too.  One  of  the  narra- 
tive knacks  so  generously  giv- 
en me  by  Will  Jenkins  (Mur- 
ray Leinster)  during  those 
visits  I mentioned  in  the  last 
issue  uses  the  same  basic 
theory.  To  create  plot  from 
character,  he  told  me,  you 
take  someone  you  know  and 
understand  and  put  him  in  a 
(for  him)  totally  impossible 
situation.  Then  you  let  him 
work  his  way  out  of  it  by  be- 
ing himself — by  being  uncon- 
querably, unswervingly  and  in 
all  respects  himself.  His  illus- 
tration was  the  yarn  of  a sea 
captain  who  after  a storm 
found  himself  alone  in  the 
ocean  with  a bit  of  driftwood. 
What  he  was  was  a captain — 
which  he  couldn’t  be  because 
he  had  no  ship.  His  way  out 
(in  typical  Leinster  ‘Vhat’s  he 
doing  that  for?”  prose)  was  to 
hold  up  his  shirt  on  a stick  to 
catch  the  wind  for  nine  hours, 
then  to  drift  quietly  for  two 
days,  then  to  use  the  shirt 
again  for  six  hours,  where- 
upon he  reached  an  island. 
Being  what  he  was,  he  knew 
his  exact  position  when  he 
lost  his  ship,  he  knew  the  pre- 
vailing winds,  he  knew  the 

Hie  other  IF 


currents  in  the  area.  The 
germane  point  here  is  that 
when  he  had  no  ship  to  com- 
mand, he  became  one. 

Another  common  example  is 
the  sweet  little  old  lady  thrust 
into  the  den  of  thieves,  throw- 
ing them  all  into  conniptions 
with  her  unchanging  concern 
with  tea-time  and  vespers.  In 
short,  take  two  mismatched 
knowns,  extend  the  line  be- 
tween them  and  they’ll  point 
out  a discovery, 

Now,*,if  you  want  to  extra- 
polate in  more  detail,  and/or 
with  more  accuracy,  the  rifle- 
sights — two  points — are  not 
enough.  Put  just  three  points 
on  a sheet  of  graph  paper  and 
join  them,  and  you  have  a 
curve  with  certain  character- 
istics. You  can  extend  this, 
keeping  the  same  characteris- 
tics, a distance  beyond  the 
third  known  point,  with  a rea- 
sonable assumption  that  when 
the  fourth  point  is  discovered 
it  will  lie  in  your  curve.  You 
can’t  extend  it  too  far,  though, 
and  still  expect  reasonable  ac- 
curacy. But  with  five  points — 
fifty — five  hundred — the  ex- 
act nature  of  your  curve  be- 
comes so  apparent  that  you 
have  to  be  right  when  you  ex- 
tend it.  You  can  write  good 
sfc/ence- fiction  this  way — 
studying  known  science  until 
you  know  it  so  well  you  can 
make  a fair  extrapolation.  You 
can  write  good  science-fiction 
by  studying  just  as  hard  and 
then  throwing  a wild  factor 
in  somewhere  up  in  the  extra- 
polated area — ^precisely  what 

109 


Asimov  did  in  the  Foundation 
series  when  he  introduced  The 
Mule  into  the  millennia-long 
‘‘future  history**  drawn  up  by 
the  psycho-historian  Selden, 

NOW  we’re  getting  close  to 
the  mainspring  of  the  oth- 
er IF.  Some  years  ago  Jim 
Blish  got  so  exercised  by  the 
alarming  growth  of  the  New 
York  Port  Authority,  a local 
phenomenon  which  builds  and 
operates  tunnels,  bridges  and 
airports  in  the  New  York-New 
Jersey  complex,  that  he  sharp- 
ened up  his  typewriter  and  in 
seventy-some  thousand  words 
showed  what  would  happen  if 
this  went  on  for  two  or  three 
hundred  years.  Poul  Anderson 
wrote  two  brilliant  interplane- 
tary stories,  one  clearly  about 
NATO,  the  other  dealing  with 
the  Marshall  Plan,  These 
three  stories,  and  L.  Ron  Hub- 
bard’s Final  Blackout,  are 
yarns  I’d  have  taken  for  the 
other  IF  had  there  been  one 
(and  if  other  editors  hadn’t 
gotten  there  first.) 

This  kind  of  thing  would 
have  been  the  body  of  the 
magazine;  but  the  departure, 
the  scintillating  Idea,  was  the 
one,  or  possibly  two  items  in 
each  issue  under  the  general 
classification  If  this  goes 
on.  . . 

(That  happens  to  be  a Hein- 
lein  title.  I am  not  referring 
to  his  story.  Just  look  at  the 
words.) 

Now,  every  citizen  makes 
this  kind  of  extrapolation  all 
the  time.  If  the  boss  slams  his 

110 


hat  on  the  rack  and  doesn’t 
answer  the  receptionist’s 
“G’morning”  you  have  evi- 
dence from  ’way  back  what 
kind  of  morning  it’s  going  to 
be.  If  your  older  brother  has 
moaned  his  way  through  Al- 
gebra 3 with  Miss  G.,  well- 
known  battle-axe,  for  a teach- 
er, you  know  pretty  much 
what’s  in  store  for  you  that 
fine  September  morn  when 
you  find  yourself  in  her  class. 
Or  turn  the  thing  around  and 
get  into  the  hindsight  depart- 
ment. When  Sue  marries  Joe 
instead  of  Sam,  to  your  utter 
astonishment,  and  then  you 
suddenly  slap  yourself  on  the 
head  and  say  “of  course!  Re- 
member when  they. . .and  that 
other  time...  and  the  thing 
that  happened  at  the  Christ- 
mas party ...”  and  it  all 
abruptly  makes  sense ; well, 
say  you  had  had  the  wit  to 
notice  and  correctly  interpret 
those  things;  you’d  have  been 
able  to  predict  that  marriage, 
wouldn’t  you? 

To  get  printed  in  this  spe- 
cial section  of  the  other  IF, 
then,  you’d  have  to  look  about 
you  and  see  what’s  going  on. 
You  have  to  study  it  until  you 
understand  it.  You’d  have  to 
wait,  perhaps,  until  something 
new  happened,  giving  you  two 
points — the  rifle-sights.  And 
then  study  out  more  points, 
five,  fifty,  five  hundred,  until 
you  felt  able  to  extrapolate 
—oh,  two  days,  a week,  four 
years,  ten.  Then  you’d  write 
the  piece  and  send  it  in,  and 
if  in  four  years  or  ten  you 

BY  THEODORE  STURGEON 


proved  to  be  dead  wrong,  it 
would  be  just  because  you 
didn’t  plot  enough  points. 
(Unless  there  was  a wild  fac- 
tor ; and  even  those  can  be 
predicted  sometimes.  Your 
hindsight  tells  you  so.) 

I dreamed  such  dreams 
about  the  other  IF!  It’d  be  on 
the  stands  a few  months,  see, 
and  then  I’d  get  this  letter 
from  a young  government  of- 
ficial suggesting  it  might  be 
time  for  a conservative  reviv- 
al, and  ‘‘B.  Goldwater”  would 
go  on  the  table  of  contents.  A 
Mr.  Willkie  would  write  a 
reasoned  conviction  that  we 
are  one  species  and  one  world. 
A minor  union  official  would 
predict  that  the  auto  workers 
would  one  day  ask  for  a guar- 
anteed annual  wage,  and  Reu- 
ther  would  go  into  the  semi- 
annual. index.  An  obscure  ref- 
ugee scientist  named  Wernher 
would  write  a piece  with  the 
laughable  conclusion  that  the 
Russians  would  be  first  with 
a satellite.  Finally,  years  later. 
Time  would  do  a takeout  on 
IF  in  the  Press  section,  under 
the  caption  Newsstand  Nos- 
tradamus or  Pulp  Prognosti- 
cator, with  a cut  of  me  holding 
up  the  table  of  contents  of  the 
June  1946  issue,  with  my  fin- 
ger on  the  article,  Why  I Can't 
Lose  in  '48,  by  H.  S.  Truman. 
Wonderful,  wonderful  dreams 
And  yet.  ^ . 

And  yet,  wouldn’t  it  be 
wonderful  to  make  a rea- 
soned prediction,  see  it  in 
print  three  months  Jater,  and 

the  other  IF, 


have  it  coincide  with  that  very 
day’s  headlines?  And  what  if 
you  goof?  I used  to  own  a 1939 
Readers  Digest  bearing  an  ar- 
ticle about  Why  Japan  Will 
Never  Fight  a War  Against 
the  U.S.  I read  an  1804  article 
(I  suspect  by  a stockholder  in 
a canal-boat  firm)  reasoning 
very  plausibly  that  a locomo- 
tive could  not  pull  a train  be- 
cause only  one  mathematical 
point  of  each  wheel  was  tan- 
gent to  the  track,  and  the  cars 
(“carriages,”  he  said)  would 
just  be  too  heavy  to  start  mov- 
ing. So  what?  You  can  take  it. 

And  I do  mean  you.  I really 
do. 

I have  not  only  a liking,  but 
a profound  respect  for  the 
kind  of  mind  which  reads  sci- 
ence fiction.  It’s  a good  mind. 
It  recognizes  no  horizons.  It 
is  not  afraid  to  go  far  out. 
And  in  many  cases  its  ability 
to  reason  goes  all  the  way 
from  the  awesome  to  the 
frightening.  S-f  has  predicted 
a lot,  has  been  wrong  more  of- 
ten than  right,  but  has  never, 
I do  believe,  really  and  truly 
tried  to  predict  from  the  here 
and  how  to  90  days  off.  Are 
you  game  ? Do  you  want  to  try 
it?  If  you  do,  I’ll  go  along 
with  you  for  two  issues.  Then 
we’ll  skip  one  and  take  stock. 

The  time  element  is  perfect 
for  this  caper.  It  takes  just 
about  three  months  from  the 
time  you  mail  it  for  it  to  be 
printed  and  distributed. 
You’re  reading  this  as  spring 
starts  to  stir  the  turf.  I write 
it  in  early  December.  Major 

111 


Glenn  has  not  yet  been 
launched.  Governor  Rockefel- 
ler, newly  returned  from  the 
South  Pacific,  announces  a 
shelter  plan  for  everybody 
every  place,  over  and  above 
homes  and  schools.  Swedish 
U.N.  planes  have  just  bombed 
a Katangese  airport.  Arc  you 
oriented? 

Then  let  me  establish  a for- 
mat, and  stick  my  own  neck 
out.  I want  you  to  notice  that 
these  are  not  wild  guesses;  if 
you  want  to  go  a little  deeper 
into  your  reasoning,  by  all 
means  do  so. 

PREDICTION  ONE 

^Elizabeth  Taylor*s  Cleo- 
patra will  he  finished  and  re- 
leased, 

%Blondes  will  be  '*out**  bru- 
nettes **in,'* 

^Shoulder-length  hair,  with 
bangs,  will  be  The  Thing, 
%Necklines  will  do  something 
they  haven*t  done  publicly 
since  Louis  XIV, 

PREDICTION  TWO 

%Many  schools  are  over- 
crowded and  operating  on 
shifts  because  funds  cannot  be 
found  for  building  additions, 
%School  fallout  shelters  fre- 
quently cost  more  than  build- 
ing additions, 

^Therefore  by  the  time  this 
appears  there  will  have  been 
news  stories  about  at  least 
seven  violent  protests  by  par- 
ent-taxpayers against  the  in- 
stallation of  shelters  in 

112 


schools  which  have  not  been 
able  to  build  additions, 

PREDICTION  THREE 

%Jack  Paar  has  managed  to 
be  in  several  kinds  of  spectac- 
ular trouble. 

%He  is  due  to  leave  the  air  in 
March, 

%He  will  do  so  in  the  midst 
of  the  most  elaborate  trouble 
he  has  yet  managed. 

Get  the  idea?  It  would,  of 
course,  be  preferable  if  your 
predictions  were  scientific  or 
bore  on  s-f;  mine  come  right 
off  the  top  of  my  head,  where 
the  point  is.  All  right : here 
are  the  ground  rules: 

1.  Deadline  for  the  Septem- 
ber issue  (due  out  in  July): 
March  20.  Deadline  for  the 
November  issue  (due  out  in 
September) : May  25.  (That 
means  I’ll  be  able  to  feature 
some  of  your  best  at  the  Chi- 
con  : Pick-Congress  Hotel, 
Chicago,  Aug.  31 — Sept.  3.) 

2.  No  big  prizes:  this  is  for 
kicks.  And  for  research:  I 
know  you  are  capable  of  ob- 
serving enough  contributory 
details,  of  sensing  the  trend 
of  events  accurately  enough, 
to  come  up  with  some  truly 
startling  results.  (But  just  to 
make  the  game  more  interest- 
ing, we’ll  reward  some  of  the 
best  guesses  with  free  IF  sub- 
scriptions.) 

3.  And  please  — no  corre- 

spondence except  through 
these  pages.  END 

BY  THEODORE  STURGEON 


IF  • Short  Story 


It  was  just  a little  black  box, 
useful  for  getting  rid  of  things. 
Trouble  was,  it  worked  too  well! 

THE  EXPENDABLES 

BY  JIM  HARMON 


see  my  problem, 
, 1 Professor?’’  Tony  Car- 
men held  his  pinkly  mani- 
cured, flashily  ringed  hands 
wide. 

I saw  his  problem  and  it 
was  warmly  embarrassing. 

‘'Really,  Mr.  Carmen,”  I 
said,  “this  isn’t  the  sort  of 
thing  you  discuss,  with  a total 
stranger.  I’m  not  a,  doctor — 
not  of  medicine, , anyway — or 
a lawyer.” 

“They  can’t  help  me.  I need 
an  operator  in  your  line.” 

“I  work  for  the  United 
States  government.  I can’t  be- 
come involved  in  anything 
illegal.” 

Carmen  smoothed  down  the 
front  of  his  too-tight  mid- 
night blue  suit  and  touched 
the  diamond  sticking  in  his 
silver  tie.  You  can’t.  Professor 
Venetti?  Ever  hear  of  the 
Mafia?” 

“I’ve  heard  of  it,”  I said 
uheasily.  “An  old  fraternal 


organization  something  like 
the  Moose  or  Rosicrucians, 
founded  in  Sicily.  It  alleged- 
ly controls  organized  crime  in 
the  U.S.  But  that  is  a respon- 
sibility-eluding myth  that 
honest  Italian-Americans  are 
stamping  out.  We  don’t  even 
like  to  see  the  word  in  print.” 
“I  can  understand  honest 
Italian-Americans  feeling  that 
way.  But  guys  like  me  know 
the  Mafia  is  still  with  it.  We 
can  put  the  squeeze  on  marks 
like  you  pretty  easy.” 

You  don’t  have  to  tell  even 
a third  generation  American 
about  the  Mafia.  Maybe  that 
was  the  trouble.  I had  heard 
too  much  and  for  too  long.  All 
the  stories  I had  ever  heard 
about  the  Mafia,  true  or  false, 
built  up  an  unendurable  threat. 

“All  tight,  I’ll  try  to  help 
you;  Carmen.  But... that  is, 
you>  didn’t  kill  any  of  these 
people?” 

He  snorted.  “I  haven’t  killed 

113 


anybody  since  early  1943.” 

. ‘'Please I said  weakly. 
“You  needn’t  incriminate 
yourself  with  me.” 

“I  was  in  the  Marines,” 
Carmen  said  hotly.  “Listen, 
Professor,  these  aren’t  no  Pro- 
hibition times.  Not  many  peo- 
ple get  made  for  a hit  these 
days.  Mother,  most  of  these 
bodies  they  keep  ditching  at 
my  club  haven’t  been  mur- 
dered by  anybody.  They’re  ac- 
cident victims.  Rumbums  with 
too  much  anti-freeze  for  a 
summer’s  day,  Spanish-Ameri- 
can  War  vets  going  to  visit 
Teddy  in  the  natural  course  of 
events.  Harry  Keno  just  stows 
them  at  my  place  to  embarrass 
me.  Figures  to  make  me  lose 
my  liquor  license  or  take  a 
contempt  before  the  Grand 
Jury.” 

“I  don’t  suppose  you  could 
just  go  to  the  police — ” I saw 
the  answer  in  his  eyes.  “No.  I 
don’t  suppose  you  could.” 

“I  told  you  once,  Professor, 
but  I’ll  tell  you  again.  I have 
to  get  rid  of  these  bodies  they 
keep  leaving  in  my  kitchen.  I 
can  take  ’em  and  throw  them 
in  the  river,  sure.  But  what  if 
me  or  my  boys  are  stopped  en 
route  by  some  tipped  badge?” 
“Quicklime?”  I suggested 
automatically. 

“What  are  you  talking 
about?  Are  you  sure  you’re 
some  kind  of  scientist?  Lime 
doesn’t  do  much  to  a stiff  at 
all.  Kind  of  putrifies  them 
like.  . 

“I  forgot,”  I admitted.  “I’d 
read  it  in  so  many  stories  I’d 


forgotten  it  wouldn’t  work. 
And  I suppose  the  furnace 
leaves  ashes  and  there’s  al- 
ways traces  of  hair  and  teeth 
in  the  garbage  disposal.  . . An 
interesting  problem,  at  that.” 
“I  figured  you  could  handle 
it,”  Carmen  said,  leaning  back 
comfortably  in  the  favorite 
chair  of  my  bachelor  apart- 
ment. “I  heard  you  were  work- 
ing on  something  to  get  rid  of 
trash  for  the  government.” 
“That,”  I told  him,  “is  re- 
stricted information.  I sub- 
contracted that  work  from  the 
big  telephone  laboratories. 
How  did  you  find  it  out?” 
“Ways,  Professor,  ways.” 
The  government  did  want 
me  to  find  a way  to  dispose  of 
wastes — radioactive  wastes.  It 
was  the  most  important  prob- 
lem any  country  could  have  in 
this  time  of  growing  atomic 
industry.  Now  a small-time 
gangster  was  asking  me  to  use 
this  research  to  help  him  dis- 
pose of  hot  corpses.  It  made 
my  scientific  blood  seeth.  But 
the  shadow  of  the  Black  Hand 
cooled  it  off. 

“Maybe  I can  find  some- 
thing in  that  area  of  research 
to  help  you,”  I said.  “I’ll  call 
you.” 

“Don’t  take  too  long.  Pro- 
fessor,” Carmen  said  cordially. 

The  big  drum  topped  with 
a metallic  coolie’s  hat  had 
started  out  as  a neutralizer  for 
radioactivity.  Now  I didn’t 
know  what  to  call  it. 

The  A EC  had  found  bury- 
ing canisters  of  hot  rubbish 


114 


BY  JIM  HARMON 


in  the  desert  or  in  the  Gulf 
had  eventually  proved  unsat- 
isfactory. Earth  tremors  or 
changes  of  temperature  split 
the  tanks  in  the  ground,  caus- 
ing leaks.  The  undersea  con- 
tainers rusted  and  corroded 
through  the  time,  poisoning 
fish  and  fishermen. 

Through  the  SBA  I had 
been  awarded  a subcontract  to 
work  on  the  problem.  The 
ideal  solution  would  be  to  find 
a way  to  neutralize  radioactive 
emanations,  alpha,  beta,  X et 
cetera.  (No,  my  dear,  et  cetera 
rays  aren’t  any  more  danger- 
ous than  the  rest.)  But  this  is 
easier  written  than  done. 

Of  course,  getting  energy  to 
destroy  energy  without  pro- 
ducing energy  or  matter  is  a 
violation  of  the  maxim  of  the 
conservation  of  energy.  But  I 
didn’t  let  that  stop  me — any 
more  than  I would  have  let  the 
velocity  of  light  put  any  limi- 
tations on  a spacecraft  engine 
had  I been  engaged  to  work 
on  one.  You  can’t  allow  other 
people’s  ideas  to  tie  you  hand 
and  foot.  There  are  some  who 
tell  me,  however,  that  my  re- 
fusal to  honor  such  time-test- 
ed cliches  is  why  I only  have 
a small  private  laboratory 
owned  by  myself,  my  late 
wife’s  father  and  the  bank, 
instead  of  working  in  the  vast 
facilities  of  Bell,  Du  Pont,  or 
General  Motors.  To  this,  I can 
only  smile  and  nod. 

But  even  refusing  to  be 
balked  by  conservative  ideas, 
I failed. 

I could  not  neutralize  radio- 


activity. All  I had  been  able 
to  do  (by  a basic  disturbance 
in  the  electromagnetogravita- 
tional  co-ordinant  system  for 
Earth-Sun)  was  to  reduce  the 
mass  of  the  radioactive  matter. 

This  only  concentrated  the 
radiations,  as  in  boiling  con- 
taminated water.  It  did  make 
the  hot  stuff  vaguely  easier  to 
handle,  but  it  was  no  break- 
through on  the  central  prob- 
lem. 

Now,  in  the  middle  of  this, 
I was  supposed  to  find  a way 
to  get  rid  of  some  damned 
bodies  for  Carmen. 

Pressed  for  time  and  know- 
ing the  results  wouldn’t  have 
to  be  so  precise  or  carefully 
defined  for  a racketeer  as  for 
the  United  States  government, 
I began  experimenting. 

I cut  corners. 

I bypassed  complete  safety 
circuits. 

I put  dangerous  overloads 
on  some  transformers  and 
doodled  with  the  wiring  dia- 
grams. If  I got  some  kmd  of 
passable  incinerator  I would 
be  happy. 

T turned  the  machine  on. 

The  lights  popped  out. 

There  were  changes  that 
should  be  made  before  I tried 
that  again,  but  instead  I only 
found  a larger  fuse  for  a 
heavier  load  and  jammed  that 
in  the  switchbox. 

I flipped  my  machine  into 
service  once  again.  The  lights 
flickered  and  held. 

The  dials  on  my  control 
board  told  me  the  story.  It 
was  hard  to  take. 


THE  EXPENDABLES 


115 


• But  there  it  was. 

The  internal  scale  showed 
z^rb. 

I had  had  a slightly  hot  bar 
of  silver  alloy  inside.  It  was 
completely  gone.  Mass  zero. 
The  temperature  gauge 
showed  that  there  had  been  no 
charige  in  centigrade  reading 
that  ' couldn’t  be  explained  by 
the  mechanical  operation  of 
the  machine  itself.  There  had 
been  no  sudden  discharge  of 
electricity  or  radioactivity. 
I checked  for  a standard  anti- 
gtavity  effect  but  there  was 
none.  Gravity  inside  the  cylin- 
der had  gone  to  zero  but  never 
to  minus. 

I was  at  last  violating  con- 
servation of  energy — not  by 
successfully  inverting  the 
cube  of  the  ionization  factor, 
but  by  destroying:  mass.  . .by 
simply  making  it  cease  to  ex- 
ist with  no  cause-and-effect 
side  effects. 

I knew  the  government 
wouldn’t  be  interested,  since 
I couldn’t  explain  how  my  de- 
vice worked.  No  amount  of 
successful  demonstration 
could  ever  convince  anybody 
with  any  scientific  training 
that  it  actually  did  work: 

But  I shrewdly  judged  that 
Tony  Carmen  wouldn’t  ask  an 
embarrassing  “how”  when  he 
was  incapable  of  understand- 
ing the  explanation. 

does  it 

' Work?”  Tony  Carmen  de- 
manded of  me,  sleeking  his 
mifror-black  hair  and  staring 
up  at  the  disk-topped  drum. 


“Why  do  you  care?”  I 
asked'  irritably.  “It  will  dis- 
pose of  yoiir  bodies  for  you.” 
“I  got  a reason  that  goes  be- 
yond the  stiff,  but  let’s  stick 
to  that  just  for  now.  Where 
are  these  bodies  going?  I don’t 
warit  them  winding  up  in  the 
D.A.’s  bathtub.” 

“Why  not?  How  could  they 
trace  them  back  to  you?” 
“You’re  the  scientist,”  Tony 
said  hotly.  “I  got  great  respect 
for  those  crime  lab  boys.  May- 
be the  stiff  got  some  of  my 
exclusive  brand  of  talc  on  it, 
I don’t  know.” 

’‘Listen  here,  Carmen,”  I 
said,  “what  makes  you  think 
these  bodies  are  going  some- 
where? Think  of  it  only  as  a 
kind  of — incinerator.” 

“Not  on  your  life.  Professor. 
The  gadget  don’t  get  hot  so 
how  can  it  burn?  It  don’t  use 
enough  electricity  to  fry.  It 
don’t  cut  ’em  up  or  crush  ’em 
down,  or  dissolve  them  in 
acid.  I’ve  seen  disappearing 
cabinets  before.” 

Mafia  or  not,  I saw  red. 
“Are  you  daring  to  suggest 
that  I am  working  some  trick 
with  trap  doors  or  sliding 
panels?” 

“Easy,  Professor,”  Carmen 
said,  effortlessly  shoving  me 
back  with  one  palm.  “I’m  not 
saying  you  have  the  machine 
rigged.  It’s  just  that  you  have 
to  be  dropping  the  Stuff 
through  a sliding  panel  in- 
well,  everything  around  ' us. 
You’re  sliding  all  thait  aside 
and  dropping  things  through. 
But  I Want  to  know  where 

BY  JIM  HARMON 


116 


they  wind  up.  Reasonable?” 
Carmen  was  an  uneducated 
lout  and  a criminal  but  he  had 
an  instinctive  feel  for  the 
mechanics  of  physics. 

“I  don’t  know  where  the 
stuff  goes,  Carmen,”  I finally 
admitted.  ”It  might  go  into 
another  plane  of  existence. 
'Another  dimension’  the 
writers  for  the  American 
Weekly  would  describe  it.  Or 
into  our  past,  or  our  future.” 
The  swarthy  racketeer 
pursed  his  lips  and  apparently 
did  some  rapid  calculation. 

”I  don’t  mind  the  first  two, 
but  I don’t  like  them  going 
into  the  future.  If  they  do 
that,  they  may  show  up  again 
in  six  months.” 

”Or  six  million  years.” 
''You’ll  have  to  cut  that  fu- 
ture part  out,  Professor.” 

I was  beginning  to  get  a 
trifle  impatient.  All  those  folk 
tales  I had  heard  about  the 
Mafia  were  getting  more  dis- 
tant. "See  here.  Carmen,  I 
could  lie  to  you  and  say  they 
went  into  the  prehistoric  past 
and  you  would  never  know  the 
difference.  But  the  truth  is,  I 
just  don’t  know  where  the 
processed  material  goes. 
There’s  a chance  it  may  go 
into  the  future,  yes.  But  un- 
less it  goes  exactly  one  year 
or  exactly  so  many  years  it 
would  appear  in  empty  space 
. . because  the  earth  will  have 
moved  from  the  spot  it  was 
transmitted.  I don’t  know  for 
sure.  Perhaps  the  slight  De- 
neb-ward  movement  of  the 
Solar  System  would  wreck  a 


perfect  three-point  landing 
even  then  and  cause  the  dis- 
patched materials  to  burn  ap 
from  atmospheric  friction, 
like  meteors.  You  will  just 
have  to  take  a chance  on  the 
future.  That’s  the  best  I can 
do.” 

Carmen  inhaled  deeply, 
"Okay.  I’ll  risk  it.  Pretty  long 
odds  against  any  squeal  on  the 
play.  How  many  of  these 
things  can  you  turn  out,  Pro- 
fessor?” 

"I  can  construct  a duplicate 
of  this  device  so  that  you  may 
destroy  the  unwanted  corpses 
that  you  would  have  me  be- 
lieve are  delivered  to  you  with 
the  regularity  of  the  morning 
milk  run.” 

The  racketeer  waved  that 
suggestion  aside.  "I’m  talking 
about  a big  operation,  Venetti. 
These  things  can  take  the 
place  of  incinerators,  garbage 
disposals,  waste  baskets...” 

"Impractical,”  I snorted, 
"You  don’t  realize  the  tre- 
mendous amount  of  electrical 
power  these  devices  re- 
quire. . .” 

"Nuts!  From  what  you  said, 
the  machine  is  like  a TV  set; 
it  takes  a lot  of  power  to  get 
it  started,  but  then  on  it  coasts 
on  its  own  generators.” 

ii'^HERE’S  something  to 
A what  you  say,”  I admit- 
ted in  the  face  of  his  unex- 
pected information.  "But  I 
can  hardly  turn  my  invention 
over  to  your  entirely  persua- 
sive salesmen,  I’m  sure.  This 
is  part  of  the  results  of  an 


THE  EXPENDABLES 


117 


investigation  for  the  govern- 
ment. Washington  will  have 
to  decide  what  to  do  with  the 
machine.’* 

‘‘Listen,  Professor,”  Carmen 
began,  “the  Mafia — ” 

“What  makes  you  think  I’m 
any  more  afraid  of  the  Mafia 
than  I am  of  the  F.B.I.?  I may 
have  already  sealed  my  fate 
by  letting  you  in  on  this 
much.  Machinegunning  is 
hardly  a less  attractive  fate  to 
me  than  a poor  security  rat- 
ing. To  me,  being  dead  pro- 
fessionally would  be  as  bad  as 
being  dead  biologically.” 

Tony  Carmen  laid  a heavy 
hand  on  my  shoulder.  I final- 
ly deduced  he  intended  to  be 
cordial. 

“Of  course,”  he  said  smooth- 
ly “you  have  to  give  this  to 
Washington  but  there  are 
ways,  Professor.  I know.  I’m  a 
business  man — ” 

“You  are?**  I said. 

He  named  some  of  the  busi- 
nesses in  which  he  held  large 
shares  of  stock. 

“You  are.^' 

“I’ve  had  experience  in  this 
sort  of  thing.  We  simply  leak 
the  information  to  a few  hun- 
dred well  selected  persons 
about  all  that  your  machine 
can  do.  We’ll  call  ’em  Ex- 
pendables, because  they  can 
expend  anything.” 

“I,”  I interjected,  “planned 
to  call  it  the  Venetti  Ma- 
chine.” 

“Professor,  who  calls  the 
radio  the  Marconi  these 
days?” 

“There  are  Geiger-Muller 


Counters,  though,”  I said. 

“You  don’t  have  to  give  a 
Geiger  counter  the  sex  appeal 
of  a TV  set  or  a hardtop  con- 
vertible. We’ll  call  them  Ex- 
pendables. No  home  will  be 
complete  v/ithout  one.” 

“Perfect  for  disposing  of 
unwanted  bodies,”  I mused. 
“The  murder  rate  will  go 
alarmingly  with  those  devices 
within  easy  reach.” 

“Did  that  stop  Sam  Colt  or 
Henry  Ford?”  Tony  Carmen 
asked  reasonably.  . . 

Naturally,  I was  aware  that 
the  government  would  not  be 
interested  in  my  machine.  I 
am  not  a Fortean,  a' psychic,  a 
psionicist  or  a screwball.  But 
the  government  frequently 
gets  things  it  doesn’t  know 
what  to  do  with — like  air- 
planes in  the  ’twenties.  When 
it  doesn’t  know  what  to  do,  it 
doesn’t  do  it. 

There  have  been  hundreds 
of  workable  perpetual  motion 
machines  patented,  for  exam- 
ple. Of  course,  they  weren’t 
vices  in  the  strictest  sense  of 
the  word.  Many  of  them  used 
the  external  power  of  gravity' 
they  would  wear  out  or  slow 
down  in  time  from  friction, 
but  for  the  meanwhile,  for 
some  ten  to  two  hundred 
years  they  would  just  sit 
there,  moving.  No  one  had 
ever  been  able  to  figure 
out  what  to  do  with  them. 

I knew  the  AEC  wasn’t  go- 
ing to  dump  tons  of  radioac- 
tive waste  (with  some  possible 
future  reclaimation  value) 
into  a machine  which  they 


118 


BY  JIM  HARMON 


didn’t  believe  actually  could 
work. 

Tony  Carmen  knew  exactly 
what  to  do  with  an  Expend- 
able once  he  got  his  hands  on 
it. 

Naturally,  that  was  what  I 
had  been  afraid  of. 

The  closed  sedan  was  warm, 
even  in  early  December. 
Outside,  the  street  was  a 
progression  of  shadowed  block 
forms.  I was  shivering  slight- 
ly, my  teeth  rattling  like  the 
porcelain  they  were.  Was  this 
the  storied  ‘‘ride,”  I won- 
dered? 

Carmen  finally  returned  to 
the  car,  unlatched  the  door 
and  slid  in.  He  did  not  rein- 
sert the  ignition  key.  I did  not 
feel  like  sprinting  down  the 
deserted  street. 

“The  boys  will  have  it  set 
up  in  a minute,”  Tony  the 
racketeer  informed  me. 
“What?”  The  firing  squad? 
“The  Expendable,  of 
course.” 

“Here?  You  dragged  me  out 
here  to  see  how  you  have 
prostituted  my  invention?  I 
presume  you’ve  set  it  up  with 
a ‘Keep  Our  City  Clean’  sign 
pasted  on  it.” 

He  chuckled.  It  was  a some- 
what nasty  sound,  or  so  I 
imagined. 

A flashlight  winked  in  the 
sooty  twilight. 

“Okay.  Let’s  go,”  Tony 
said,  slapping  my  shoulder. 

I got  out  of  the  car,  rub- 
bing my  flabby  bicep.  When- 
ever I took  my  teen-age 


daughter  to  the  beach  from 
my  late  wife’s  parents’  home, 
I frequently  found  230  pound 
bullies  did  kick  sand  in  my 
ears. 

The  machine  was  installed 
on  the  corner,  half  covered 
with  a gloomy  white  shroud, 
and  fearlessly  plugged  into 
the  city  lighting  system  via  a 
blanketed  streetlamp.  Two 
hoods  hovered  in  a doorway 
ready  to  take  care  of  the  first 
cop  with  a couple  of  fifties  or 
a single  .38,  as  necessity  dic- 
tated. 

Tony  guided  my  elbow. 
“Okay,  Professor,  I think  I 
understand  the  bit  now,  but 
I’ll  let  you  run  it  up  with  the 
flagpole  for  me,  to  see  how  it 
waves  to  the  national  anthem.” 

“Here?”  I spluttered  once 
more.  “I  told  you,  Carmen,  I 
wanted  nothing  more  to  do 
with  you.  Your  check  is  still 
on  deposit. . . ” 

“You  didn’t  want  anything 
to  do  with  me  in  the  first 
place.”  The  thug’s  teeth 
flashed  in  the  night.  “Throw 
your  contraption  into  gear, 
buddy.” 

That  was  the  first  time  the 
tone  of  respect,  even  if  faked, 
had^  gone  out  of  his  voice.  I 
moved  to  the  switchboard  of 
my  invention.  What  remained 
was  as  simple  as  adjusting  a 
modern  floor  lamp  to  a me- 
dium light  position.  I flipped. 

Restraining  any  impulse  to- 
' ward  colloqualism,  I was  also 
deeply  disturbed  by  what  next 
occurred. 

One  of  the  massive  square 


THE  EXPENDABLES 


119 


shapes  on  the  horizon  van- 
ished. 

“What  have  you  done?”  I 
yelped,  ripping  the  cover  off 
the  machine. 

Even  under  the  uncertain  il- 
lumination of  the  smogged 
stars  I could  see  that  the  unit 
was  half  gone — in  fact,  exact- 
ly halved. 

“Squint  the  Seal  is  one  of 
my  boys.  He  used  to  be  a me- 
chanic in  the  old  days  for 
Burger,  Madle,  the  guys  who 
used  to  rob  banks  and  stuff.” 
There  was  an  unmistakable 
note  of  boyish  admiration  in 
Carmen’s  voice.  “He  figured 
the  thing  would  work  like 
that.  Separate  the  poles  and 
you  increase  the  size  of  the 
working  area.” 

“You  mean  square  the  oper- 
ational field.  Your  idiot 
doesn’t  even  know  mechanics.” 

“No,  but  he  knows  all  about 
how  any  kind  of  machine 
works.” 

“You  call  that  working?”  I 
demanded.  “Do  you  realize 
what  you  have  there,  Car- 
men?” 

“Sure.  A disintegrator  ray, 
straight  out  of  Startling  Sto- 
ries/* 

My  opinion  as  to  the  type 
of  person  who  followed  the 
pages  of  science-fiction  mag- 
azines with  fluttering  lips  and 
tracing  finger  was  upheld. 

I looked  at  the  old  ware- 
house and  of  course  didn’t  see 
it. 

“What  was  this  a test  for?” 
I asked,  fearful  of  the  Frank- 
enstein I had  made.  “What 


are  you  planning  to  do  now?” 
“This  was  no  test,  Vcnetti. 
This  was  it.  I just  wiped  out 
Harry  Keno  and  his  intimates 
right  in  the  middle  of  their 
confidential  squat.” 

“Good  heavens.  That’s  un- 
couthly  old-fashioned  of  you. 
Carmen ! Why,  that’s  mur- 
der/* 

“Not,”  Carmen  said,  “with- 
out no  corpus  delecti/* 

“The  body  of  the  crime  re- 
mains without  the  body  of  the 
victim,”  I remembered  from 
my  early  Ellery  Queen  train- 
ing. 

“You’re  talking  too  much. 
Professor,”  Tony  suggested. 
“Remember,  you  did  it  with 
your  machine.” 

“Yes,”  I said  at  length. 
“And  why  are  we  standing 
here  lettmg  those  machines 
sit  there?” 

There  were  two  small  items 
of  interest  to  me  in  the 
Times  the  following  morning. 

One  two-inch  story — ^barely 
making  page  one  because  of  a 
hole  to  fill  at  the  bottom  of  an 
account  of  the  number  of  vic- 
tims of  Indian  summer  heat 
prostration — told  of  the  incin- 
eration of  a warehouse  on 
Fleet  Street  by  an  ingenious 
new  arson  bomb  that  left  “vir- 
tually” no  trace.  (Maybe  the 
fire  inspector  had  planted  a 
few  traces  to  make  his  expla- 
nation more  creditable.) 

The  second  item  was  fur- 
ther over  in  a science  column 
just  off  the  editorial  page.  It 
told  of  the  government — !— 


120 


BY  JIM  HARMON 


developing  a new  process  of 
waste  disposal  rivaling  the  old 
-Buck  Rogers  disintegrator 
ray. 

This,  I presumed,  was  one 
of  Tony  Carmen’s  information 
leaks. 

If  he  hoped  to  arouse  the 
public  into  demanding  my  in- 
vention I doubted  he  would 
succeed.  The  public  had  been 
told  repeatedly  of  a new  ra- 
dioactive process  for  preserv- 
ing food  and  a painless  way 
of  spraying  injections  through 
the  skin.  But  they  were  still 
stuck  with  refrigerators  and 
hypodermic  needles. 

I had  forced  my  way  half- 
way through  the  paper  and  the 
terrible  coffee  I made  when 
the  doorbell  rang. 

I was  hardly  surprised  when 
it  turned  out  to  be  Tony  Car- 
men behind  the  front  door. 

He  pushed  in,  slapping  a 
rolled  newspaper  in  his  palm. 
‘‘Action,  Professor.” 

“The  district  attorney  has 
indicted  you?”  I asked  hope- 
fully. 

“He’s  not  even  indicted  you, 
Venetti.  No,  I got  a feeler  on 
this  plant  in  the  Times/* 

I shook  my  head.  “The  gov- 
ernment will  take  over  the  in- 
vention, no  matter  what  the 
public  wants.” 

“The  public?  Who  cares 
about  the  public?  The  Arci- 
vox  corporation  wants  this 
machine  of  yours.  They  have 
their  agents  tracing  the  plant 
now.  They  will  go  from  the 
columnist  to  his  legman  to  my 
man  and  finally  to  you;  Won’t 

THE  EXPENDABLES 


be  long  before  they  get  here. 
An  hour  maybe.^ 

“Arcivox  makes  radios  and 
TV  sets.  What  do  they  want 
with  the  Expendables?” 
“Opening  up  a new  appli- 
ance line  with  real  innova- 
tions. I hear  they  got  a new 
refrigerator.  All  open.  Just 
shelves — no  doors  or  sides. 
They  want  a revolutionary 
garbage  disposal  too.” 

“Do  you  own  stock  in  the 
company?  Is  that  how  you 
know?” 

“I  own  stock  in  a competi- 
tor. That’s  how  I know,”  Car- 
men informed  me.  “Listen, 
Professor,  you  can  sell  to 
Arcivox  and  still  keep  control 
6f  the  patents  through  a sep- 
arate corporation.  And  I’ll 
give  you  49%  of  its  stock.” 
This  was  Carmen’s  idea  of 
a magnanimous  offer  for  my 
invention.  It  was  a pretty 
good  offer — 49%  and  my  good 
health. 

“But  will  the  government 
let  Arcivox  have  the  machine 
for  commercial  use?” 

“The  government  would  let 
Arcivox  have  the  hydrogen 
bomb  if  they  found  a commer- 
cial use  for  it.” 

There  was  a sturdy  knock 
on  the  door,  not  a shrill  ring 
of  the  bell. 

“That  must  be  Arcivox 
now,”  Carmen  growled.  “They 
have  the  best  detectives  in  the 
business.  You  know  what  to 
tell  them?” 

I knew  what  to  tell  them. 


121 


I peeled  off  my  wet  shirt  and 
threw  it  across  the  corner  of 
my  desk,  casting  a reproving 
eye  at  the  pastel  air-condition- 
er in  the  window.  It  wasn't 
really  the  machine's  fault — 
The  water  department  report- 
ed the  reservoir  too  low  to 
run  water-cooled  systems.  It 
would  be  a day  or  two  before  I 
could  get  the  gas  type  into  my 
office. 

Miss  Brown,  my  secretary, 
was  getting  a good  look  at  my 
pale,  bony  chest.  Well,  for  the 
salary  she  got,  she  could  stand 
to  look.  Of  course,  she  herself 
was  wearing  a modest  one- 
strap  sun  dress,  not  shorts  and 
halters  like  some  of  the  girls. 

“My,"  she  observed  “it  cer- 
tainly is  humid  for  March, 
isn’t  it.  Professor  Venetti?" 

I agreed  that  it  was. 

She  got  her  pad  and  pencil 
ready. 

“Wheedling  form  letter  to 
Better  Mousetraps.  Where  are 
our  royalties  for  the  last  quar- 
ter of  the  year?  We  know  we 
didn’t  have  a full  three 
months  with  our  Expendable 
Field  in  operation  on  the  new 
traps,  but  we  want  the  payola 
for  what  we  have  coming. 

“Condescending  form  letter 
to  Humane  Lethal  Equipment. 
Absolutely  do  not  send  the 
California  penal  system  any 
chambers  equipped  with  our 
patented  field  until  legisla- 
ture officially  approves  them. 
We  got  away  with  it  in  New 
Mexico,  but  we're  older  and 
wiser  now. 

“Rush  priority  telegram  to 


President,  United  States,  kny 
time  in  the  next  ten  days. 
Thanks  for  citation,  et  cetera. 
Glad  buddy  system  working 
out  well  ir^  training  battlefield 
disintegrator  teams. 

“Indignant  form  letter  to 
Arcivox.  We  do  not  feel  we 
are  properly  a co-respondent 
in  your  damage  suits.  Small 
children  and  appliances  have 
always  been  a problem,  viz  ice 
boxes  and  refrigerators.  Sug- 
gest you  put  a more  compli- 
cated latch  on  the  handles  of 
the  dangerously  inferior  doors 
you  have  covering  our  effi- 
cient, patented  field.” 

I leaned  back  and  took  a 
breather.  There  was  no  get- 
ting around  it — I just  wasn’t 
happy  as  a business  man.  I had 
been  counting  on  being  only  a 
figurehead  in  the  Expendable 
Patent  Holding  Corporation, 
but  Tony  Carmen  didn't  like 
office  work.  And  he  hadn't 
anyone  he  trusted  any  more 
than  me.  Even. 

I jerked  open  a drawer  and 
pulled  off  a paper  towel  from 
the  roll  I had  stolen  in  the 
men's  room.  Scrubbing  mv 
chest  and  neck  with  it,  I 
smoothed  it  out  and  dropped 
it  into  the  wastebasket.  It  slid 
down  the  tapering  sides  and 
through  the  narrow  slot  above 
the  Expendable  Field.  I had 
redesigned  the  wastebaskets 
after  a janitor  had  stepped  in 
one.  But  Gimpy  was  happy 
now,  with  the  $50,000  we  paid 
him. 

I opened  my  mouth  and 
Miss  Brown's  pencil  perked 

BY  JIM  HAR«I|6n 


122 


up  its  eraser,  reflecting  her 
fierce  alertness* 

Tony  Carmen  banged  open 
the  door,  and  I closed  my 
mouth. 

“G-men  on  the  way  here,”  he 
blurted  and  collapsed  into  a 
chair  opposite  Miss  Brown. 

“Don’t  revert  to  type,”  I 
warned  him.  “What  kind  of 
G-Men?  FBI?  FCC?  CIA? 
FDA?  USTD?” 
“Investigators  for  the 
Atomic  Energy  Commission.” 
The  solemn,  conservatively 
dressed  young  man  in  the  door 
touched  the  edge  of  his  snap- 
brim  hat  as  he  said  it. 

“Miss  Brown,  would  you 
mind  letting  our  visitor  use 
your  chair?”  I asked. 

“Not  at  all,  sir,”  she  said 
dreamily. 

“May  I suggest,”  I said 
“that  we  might  get  more  busi- 
ness done  if  you  then  removed 
yourself  from  the  chair  first.” 
Miss  Brown  leaped  to  her 
feet  with  a healthy  galvanic 
response  and  quit  the  vicinity 
with  her  usual  efficiency. 

ONCE  seated,  the  AEC  man 
said  “I’ll  get  right  to  the 
point.  You  may  find  this  trou- 
blesome, gentlemen,  but  your 
government  intends  to  comfis- 
cate  all  of  the  devices  using 
your  so-c  ailed  Expendable 
field,  and  forever  bar  their 
manufacture  in  this  country  or 
their  importation.'' 

“You  stinking  G-men  aren’t 
getting  away  with  this,"  Car- 
men said  ingratiatingly,  “Ever 
heat  of  the  Mafia?" 


“Not  much,”  the  young  man 
admitted  earnestly,  “since  the 
FBI  finished  with  its  deporta- 
tions a few  years  back.” 

I cleared  my  throat.  “I  must 
admit  that  the  destruction  of  a 
multi-billion  business  is  dis- 
concerting before  lunch.  May 
we  ask  why  you  took  this 
step?” 

The  agent  inserted  a finger 
between  his  collar  and  tie. 
“Have  you  noticed  how  unsea- 
sonably warm  it  is?” 

“I  wondered  if  you  had. 
You’re  going  to  have  heat 
prostration  if  you  keep  that 
suit  coat  on  five  minutes 
more.” 

The  young  man  collapsed 
back  in  his  chair,  loosening 
the  top  button  of  his  ivy 
league  jacket,  looking  from 
my  naked  hide  to  the  gos- 
somer  scrap  of  sport  shirt 
Carmen  wore.  “We  have  to 
dress  inconspicuously  in  the 
service,”  he  panted  weakly. 

I nodded  understandingly. 
“What  does  the  heat  have  to 
do  with  the  outlawing  of  the 
Expendables?” 

“At  first  we  thought  there 
might  be  some  truth  in  the 
folk  nonsense  that  nuclear 
tests  had  something  to  do  with 
raising  the  mean  temperature 
of  the  world,”  the  AEC  man 
said.  “But  our  scientists 
quickly  found  they  weren’t  to 
blame.” 

“Clever  of  them." 

“Yes,  they  saw  that  the 
widespread  use  of  your  ma- 
chines was  responsible  for  the 
higher  temperature.  Your  de- 


THE  EXPENDABLES 


123 


vice  violates  the  law  of  con- 
servation of  energy,  seeming- 
ly. It  seemingly  destroys  mat- 
ter without  creating  energy. 
Actually — 

He  paused  dramatically, 

“Actually,  your  device  add- 
ed the  energy  it  created  in 
destroying  matter  to  the  en- 
ergy  potential  of  the  planet  in 
the  form  of  heat.  You  see 
what  that  means?  If  your  de- 
vices continue  in  operation, 
the  mean  temperature  of 
Earth  will  rise  to  the  point 
where  we  burst  into  flame. 
They  must  be  outlawed!” 

“I  agree,”  I said  reluctantly. 

Tony  Carmen  spoke  up. 
“No,  you  don’t.  Professor. 
We  don’t  agree  to  that.” 

I waved  his  protests  aside. 

“I  would  agree,”  I said,  “ex- 
cept that  it  wouldn’t  work. 
Explain  the  danger  to  the  pub- 
lic, let  them  feel  the  heat  rise 
themselves,  and  they  will 
hoard  Expendables  against 
seizure  and  continue  to  use 
them,  until  we  do  burst  into 
flame,  as  you  put  it  so  re- 
ligiously.” 

“Why?”  the  young  man  de- 
manded. 

“Because  Expendables  are 
convenient.  There  is  a ban  on 
frivolous  use  of  water  due  to 
the  dire  need.  But  the  police 
still  have  to  go  stop  people 
from  watering  lawns,  and  I 
suspect  not  a few  swimming 
pools  are  being  filled  on  the 
sly.  Water  is  somebody  else’s 
worry.  So  will  be  generating 
enough  heat  to  turn  Eden  into 
Hell.” 


“Mass  psychology  isn’t  my 
strongest  point,”  the  young 
man  said  worriedly.  . “But  I 
suspect  you  may  be  right. 
Then — we’ll  be  damned?”  , , 

“No,  not  necessarily,”  I told 
him  comfortingly.  “All  we 
have  to  do  is  use  up  the  excess 
energy  with  engines  of  a spe- 
cific design.” 

“But  can  we  design  those 
engines  in  time?”  the  young 
man  wondered  with  uncharac- 
teristic gloom. 

“Certainly,”  I said,  practis- 
ing the  power  of  positive 
thinking.  “Now  that  your 
world-wide  testing  laborato- 
ries have  confirmed  a vague 
fear  of  mine,  I can  easily  re- 
verse the  field  of  the  Expend- 
able device  and  create  a rather 
low-efficiency  engine  that 
consumes  the  excess  energy  in 
our  planetary  potential.” 

'^HE  agent  of  the  AEC 
^ whose  name  I can  never 
remember  was  present  along 
with  Tony  Carmen  the  night 
my  assistants  finished  with 
the  work  I had  outlined. 

While  it  was  midnight  out- 
side, the  fluorescents  made 
the  scene  more  visible  than 
sunlight.  My  Disexpendable 
was  a medium-sized  drum  in 
a tripod  frame  with  an  un- 
turned coolie’s  hat  at  the  bot- 
tom. 

Breathlessly,  I closed  the 
switch  and  the  scooped  disc 
began  slowly  to  revolve. 

“Is  it  my  imagination,”, the 
agent  asked,  “or  is  it  getting 
cooler  in  here?” 

BY  JIM  HARMON 


124 


^Professor.’*  Carmen  gave 
me  a warning  nudge* 

There  was  now  something 
on  the  revolving  disc.  It  was  a 
bar  of  some  shiny  gray  metal. 

‘‘Kill  the  power,  Professor/* 
Carmen  said. 

‘'Can  it  be,**  I wondered, 
**that  the  machine  is  somehow 
recreating  or  drawing  back 
the  processed  material  from 
some  other  time  or  dimen- 
sion?” 

“Shut  the  thing  off,  Venet- 
ti  r’  the  racketeer  demanded. 

But  too  late. 

There  was  now  a somewhat 
dead  man  sitting  in  the  saddle 
of  the  turning  circle  of  metal. 

If  Harry  Keno  had  only 
been  sane  when  he  turned  up 
on  that  merry-go-round  in 
Boston  I feel  we  would  have 
learned  much  of  immense  val- 
ue on  the  nature  of  time  and 
space. 

As  it  is,  I feel  that  it  is  a 
miscarriage  of  justice  to  hold 
me  in  connection  with  the 
murders  I am  sure  Tony  Car- 
men did  commit. 

I hope  this  personal  account 


when  published  will  end  the 
vicious  story  supported  by  the 
district  attorney  that  it  was  I 
who  sought  Tony  Carmen  out 
and  offered  to  dispose  of  his 
enemies  and  that  I sought  his 
financial  backing  for  the  ex- 
ploitation of  my  invention. 

This  is  the  true,  and  only 
true,  account  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  machine  known  as 
the  Expendable. 

I am  only  sorry,  now  that 
the  temperature  has  been 
standardized  once  more,  that 
the  Expendable’s  antithesis, 
the  Disexpendable,  is  of  too 
low  an  order  of  efficiency  to 
be  of  much  value  as  a power 
source  in  these  days  of.  nu- 
clear and  solar  energy.  So  the 
world  is  again  stuck  with  the 
problem  of  waste  disposal... 
including  all  that  I dumped 
before.  But  as  a great  Ameri- 
can once  said,  you  can’t  win 
’em  all. 

If  you  so  desire,  you  may 
send  your  generous  and  fruit- 
ful letters  towards  my  upcom- 
ing defense  in  care  of  this 
civic-minded  publication. 

END 

★ ★★★★★★★ 


Don’t  miss  the  April  GALAXY  MAGAZINE! 

A PLANET  FOR  PLUNDERING 

by  Jack  Williamson 
BIG  BABY 
by  Jack  Sharkey 

Avram  Davidson,  Allen  Kim  Lang,  Arthur  C.  Clarke,  Willy 
Ley  science  column  and  many  other  features.  April  GALAXY 
still  on  sale.  Get  your  copy  today! 


THE  EXPENDABLES 


125 


HUE 

AND 

CRY 


The  place  where  reader 
and  editor  meet  . . • 


Dear  Editor: 

The  cover  of  the  March  is- 
sue was  very  well  drawn  and 
has  greatly  improved.  As  you 
promised,  the  interior  art  was 
a good  deal  better  than  earlier 
issues.  Keep  working  on  it 
and  IP’s  quality  will  continue 
rising. 

Anderson's  story  was  good, 
although  not  among  his  best. 
Let’s  have  more  of  him.  En- 
joyed E Being  bit,  even 
though  it  was  a little  wild. 
How  about  some  stories  from 
Sturgeon? 

Overall,  March  issue  was 
superb.  Keep  up  the  good 
work! 

Winfred  Anderson 
Springfield,  Tennessee 
P.S.  In  the  cover  picture  the 

126 


piece  of  wreckage  seems  to  be 
painted  red.  My  question  is> 
how  come  the  paint  doesn’t 
burn  off  from  friction  when 
the  ship  enters  the  atmos- 
phere? 

* Simple.  It  does  burn  off. 
Repainting  it  every  time  is 
how  they  keep  the  spacemen 
busy. — Editor^ 

Dear  Editor: 

The  cover  illustration  for 
Kings  Who  Die  in  the  tenth 
anniversary  issue  was  a mas- 
terpiece as  was  the  story  it- 
self. 

Am  enjoying  very  much  the 
series  of  stories  about  Retief 
and  hope  they  continue  to  be 
as  good  as  they  have  been  so 
far. 


1962  looks  like  a good  year 
for  IF! 

David  Charles  Paskow 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Dear  Sir: 

IF  of  March,  1962,  Happy 
Homicide,  p.  82,  records  the 
fallacy  (such  even  in  a futur- 
istic setup)  that  brain  tissue, 
dead  longer  than  five  minutes, 
still  contains  mind  vibrations 
traceable  by  a super-dooper 
encephalogram.  If  brain  and 
mind  be  identical,  then  violin 
and  violinist  are  interchange- 
able as  well.  Even  fiddler  Al- 
bert Einstein  thought  so,  leav- 
ing his  erstwhile  brain  to  sci- 
ence. Did  the  microtome  lo- 
cate his  genius?  General  tenor 
of  IF  ingenious,  plausible, 
well  edited,  facetious  fiddle- 
sticks at  minimum,  genuine 
merit.  Candid  editorial  excel- 
lent. Four-dimensional  wis- 
dom unknowable  to  us  3-di- 
mensional clucks.  Will  convey 
info  if  anything  fulminant 
crosses  my  horizon.  Psionics 
inconstant  undeveloped  toy. 
All  the  best  to  you,  yours,  etc. 

E.  M.  Smola 
New  York  City 

Dear  Editors — ^whoever  you 
are: 

It*s  been  many  years  (more 
than  I care  to  remember)  since 
I sat  down  last  and  hacked  out 
a letter  to  a pro-editor.  Even 
so,  I was  surprised  to  see  Ken 
Winkes’s  letter  in  your  Janu- 
ary issue;  I have  always  been 
under  the  impression  that  a 
letter  column  was  supposed  to 

HUE  AND  CRY 


be  for  just  the  purpose  that 
he  suggests — discussion,  argu- 
ment, (you  should  forgive  the 
expression)  hue  and  cry.  Or 
have  letter  columns  changed 
that  much  in  the  last  ten 
years  ? 

I wonder  if  Ken  Winkes  re- 
members the  letter  columns  of 
the  old  Thrilling  Wonder  Sto- 
ries, Startling  Stories  (under 
Sam  Merwin  and  Sam  Mines) 
and  Planet  Stories  (under 
Robert  Lowndes).  I suppose 
all  of  us  in  those  days  had,  to 
a certain  degree,  the  so-called 
“sense  of  wonder.'^  But  such 
letter  columns — eight,  ten 
pages  long — those  were  the 
days  when  professional  au- 
thors were  regular  contribu- 
tors, and  the  discussion 
ranged  from  new  findings  of 
Sumerian  artifacts  in  the  Ira- 
nian desert  to  the  latest  devel- 
opments in  rocket  fuels.  Now, 
the  Sumerian  artifacts  have 
withdrawn  to  the  museums 
and  the  artificial  satellites  are 
circling  the  Earth  by  the  doz- 
en."^ometimes  I think  the  guy 
was  right  who  said  that  famil- 
iarity breeds  contempt. 

Of  course  the  inevitable 
happened.  Between  rising 
costs  of  magazine  publishing 
and  waning  interest  on  the 
part  of  the  letter  writers,  the 
forum-type  letter  column  was 
doomed  to  extinction;  and  in 
my  mind  at  least,  now  occu- 
pies the  same  portion  of  the 
imagination  usually  reserved 
for  particularly  idyllic  mem- 
ories. 

Since  Ken  asks,  suppose  we 

127 


try  a definition  of  this  term 
‘‘sense  of  wonder”  (even 
though  it's  rather  like  trying 
to  define  “time.”)  My  diction- 
ary defines  “wonder”  as: 

, .thing  or  event  that  causes 
astonishment  and  admiration 
...feeling  of  surprise. . .and 
awe  aroused  by  something 
strange.  . unexpected,  incred- 
ible ; to  have  doubt  mingled 
with  curiosity.”  And:  “Sense; 
the  ability  of  the  nerves  and 
brain  to  receive  and  react  to 
stimuli.” 

‘"Sense  of  wonder:  The 

brain  reaction  to  a set  of 
stimuli  which  inspire  awe, 
astonishment,  admiration,  sur- 
prise; to  be  inspired  by  these 
stimuli  to  doubt  (no  doubt 
mixed  with  curiosity)  ; aston- 
ishment and  unexpected  in- 
credulity; the  whole  thing  be- 
ing a function  of  a vivid 
imagination.” 

It's  a tenuous  thing,  this 
“sense  of  wonder.”  To  have 
one,  you  must  have  imagina- 
tion. In  fact,  a sense  of  won- 
der and  imagination  are  two 
hairs  of  the  same  dog — you 
might  say,  two  sides  of  the 
same  hair.  It  is  not  something 
limited  to  a reading  and  ap- 
preciation of  science  fiction. 
Imagination  opens  the  lock  on 
any  door,  shows  the  way  to 
the  solving  of  any  problem.  It 
is  just  that,  to  many  people, 
science  fiction  is  a whole  new 
set  of  doors.  Before  1957,  one 
of  these  doors  opened  to  the 
regions  of  near  space.  Now 
that  sputniks  and  satellites 
are  shooting  about  all  over  up 


there,  the  frontier  has  all  but 
vanished.  It  is  “explored”  ter- 
ritory. Near  space  has  attained 
the  status  of  the  “Old  West” 
during  the  early  years  of  this 
century — almost  all  explored, 
filled  with  dust,  weather  and 
hundreds  of  people  just  trying 
to  live  there,  never  mind  how 
wonderful  it  is. 

Someone  said  not  too  long 
ago  that  once  men  have  gone 
to  the  moon  there  will  be  an- 
other frontier  gone — after  all, 
what  enjoyment  is  there  in 
reading  a story  about  a trip 
across  country  in  a car?  Many 
stories  were  written  about 
that  very  thing,  years  ago. 
Now  cross-country  trips  are  a 
matter  of  course. 

Imagination — the  “sense  of 
wonder” — hasn't  vanished  and 
it  never  will.  But  with  each 
stride  forward  of  science,  a 
portion  of  what  was  once  alive 
only  in  the  imagination  be- 
comes hard  living  fact.  You 
don't  have  to  use  your  imagi- 
nation to  deal  with  it... at 
least  with  the  basic  parts  of  it. 

But  for  every  problem 
solved  there  are  a hundred 
new  ones.  It  is  impossible  for 
Man  to  become  bored  with 
evervthing — at  least,  not  for  a 
few  hundred  thousand  years. 

A dying  gasp  from, 
Ray  Thompson 
Norfolk,  Nebraska 
P.S.  SAVE  YOUR  CONFED- 
ERATE FANZINES,  BOYS. 
ECLIPSE  SHALL  RISE 
AGAIN! 

* Bob  Lowndes,  one  of  the 
oldest  and  best  friends  of 


128 


** whoever  you  are”,  ably  edit- 
ed many  a magazine,  but  Plan- 
et Stories  wasn't  one  of  them. 
Mai  Reiss,  Jerry  Bixby,  Paul 
Fairman,  Scott  Peacock  were 
a few  of  Planet*s  eminent 
helmsmen. 

But  with  the  rest  of  what 
yoii  say  we  agree ! Science  fic- 
tion doesn't  suffer  because 
science  moves  along.  There 
are  always  new  frontiers — aU 
ways  new  discoveries — always 
new  things  to  look  at  through 
the  illuminating  mirror  that 
our  writers  hold  up  for  us. 

— Editor. 

Dear  Mr.  Sturgeon: 

I send  this  along  to  you  for 
several  reasons.  1 : Readers 
seldom  influence  the  format 
of  publishing  policy  of  a mag- 
azine— only  its  life  or  death. 
2 : As  a feature  editor  you  can 
think  about  and  discuss  many 
things  an  editor  must  reject. 

Over  Labor  Day  I attended 
the  Sci-Fic  Convention  here 
in  Seattle.  I was  pleased  with 
the  convention — -but  the  one 
factor  that  disturbed  me  was 
the  percentage  of  middle-age 
and  past  m i d d 1 e-aged  to 
youth.  Lots  of  young  people — 
to  be  sure — but  not  nearly 
enough. 

Again,  the  high  per  cent  of 
the  youth  that  fell  into  the 
“screwball”  or  “fad”  division. 
Fads  are  soon  dropped  as  peo- 
ple mature.  Will  they  drop  s.f. 
as  well?  I think  so. 

I have  been  working  for. 
Boeing  Airplane  Company  the 
past  couple  of  years,  and  I 

HUE  AND  CRY 


have  been  working  on  advance 
planning  on  Dyna-Soar  III. 
Wandering  about  in  1966  and 
doing  niuch  of  what  I used  to 
dream  of  doing  when  I was  in 
high  school  and  finally  got 
the  training  to  do.  The  thing 
I have  noted  (has  been  noted 
elsewhere)  is  the  lack  of  in- 
terest among  our  younger 
employees  in  the  actual  pro- 
ject— aside  from  pay  day. 

What  is  the  problem?  Well, 
I think  it  has  been  the  loss  of 
“bridge  material”  in  s.f.  The 
loss  of  space  opera  has  been 
lauded  in  some  areas — but  kids 
that  have  been  raised  on  Matt 
Dillon  and  “The  Untouch- 
ables” have  a tough  time 
transferring  their  interest  to 
the  advanced  pages  of  Analog 
or  Galaxy.  IF  does  pop  up 
with  some  but — only  once  in  a 
while. 

Let  them  find  their  way  to 
the  advanced  social  and  tech- 
nical S-F  through  plain  old 
space  opera! 

Fred  Crisman 

Tacoma,  Washington 
* 1:  We  v/ere  at  Seattle  too, 

and  noticed  the  lack  of  young- 
er fans,  relatively  speaking. 
Heard  a very  logical  explana- 
tion, though.  Seattle  being 
very  far  from  usual  fannish 
hangouts,  only  the  more  sol- 
vent— which  is  generally  to 
say,  the  older — fans  could 
scrape  up  the  carfare.  2:  IF 
tries  real  hard  to  bring  good 
‘*space  opera”  to  its  readers. 
We  like  it  too.  The  hard  part 
is  convincing  the  writers  to 
write  it  for  us.  3:  A boon,  f el- 


129 


lows!  Please  don’t  address 
your  letters  to  Our  Bearded 
Feature  Editor,  or  the  art  di- 
rector, or  the  publisher.  This 
involves  us  either  in  forward- 
ing mail  back  and  forth — 
which  takes  time  and  lets 
some  of  it  get  lost,  we  fear — 
or  in  opening  Our  Bearded 
Feature  Editor’s  personal  mail 
from  old  loves,  ardent  fans 
and  long-lost  relatives — which 
involves  us  in  angry  re- 
proaches. Just:  “Hue  & Cry, 
c/o  IF”  will  do  fine.  At  great 
expense  to  ourselves  we  em- 
ploy a large  secretarial  staff — 
or  anyway,  a staff  composed 
of  1 large  secretary — to  sort 
things  out.  Trust  her! 

— Editor, 

Dear  Editor: 

Okay,  okay,  you’ve  put  the 
“Worlds  of”  back  in  the  title 
were  it  belonged,  but  how  do 
you  Fead  it  now?  “IF — 
Worlds  of  Science  Fiction”  or 
“Worlds  of  IF — Science  Fic- 
tion”? The  former  is  the  origi- 
nal title  and  by  far  the  best 
one.  Will  be  eagerly  awaiting 
your  answer,  since  I bind  my 
copies  by  myself  and  don’t 
know  which  of  the  titles  to 
put  on  the  spine  of  the  maga- 
zine. 

Congrats  on  the  new  cover 
and  spine  logos ; they  look 
much  better  in  the  bookcase. 
But  what’s  the  big  idea,  using 
just  one  metallic  clip,  or  what- 

er  you  call  it?  Does  this 
really  cut  costs,  or  is  this  just 
plain  avarice? 

There  used  to  be  occasional 


(and  very  good  too,  I might 
add)  anthologies,  of  which  the 
last  one  was  The  Second 
World  of  If.  Why  couldn’t 
you  continue  the  series?  I’m 
sure  the  readers  would  receive 
them  back  enthusiastically. 
Also,  why  not  have  Ted  Stur- 
geon review  some  books  each 
issue?  A book  review  feature 
is  very  necessary  to  a maga- 
zine. And,  while  you’re  at  it, 
get  somebody  to  write  science 
articles,  eight  to  ten  pages 
long,  not  those  skimpy  news 
items  Sturgeon  is  forced  to 
do;  Scientific  American  does 
them  much  better.  By  the  way, 
I am  also  entirely  in  favor  of 
a 3-4  page  editorial  and  some 
6 pages  of  letters.  Come  now, 
it  isn’t  very  much,  is  it? 

Alexander  Yudenitch 

San  Paulo,  Brazil 
* Re  avarice:  We’re  trying 
to  do  something  about  that 
now,  though  it  pains  our 
greedy  soul  to  part  with  the 
price  of  an  extra  staple. 
(That’s  a joke.  The  problem  is 
actually  more  complicated — 
but  we  are  working  on  it.)  Re 
“Science  News  Briefs”:  Okay, 
we’ve  killed  them.  Like  this 
month’s  Sturgeon  science  ar- 
ticle better?  Re  anthologies: 
We're  working  on  that,  too. 
Let  you  know  more  about  it 
soon. — Editor. 

By  the  way,  you  letter-writ- 
ers— take  a look  at  The  Other 
IF  in  this  issue  before  you  sit 
down  to  a typewriter  again. 
Might  give  you  something 
fresh  to  think  about!  END 


130 


YOURSI 

THE  NEXT  16 


BIG  ISSUES  OF  IF 


FOR  ONLY  $3.95- SAVING  YOU  $1.65 
!F  YOU  ACCEPT  THIS  SPECIAL  OFFER 

If  you  wonder  what  happened  to  the  "wonder”  In  your 
science-fiction  stories  — it’s  in  IF!  Every  issue  packed 
with  new,  fast  tales  of  tomorrow  and  space! 


THE  KIND  OF  SCIENCE  FICTION 
THAT  YOU'VE  MISSED  FOR  YEARS 

IF  brings  you  new  stories  by  old  masters,  plus  the  best  of 
today’s  new  writers-challenging  ideas  combined  with  skillful 
writing  and  all  the  adventure  and  thrills  of  interstellar  space 
itself! 


The  greatest  names  in  science  fiction 
WRITE  FOR  IF 

Del  Roy,  Clarke,  Harmon,  Schmiti,  Pohl,  Davidson,  SImak, 
Bloch,  Keyes,  Sturgeon,  Galouye,  Sharkey,  McIntosh,  Fyfe; 
Dickson  — they’re  ail  In  IF! 


.CUP  COUPON  AND  MAIL  TODAY 

I if  421  Hudson  St.,  New  York  14,  N.  Y. 

• Yes!  Send  me  the  next  16  big  Issues  of  IF!  I enclose 

I S3.95.  (Outside  of  N.  and  S.  America  add  $1.35  postage.) 


Name 

Address 


City. 


Zone State 

Use  coupon  or  order  by  letter  if  you  wish 


The  BEMs  in  your  neighborhood 

won't  run  off  with  your  books 
if  you  put  inside  the  front  cover 
of  eoch  book ...  a gummed  bookplate 
with  your  name  printed  on  it  I 


FINAGLE  SAYS  — 

The  umpteenth  corollary 
of  Finagle's  General  Law  of 
Dynamic  Negatives  says: 
"No  books  are  ever  lost 
by  loaning  except  ones  you 
particularly  want  to  keep." 


100  for  $4, -200,  $6;  300,  $8 
with  owner's  name  imprinted 

All  Postpaid.  Add  state  sales  tax,  if  any. 


amr 


Name  Here 


ACTUAL  SIZE,  all  desi; 


The  designs  shown  above  are  the  only  ones  we  offer  ^ 


Order  from  If  MAGAZINE  421  Hudson  Street,  New  York  14,  N.Y,